BÀI TẬP BỔ TRỢ GLOBAL

SUCCESS

vectorstock.com/7952556

Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú

eBook Collection

BÀI TẬP BỔ TRỢ DẠY THÊM TIẾNG ANH

LỚP 7 GLOBAL SUCCESS CÓ FILE NGHE -
CẢ NĂM - BẢN ĐẸP (CÓ ĐÁP ÁN)
WORD VERSION | 2023 EDITION
ORDER NOW / CHUYỂN GIAO QUA EMAIL
TAILIEUCHUANTHAMKHAO@GMAIL.COM

Tài liệu chuẩn tham khảo

Phát triển kênh bởi
Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú
Đơn vị tài trợ / phát hành / chia sẻ học thuật : 
Nguyen Thanh Tu Group

Hỗ trợ trực tuyến

Fb www.facebook.com/DayKemQuyNhon
Mobi/Zalo 0905779594
 CONTENT
Unit 1. HOBBIES.......................................................................................................................................... 2
Unit 2. HEALTHY LIVING......................................................................................................................... 19
Unit 3. COMMUNITY................................................................................................................................. 36

L
Unit 4: MUSIC AND ARTS......................................................................................................................... 54
Unit 5: FOOD AND DRINK........................................................................................................................ 75

A
Unit 6: A VISIT TO A.................................................................................................................................. 95
Unit 7. TRAFIC............................................................................................................................................ 117

CI
Unit 8. FILM................................................................................................................................................ 137
Unit 9: FESTIVALS AROUND THE.......................................................................................................... 158
Unit 10. ENERGY RESOUCES................................................................................................................... 179

FI
Unit 11. TRAVELLING IN THE................................................................................................................. 204
Unit 12. ENGLISH - SPEAKING................................................................................................................ 226
ANSWER..................................................................................................................................................... 246

OF
ƠN
NH
Y
QU
M
KÈ
Y
DẠ

1
 UNIT 1. HOBBIES

PART I: THEORY
A. VOCABULARY

L
New words (Từ mới)

A
Words Type Pronunciation Meaning
hobby (n) /ˈhɒbi/ sở thích

CI
doll (n) /dɒl/ búp bê
dollhouse (n) /ˈdɒlhaʊs/ nhà búp bê
build (v) /bɪld/ xây dựng

FI
build dollhouses /bɪld ˈdɒlhaʊzɪz/ xây nhà búp bê
coin (n) /kɔɪn/ đồng xu
collect (v) /kəˈlekt/ sưu tầm

OF
collect coins /kəˈlekt kɔɪnz/ sưu tầm đồng xu
coin collection /kɔɪn kəˈlekʃn/ bộ sưu tập đồng xu
judo (n) /ˈdʒuːdəʊ/ võ judo
do judo /duː ˈdʒuːdəʊ/ tập võ judo
ride (v) /raɪd/ đi, cưỡi

ƠN
ride a bike /raɪd ə baɪk/ đi xe đạp
ride a horse /raɪd ə hɔːs/ cưỡi ngựa
rider (n) /ˈraɪdə(r)/ người đi xe đạp, người cưỡi ngựa
horse riding (n) /ˈhɔːs raɪdɪŋ/ môn cưõi ngựa
NH
make (v) /meɪk/ làm, chế tạo
model (n) /ˈmɒdl/ mô hình
make models /meɪk ˈmɒdlz/ làm mô hình
swimming (n) /ˈswɪmɪŋ/ môn bơi lội
jogging (n) /ˈdʒɒɡɪŋ/ môn chạy bô
Y

gardening (n) /ˈɡɑːdnɪŋ/ làm vườn

QU

cooking (n) /ˈkʊkɪŋ/ nấu ăn

club (n) /klʌb/ câu lạc bộ
creativity (n) /ˌkriːeɪˈtɪvəti/ sự sáng tạo
bit (n) /bɪt/ một chút, một ít
a bit of creativity / ə bɪt əv ˌkriːeɪˈtɪvəti/ một chút sáng tạo
M

upstairs (adv) /ˌʌpˈsteəz/ ở trên gác, ở trên lầu

cardboard (n) /ˈkɑːdbɔːd/ bìa cứng
KÈ

glue (n) /ɡluː/ keo, hồ

amazing (adj) /əˈmeɪzɪŋ/ kinh ngạc, sửng sốt
unusual (adj) /ʌnˈjuːʒuəl/ kì lạ, khác thường
Ghi chú:
Các động từ chỉ sự yêu thích thường gặp là like, love, enjoy, adore.
Y

Các động từ chỉ sự ghét hay không thích là dislike, hate, detest.
Theo sau các động từ này thường là dạng danh động từ hay động từ thêm -ing.
DẠ

Example: like cooking = thích nấu ăn

enjoy learning English = mê học tiếng Anh
dislike gardening = không thích làm vườn
hate watching football = ghét xem bóng đá

2
 Word formation (Từ loại)
Words Meaning Related words
beneficial (adj) beneficially (adv)
benefit (n) lợi ích
benefit (v) beneficiary (n)

L
glue (n) keo, hồ dán glue (v)
insect (nj côn trùng insecticidal (adj) insecticide (n)

A
jogging (n) chạy bộ thư giãn jog (v) jogger(n)

CI
mature (adj) maturely (adv)
maturity (n) sự trưởng thành mature (v) maturational (adj)
maturation (n)

FI
patient (n) patiently (adv)
patient (adj) kiên nhẫn
patience (n)
popular (adj) phổ biến popularity (n) popular (adj)

OF
respond (v) response(n)
sự chịu trách
responsibility (n) responsible (adj) responsibly (adv)
nhiệm
responsive (adj) responsively (adv)
stressful (adj) stress (v)
stress (n) sự căng thẳng
stressed(adj) unstressed (adj)

ƠN
unusually (adv) usual (adj)
unusual (adj) khác thường, lạ, hiếm
usually (adv)
valuation (n) value (n)
valuable (adj) quý giá
value (v)
NH
B. GRAMMAR
1. The present simple (Thì hiện tại đơn)
Cách dùng
Y

Dùng để diễn tả thói quen hoặc những việc thường xuyên xảy ra ở hiện tại.
Ex: We go to school everyday.
QU

Dùng để diễn tả những sự vật, sự việc xảy ra mang tính chất quy luật.
Ex: This festival occurs every 4 years.
Cách dùng Dùng để diễn tả các sự thật hiển nhiên, một chân lý, các phong tục tập quán, các hiện
tượng tự nhiên.
Ex: The earth moves around the Sun.
M

Dùng để diễn tả lịch trình cố định của tàu, xe, máy bay, …
Ex: The train leaves at 8 am tomorrow
KÈ

Dạng thức của thì hiện tại đơn.

(+) S + am/ is/ are + N/ Adj
Với động từ to be
(-) S + am/ is/ are + not + N/ Adj
(am/ is/ are)
(?) Am/ Is/ Are + S + N/ Adj
Y

(+) S + V nguyên mẫu/ V-s/es

Với động từ
(-) S + don’t/ doesn’t + V nguyên mẫu
DẠ

thường
(?) Do/ Does + S + V nguyên mẫu
Dấu hiệu nhận biết
- Trong câu ở thì hiện đại đơn thường có Adv chỉ tuần xuất được chia làm 2 nhóm

Nhóm trạng từ đứng ở trong câu

3
+ Always (luôn luôn), usually (thường thường), often (thường), sometimes (thỉnh thoảng), rarely (hiếm khi),
seldom (hiếm khi), frequently (thường xuyên), hardly (hiếm khi), never (không bao giờ), regularly (thường
xuyên) …
+ Các trạng từ này thường đứng trước động từ thường, sau động từ “to be” và trợ động từ.

L
Ex: He rarely goes to school by bus.
She is usually at home in the evening

A
I don’t often go out with my friends

Nhóm trạng ngữ đứng cuối câu

CI
+ Everyday/ week/ month/ year (hàng ngày/ hàng tháng/ hàng tuần/ hàng năm)
+ Once (một lần), twice (hai lần), three times (ba lần), four times (bốn lần) …
* Lưu ý: từ ba lần trở lên ta sử dụng: số đếm + times

FI
Ex: He phones home every week
They go on holiday to the seaside once a year

OF
Cách thêm s/es vào sau động từ
Trong câu ở thì hiện tại đơn, nếu chủ ngữ là ngôi thứ ba số ít (She, He, It, Danh từ số ít) thì động từ phải
thêm đuôi s/es. Dưới đây là các quy tắc khi chia động từ.
Quy tắc Ví dụ
work – works
Thêm “s” vào đằng sau hầu hết các động từ

ƠN
read – reads
miss – misses
Thêm “es” vào các động từ kết thúc bằng “ch, sh, x, s, z, o”
go – goes
Đối với động từ tận cùng bằng “y”
play – plays
NH
+ Nếu trước “y” là một nguyên âm (u, e, o, a, i) ta giữ nguyên “y + s”
cry – cries
+ Nếu trước “y” là một phụ âm ta đổi “y” thành “i + es”

2. Verbs of liking and disliking (Động từ chỉ sự thích và ghét)

Các động từ chỉ sự yêu, thích phổ biến
Y

like (thích), love (yêu thích), enjoy (thích thú), fancy (mến, thích), adore (mê,
Các động từ phổ biến
thích)
QU

Cấu trúc like/ love/ enjoy/ fancy/ adore + V-ing

Do you like watching TV?
My mother loves watering flowers in the garden.
Ví dụ My parents really enjoy surfing at the beach.
Do you fancy riding a bike now?
M

My brother and I adore playing badminton.

Có thể dùng dạng phủ định của các động từ “like, fancy” để diễn đạt ý
KÈ

không thích
Ex: She doesn’t like drawing
Chú ý
He doesn’t fancy climbing a tree
“very much” và “a lot” (rất nhiều) thường đứng cuối câu chỉ sự yêu thích.
Ex: I love singing very much/ a lot
Y

Các động từ chỉ sự ghét, không thích.

DẠ

Các động từ phổ biến dislike (không thích), hate (ghét), detest (ghét cay, ghét đắng)
Cấu trúc dislike/ hate/ detest + V-ing
Rose dislikes studying Maths.
I hate having a bath in winter
Ví dụ
Laura detests cooking
Adults don’t like eating sweets
4
 I don’t fancy swimming in this cold weather

C. PHONETICS

A L
/ǝ/ là một nguyên âm ngắn. Để phát âm âm này, hãy
mở miệng thật nhẹ và đơn giản. Môi và lưỡi được thư

CI
giãn và phát âm /ǝ/.

FI
/ɜː/ là một nguyên âm dài. Để phát âm âm này, miệng

OF
mở tự nhiên, lưỡi đặt tự nhiên, cao vừa phải, nhưng cao
hơn khi phát âm /ǝ/. Âm phát ra dài hơn /ǝ/.

ƠN
PART II: LANGUAGE
A. Phonetic
Exercise 1. Put the words in the correct column depending on the pronunciation.
NH
again camera bird word learn
turn girl natural world first
third signal heard yesterday final
assistant birthday sir neighbour culture
Y

/ǝ/ /ɜː/
_________________________________________ _________________________________________
QU

_________________________________________
_________________________________________
_________________________________________
_________________________________________
M
_________________________________________
_________________________________________
_________________________________________
_________________________________________

_________________________________________ _________________________________________
KÈ

Exercise 2. Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others.
1. A. about B. affect C. agree D. any
2. A. stranger B. singer C. term D. energy
3. A. enter B. serve C. prefer D. emerge
4. A. girl B. first C. fish D. thirsty
Y

5. A. fur B. fun C. run D. lucky

DẠ

6. A. prefer B. better C. teacher D. worker

7. A. natural B. learn C. assistant D. ability
8. A. collect B. concern C. concert D. combine
9. A. absent B. government C. dependent D. enjoy
10. A. future B. return C. picture D. culture
11. A. man B. woman C. accountant D. highland
5
12. A. label B. absence C. bell D. nutrient
13. A. learn B. near C. earth D. research
14. A. verb B. worse C. word D. pepper
15. A. bird B. family C. husband D. Saturday

L
16. A. among B. carrot C. journey D. September
17. A. letter B. earn C. purple D. birthday

A
18. A. holiday B. computer C. afraid D. dirty
19. A. color B. ago C. curly D. surprise

CI
20. A. actor B. nervous C. literacy D. information

B. Vocabulary & Grammar

FI
Exercise 1. Complete the sentences with the words from the box.

Club hobby dislikes playing gardening painting

OF
1. Linda adores __________________. Her paintings are very beautiful.
2. She loves doing the __________________. She often works in the garden.
3. Thomas often goes to the Golf __________________on Saturdays.
4. John likes __________________video games very much.

ƠN
5. She doesn’t have any coins. She __________________collecting coins.
6. He jogs every day. His __________________is jogging.

Exercise 2. Complete the sentences with the words below.

NH
basketball books chess films
music photography skating swimming
1. I really like __________________- especially in the sea.
2. I’m interested in __________________. My favourite band is T- ara from Korea.
3. I love __________________. I go to the cinema every weekend.
Y

4. I really like __________________. I don’t play it, but I watch matches on TV.
QU

5. My hobby is __________________. I have a new camera.

6. I love __________________. My favourite writer is To Hoai.
7. I really love __________________in the park with my friends.
8. I like __________________. I play against my dad. I also play against other people on Internet.
M

Exercise 3. Complete the sentences with the words given.

board games photography cooking dollhouses

KÈ

cycling gardening bird-watching flower arrangements

1. My father often does a lot of __________________: planting plants or flowers and cutting lawns.
2. She’s very good with her hands - she can make beautiful __________________with small items and tiny
dolls in them.
Y

3. In Amsterdam, people do a lot of __________________instead of driving cars.

4. She can put flowers in an attractive way- she’s very good at __________________.
DẠ

5. Tom is interesting in studying eagles in the natural environment; his hobby is __________________.
6. Chess is one of the most popular __________________.
7. Young women should learn some simple basic home ______________before they have their own family.
8. Ms Brown often travels around the world, and she is very interested in landscape and wildlife ________.

6
Exercise 4. Give the correct form of the words in brackets.
1. Science books are very __________________for our study of the world. (use)
2. Ba is a famous stamp __________________. (collect)
3. The most popular after-school __________________in Viet Nam are football and badminton. (act)

L
4. The city library has over 60 __________________. (employ)
5. The team has many talented __________________. (play)

A
6. We sat on the beach __________________a spectacular sunset. (watch)
7. English is an __________________and important subject. (interest)

CI
8. They learn to play a __________________instrument. (music)

Exercise 5. Odd one out

FI
1. A. hobby B. stamp C. coin D. doll
2. A. cardboard B. glue C. scissors D. collection

OF
3. A. horse-riding B. camping C. fishing D. model
4. A. enjoy B. hate C. like D. love
5. A. bike B. judo C. karate D. yoga

Exercise 6. Choose the word or phrase (A, B, C or D) that best fits the blank space in each sentence.

ƠN
1. Nam has a bike. He often ___________ his bike to school.
A. is B. goes C. rides D. makes
2. Laura wants to ___________ a book about Vietnamese literature.
A. read B. ride C. play D. build
NH
3. Mai has lots of dolls. She wants to build a ___________ for them.
A. doll B. coin C. model D. dollhouse
4. You need some ___________ and glue to build dollhouses.
A. cardboard B. money C. stamps D. films
5. I have a big coin ___________. They are from many different countries.
Y

A. club B. hobby C. collection D. creativity

6. At break time, we usually ___________ basketball in the school yard.
QU

A. write B. play C. go D. collect

7. My father goes to the Riders’ Club every weekend. His hobby is ___________.
A. horse riding B. gardening C. swimming D. dancing
8. Jim doesn’t want to ___________ judo with his classmates.
A. play B. cook C. have D. do
M

9. Collecting old books is Quan’s ___________. He has a lot of old books.

A. collection B. model C. dollhouse D. hobby
10. Her painting isn’t very impressive. She needs a bit of___________.
KÈ

A. glue B. creativity C. paper D. cardboard

11. My grandfather always ___________ tea in the morning.
A. drink B. drinks C. to drink D. drinking
12. Phong adores ___________ models. This is the one that he made yesterday.
Y

A. making B. to make C. makes D. make

13. Mai often ___________ her homework after dinner.
DẠ

A. to do B. doing C. do D. does
14. Hoa dislikes ___________ English grammar. She thinks it’s very difficult.
A. learns B. learning C. learn D. to learn
15. I like cartoons, but I don’t ___________ them much.
A. watch B. to watch C. watches D. watching
7
16. Do you enjoy ___________ stamps?
A. collecting B. collect C. to collect D. collects
17. Nam wants ___________ our table tennis club.
A. to join B. joining C. joins D. join

L
18. My mother usually ___________ to work by car.
A. go B. to go C. going D. goes

A
19. Miss Sarah ___________ an English teacher at our school.
A. to be B. being C. is D. are

CI
20. Her uncle hates horse___________.
A. rides B. ride C. riding D. to ride
21. My sister has a lot of coins from different countries. Her hobby is _____________.

FI
A. building dollhouses B. collecting coins C. swimming D. making models
22. My brother goes to the Riders' Club every Sunday. His hobby is ____________.

OF
A. gardening B. making models C. horse riding D. swimming
23. My uncle has a big bookshelf because he loves_______________ old books.
A. playing B. doing C. collecting D. going
24. My friend Lan likes__________ camping at the weekend.
A. playing B. collecting C. making D. going

ƠN
25. Hoa is very creative, and she paints very well. Her hobby is __________.
A. horse riding B. painting C. swimming D. skating
26. Do you like ___________ models?
A. going B. making C. playing D. riding
NH
27. My father loves doing the ________________.
A. gardening B. horse riding C. ice-skating D. painting
28. My mother enjoys __________ comedies.
A. going B. watching C. playing D. collecting
29. Mai hates___________ judo.
Y

A. going B. doing C. taking D. collecting

30. She likes ____________. She goes to the swimming club every Sunday.
QU

A. taking B. collecting C. playing D. swimming

31. Nam adores ___________ comic books.
A. playing B. reading C. going D. making
32. They don’t like horse riding. They like____________ football.
A. playing B. collecting C. making D. going
M

33. Lan has a lot of dolls. Her favorite hobby is _____________ dolls.
A. going B. collecting C. playing D. doing
34. My best friend Linh hates _________________ computer games.
KÈ

A. going B. collecting C. playing D. doing

35. I dislike _____________up early every morning.
A. making B. getting C. painting D. going
36. My cousin loves________ stamps of countries in the world.
Y

A. making B. collecting C. doing D. buying

37. You shouldn't________ too many computer games.
DẠ

A. go B. do C. play D. make
38. Lan loves__________. She plants a lot of flowers and trees.
A. gardening B. watering C. cooking D. watching
39. My brother is a big fan of ___________. He often plays it after school.
A. judo B. swimming C. football D. cooking
8
40. She is very talented. She can make ________ like the real ones.
A. coins B. models C. paintings D. stamps
41. Nick doesn't like _________ shopping with his mother at weekends.
A. going B. making C. walking D. cooking

L
42. My mother ___________________ my breakfast every morning.
A. cook B. cooks C. is cooking D. cooking

A
43. They don’t ________________ basketball every day.
A. plays B. play C. playing D. are playing

CI
44. She ________________ in Bangkok.
A. is live B. live C. lives D. living
45. Mr Bay __________ his car every weekend.

FI
A. washes B. wash C. is wash D. washing
46. They ___________ TV every night.

OF
A. watch B. watching C. are watch D. watches
47. ___________ he watch cartoons before he goes to school?
A. Is B. Are C. Do D. Does
48. I ______________ to school at 7:30.
A. am go B. goes C. go D. Going

ƠN
49. She often ____________ a book before going to bed.
A. read B. reads C. is read D. reading
50. He ____________ go to school on Sundays.
A. isn’t B. aren’t C. don’t D. doesn’t
NH
Exercise 7. Complete each blank with the correct preposition.
1. We only need one more player for the game. Can you ask your sister to join ________?
2. He takes ________ more work in his free time to support his family.
3. He collects stamps ________ many countries ________ the world.
Y

4. My aunt writes short stories ________ her free time.

5. The book is divided ________ twelve units.
QU

6. He received a lot of greetings ________ his friends and relatives ________ his birthday.
7. My brother went ________ a carpentry class to learn how to make chairs and tables.
8. They often download a lot of information ________ the Internet, and they also do shopping ________ the
Internet.
9. Do you belong ________ any clubs in our school?
M

10. The plant took ten years to grow ________ maturity.

KÈ

Exercise 8. Circle the correct option in brackets.

1. She (am/ is) an intelligent girl.
2. They (live/ lives) in a small village in the countryside.
3. Mai (doesn't like/ don't like) watching comedies.
4. The students (aren’t/ isn’t) in the classroom now.
Y

5. The match (end/ ends) at 3:15 p.m.

6. I (is/ am) very busy right now.
DẠ

7. You (don't often do/ don't often does) the housework.

8. Jane never (go/ goes) out at midnight.
9. Which class (you are/ are you) in this year?
10. (Are they/ They are) on the way to school?

9
Exercise 9. Underline the correct answer.
1. Tom (likes / hates) doing homework. He is lazy.
2. She (fancies / doesn't fancy) the idea of staying out too late. It's too dangerous.
3. Most girls (detest / like) cockroaches.

L
4. Tom (likes/ doesn't like) making models. He never do it
5. We (enjoy/ hate) spending time with Jane. She is very Interesting.

A
6. Many people (dislike/enjoy) doing morning exercises. It is good for health.
7. Mary always (adores/dislikes) her brother. She often plays with him.

CI
8. I (hate/like) drinking coffee. It is too bitter.
9. I don't (fancy/hate) collecting stamps. I think it's boring.
10. They really (enjoy/dislike) talking with others. They are best friends.

FI
Exercise 10. Complete the sentences, using the ing form of the verbs in brackets.

OF
1. My brother likes __________________ coins very much. (collect)
2. The enjoys __________________ his bike to school. (have)
3. Her children dislike __________________ every morning (jog)
4. He likes __________________ magazines. (read)
5. They adore __________________ dollhouses (build)

ƠN
6. He doesn't like __________________ on the phone. (talk)
7. They don’t like __________________ . (cook)
8. She likes __________________ films. (watch)
9. I like __________________ up early in summer. (get)
NH
10. Do Hoa and her classmate enjoy __________________ English? (learn)

Exercise 11. Put the verbs in brackets in the correct form of present simple tense.
1. Peter __________________ very hard. He never gets high scores. (not study)
2. I like oranges and she __________________ apples. (like)
Y

3. My mom and my sister __________________ lunch every day. (cook)

4. They __________________ breakfast together every morning. (have)
QU

5. They __________________ out once a week. (eat)

6. My father always __________________ delicious meals. (make)
7. Tom __________________ vegetables. (not eat)
8. Rosie __________________ shopping every week. (go)
9. __________________ Miley and David __________________ to work by bus every day? (go)
M

10. __________________ you __________________ parents with your decision? (agree)

11. It ____________ a fact that smart phone ____________ us a lot in our life. (be)/ (help)
12. I often __________________ to some of my favorite destinations every summer.
KÈ

(travel)
13. Our Math lesson usually __________________ at 4.00 p.m. (finish)
14. The reason why Susan ____________ meat is that she ____________ a vegetarian. (not eat)/ (be)
15. People in Ho Chi Minh City ____________ very friendly and they ____________ a lot. (be)/ (smile)
16. The flight __________________ at 6 a.m every Thursday. (start)
Y

17. Where __________________ that guy __________________ from? (come)

18. Where __________________ your mother __________________? (work)
DẠ

19. James __________________ usually __________________ the trees. (not water)

20. Who __________________ the washing in your house? (do)
PART III: SKILLS
A. Listening

10
Exercise 1. Listen to the short talk twice and circle the correct answer to each of the following
questions
1. What is Tom playing?
A. playing football B. playing basketball C. playing baseball D. playing volleyball

L
2. What is Nick doing?
A. playing football B. talking to his mother C. phoning to a friend D. playing volleyball

A
3. What is Ben doing?
A. watching TV B. listening to music C. talking to his mother D. sleeping

CI
4. What is Kim doing?
A. playing tennis B. playing table tennis C. playing the piano D. watching television
Exercise 2. Listen to the conversation twice and decide whether the following sentences are True or

FI
False.
No. Statements T F

OF
1. Mi started her hobby 3 years ago.
2. She shares this hobby with her mom
3. This hobby is difficult
4. Mi’s hobby is collecting glass bottles

B. Speaking
ƠN
Exercise 1. Choose the correct response. Then practice the short exchanges in pairs
B: a/ I do a lot of activities in my free time.
NH
1. A: What’s the name of your hobby?
b/ I collect key rings from other countries.
B: a/ My cousin gave it to me last Sunday
2. A: When did you start your hobby?
b/ I got the first key rings two years ago.
B: a/ It’s a piece of cake.
3. A: Is your hobby easy or difficult?
b/ I don’t think so.
Y

4. A: Is your hobby useful? B: a/ I can’t wait.

QU

b/ It helps me know many things.

5. A: Who share the hobby with you?
6. A: What do you have to do with your hobby?
M
B: a/ A small group in my class.
b/ We shares key rings with one another.
B: a/ I ask my pen-friends to send new key rings
to me.
b/ I save money to start it one day.

B: a/ I read the information about new key rings.

7. A: What do you do with the key rings?
b/ I keep them in different boxes.
KÈ

B: a/ I don’t think so.

8. A: Do you have a large collection?
b/ You can ask this again.
B: a/ It takes me two years to collect them.
9. A: What will you do with the collection?
b/ Our club will display our collections.
Y

B: a/ Maybe I’ll collect stamps.

10. A: Do you think you’ll start another?
b/ Maybe I sell my collection.
DẠ

Exercise 2. Peter and Long are talking about their hobbies. Complete their short dialogues by circling
the best option A, B, or C.
1. Peter: What is your favorite hobby, Long?
Long: A. I don’t like it

11
 B. I like playing football.
C. I like science.
2. Peter: What are the benefits of playing football?
Long: A. It is a good sport

L
B. It can help me learn English better.
C. It makes me strong and active

A
3. Peter: When do you often play football?
Long: A. I often play it after school

CI
B. I only make it in the summer.
C. I don’t have time
4. Peter: Do you like doing other things in your free time?

FI
Long: A. I only have free time at weekends.
B. I enjoy making models of robots.

OF
C. My mum doesn't let me play.
5. Peter: What don't you like doing?
Long: A. I like these sports.
B. Table tennis is my favorite.
C. I don't like playing chess. It's so boring.

ƠN
Exercise 3. Reorder the sentences (A - J) to make a logical conversation.
__________ A. Are you free this Saturday, Laura?
__________ B. No, I'm not. I'm having a swimming lesson.
NH
C. Not really. I like collecting stamps most. I have a big stamp collection of many countries
__________
around the world.
__________ D. I have that class on Tuesdays, Thursdays, and Saturdays.
__________ E. Of course. Why don't you visit my house this Sunday morning? I'll show it to you.
__________ F. Is it your favorite hobby?
Y

__________ G. It makes me strong and get fitter.

__________ H. Really? How often do you have a swimming class?
QU

__________ I. Did you take any medicines?

__________ J. Okay. I’ll call you then

C. Reading
Exercise 1. Read the text, and choose the correct answers.
M

What are Your Favourite Hobbies and Why?

Dean: I’ve tried a lot of different hobbies over the past few years. I was really into playing all kinds of video
games, but after a while I didn’t find them much fun anymore. I was also into painting for a couple of years,
KÈ

but I wasn’t very good at it. I wanted to be creative, and I hated that I couldn’t find the right hobby. One
day, I went to the museum, where I saw a photography exhibition. I loved looking at all of the interesting
photos. After that, I got a new camera. I take it everywhere with me now. Photography is a great way for me
to be creative, and I’m actually good at taking pictures.
Y

Lisa: I’m fond of watching films with my friends. At weekends, we spend hours watching all different kinds
of films, like horror and dramas. But, my favourite films to watch involve a lot of action. I think action films
DẠ

are more exciting than any other type of film. When I’m not watching films, I like to be outdoors. I guess I
would say my other hobby is camping. I never get bored when I’m outside in nature. I’m also into camping
because we sit around the fire at night and tell each other ghost stories. But, what I don’t like about camping
are the insects. I can’t stand it when I find bugs in my tent at night.
1. What’s a great way for Dean to be creative?
12
 A. playing video games B. painting C. photography
2. Dean was really into painting for ___________________.
A. a couple of years B. a while C. many years
3. What types of film does Lisa find the most exciting to watch?

L
A. drama films B. horror films C. action films
4. What is one thing Lisa doesn’t like about camping?

A
A. ghost stories B. bugs C. nature

CI
Exercise 2. Read the passage, and then choose the correct answer.
Stamp collecting is an interesting hobby. You can learn many things, such as the geography of a country
from stamps. Postal stamps are a source of interesting facts and important dates about every country in the

FI
world. It makes stamp collecting become very popular.
As you look at the pages of a stamp album, you can learn interesting details of foreign customs, arts,
literature, history and culture. Their colours can make you feel relaxed and happy.

OF
Collecting stamps can become a business. If you are lucky in finding a special stamp, it will bring you
some money besides knowledge and pleasure.
1. Stamp collecting is an interesting hobby because _______.
A. you can learn many things such as the geography of a country from stamps

ƠN
B. stamps give you interesting facts and important dates about a country
C. it is very important to collect stamps
D. A and B are correct
2. All of the following are true EXCEPT _______.
NH
A. stamps can make you relaxed and happy
B. stamps can make you know more
C. stamp collecting can make you famous
D. you can earn money from your collection if you are lucky
3. According to the passage, it is true to say that _______.
A. stamp collecting helps you become rich and famous
Y

B. stamp collecting is a very popular hobby

QU

C. stamp collectors can earn a lot of money from stamp collecting

D. stamp collecting is a hobby that costs you a lot of money
4. The word “business” in the last paragraph is closest in meaning to _______.
A. the activity of collecting stamps
B. the activity of selling stamps from other countries
M

C. the activity of buying stamps from other countries

D. the activity of buying or selling something
5. The main idea of the passage is _______.
KÈ

A. the history of stamp collecting B. good things from stamp collecting

C. the ways of stamp collecting D. famous stamp collectors

Exercise 3. Read the passage and complete the sentences

Y

One of my favorite hobbies is fishing. Fishing is a great way to relax on weekends. It is relaxing to sit on
the shore of the lake or on a river bank. If you have never experienced it, I think you are really missing
DẠ

something. You can watch the ripples on the water and hear the soothing sounds of the waves. On a nice
day, the warmth of the sun and a breeze off the water feels great. Fishing is inexpensive. All you need is a
fishing pole and some bait. If you can't afford bait, go outside at night and look for earthworms, or night
crawlers. Fishing is exciting. Some fish pull hard on the fishing line. They can put up quite a fight! It's
exciting to catch a lot of fish in one spot.

13
1. Fishing is _______.
A. relaxing B. exciting C. inexpensive D. A, B and C
2. The best time to go fishing is _______.
A. at night B. the weekends. C. at noon D. in the early morning

L
3. The word breeze means _______.
A. gentle wind B. moving C. light rain D. A and C

A
4. Fishing bait may be _______.
A. earthworms B. A and C C. night crawlers D. fishing line

CI
5. The word spot means_______.
A. river B. sea C. place D. lake

FI
Exercise 4. Read the text and choose the correct answer (A, B, C or D) to each question.
A hobby is an activity people love doing in their free time. There are many types of hobbies.

OF
One of the easiest hobbies is collecting things such as stamps, letters, stones, photos, clothes, CDs, and so
on. There are indoor and outdoor hobbies. Many teenagers like indoor activities such as playing computer
games, surfing the Internet, watching movies, or listening to music. Some indoor activities such as reading,
playing a musical instrument, and learning aren't as popular as they were in the 20th century. Gardening,
walking, horse riding, cycling, skateboarding, mountain climbing are outdoor hobbies. Riding a bicycle is

ƠN
the most popular among them because many children have a bike. There are other types of hobbies as well:
visiting museums or travelling. These hobbies are quite expensive, so just a few people can do them.
1. When do people do their hobbies?
A. In their free time B. In their working time
NH
C. In their busy time D. All are correct
2. Which of the following is the easiest hobby?
A. Playing computer games B. Skateboarding
C. Collecting items D. Cooking
th
3. What hobbies were more popular in the 20 century?
Y

A. Reading and learning B. Horse riding and cycling

C. Playing computer games and cycling D. Watching TV
QU

4. Which is NOT an outdoor hobby?

A. Gardening B. Watching movies C. Mountaining D. Skiing
5. Why don’t many people visit museums or travel?
A. Because it is difficult B. Because it is expensive
C. Because it takes a lot of time D. Because it is cheap.
M

Exercise 5. Read the text and decide whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F).
I am teaching at Binh Minh Lower Secondary School. My students are at grade 6, 7, and 8, and they have
KÈ

different hobbies. Lan is studying at class 7A1. She is 13 years old. She likes writing poems and drawing.
Tung is 14 years old, and he has very interesting hobbies. He likes doing puzzles, designing websites, and
playing the guitar. Long is 12 years old, and he is at class 6T1. His hobbies are playing football and making
models. My students do many interesting things, and they are often busy. They also love different subjects.
Y

Tung is the best student in math. Lan is good at literature and arts, and Long is one of the best students in
science. Their hobbies help them study well.
DẠ

Statements True False

1. The writer is teaching students from grade 6 to 9.
2. Lan, Tung, and Long have some similar hobbies.
3. Lan's hobbies are writing poems and drawing.
4. Doing puzzles, designing websites, and playing the guitar help Tung
14
 study well.
5. Long is the best student in math

Exercise 6. Read the article and then decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F).

L
After school, Susan goes home to do her model-making. She loves making models. She started about a
year ago. She needs about two weeks model. Then she puts it on the shelf in her bedroom. She as about

A
twenty models now. She thinks she will need to get another shelf soon. Last term she tried to start a club for
model-making at school, but the teachers and other children weren’t interested. She thinks she has a lot of

CI
fun anyway.
1. Susan makes models when she stays at school. _________
2. She has made her models for about one year. _________

FI
3. It takes her two weeks to make two models. _________
4. She will need another shelf for her models soon. _________

OF
5. Susan tried to start a club for model making and the teachers and other children were interested in it very
much. _________

Exercise 7. Read the text carefully, then decide whether the following statements are true (T) or false
(F).

ƠN
Our life would be hard without rest and recreation. And people have many different ideas of how to
spend their free time. If you enjoy doing a thing or an activity in your free time, then you have a hobby. A
hobby is an activity, interest, enthusiasm, or pastime that is undertaken for pleasure or relaxation, done
during one’s own time. A person’s hobbies depend on his age, character and personal interests. An
NH
interesting thing to one person can be boring to another. That’s why some people prefer reading, cooking,
knitting, collecting, playing a musical instrument, photography or playing computer games while others
prefer dancing, travelling, camping or sports.
No. Statements True or False
1. A hobby is anything that you enjoy doing in your free time.
Y

2. Different people have the same hobbies.

3. A hobby can provide us with relaxation.
QU

4. Your hobby may be changed as you get older.

5. One person’s hobby may be a boring thing to another person.
6. Playing sports is not a hobby.

Exercise 8. Read the passage, and then choose the best answer.
M

Along with jogging and swimming, cycling is the best all-round forms of exercise. It can help to increase
your strength and energy, giving you a stronger heart. You don’t carry the weight of your body on your feet
KÈ

when cycling. It is also a good form for people with a pain in your feet or your back. You should start your
hobby slowly. Doing too quickly can have bad effects.
You should cycle twice or three times a week. If you find you are in pain, you will stop and take a rest.
1. Why is cycling a good form of exercise?
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
Y

2. Why might people with a pain in the back go cycling?

→ ______________________________________________________________________________
DẠ

3. What will happen if you do too quickly?

→ _______________________________________________________________________________
4. How often should you go cycling?
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
5. What will you do if you find you are in pain?
15
 → ______________________________________________________________________________

D. Writing
Exercise 1. Write complete sentences, using the given words and phrases. You may have to change the

L
words or add some.
1. My biology class / start/1 p.m. / on Tuesdays.

A
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
2. sun/rise/in/east.

CI
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
3. your mother/go/to/market/ every day?
→ ______________________________________________________________________________

FI
4. He/ often/get up/at 5 a.m. / and/go/jog/in/park.
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
5. My/family member/have/different/hobby.

OF
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
6. We/ find/ make/ models/ very interesting/ because/ we/ should/ creative.
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
7. My best friend/ not/ like/ mountain climbing/ because/ he/ afraid/ heights.

ƠN
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
8. My sister/ enjoy/ cook/ and/ make/ new dishes/ her own.
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
9. She/ interested / arranging flowers?
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
NH
10. Alex/ keen/ photos. He/ photos/ every day.
→ ______________________________________________________________________________

Exercise 2. Rearrange the following words to make complete sentences.

1. classical/ My/ likes/ mother/ to/ music/. / Listening
Y

→ ______________________________________________________________________________
QU

2. his/ dad/ car/. / Ana’s/ washing/ hates

→ ______________________________________________________________________________
3. traveling/ friend/ by/ loves/ My/ plane/. / father’s
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
4. emails/. / writing/ I/ long/ hate
M

→ ______________________________________________________________________________
5. watching/ dislike/ films/horror/ She/ TV/. / on
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
KÈ

6. in/ Tommy/ dancing/ the/ loves/ disco/.

→ ______________________________________________________________________________
7. English/. / My / speaking/ Maths/ loves/ teacher/
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
Y

8. doesn’t/ early/. / friend’s/ sister/ My/ like/ getting/ up

→ ______________________________________________________________________________
DẠ

9. the/ I/ getting/ dressed/ mornings/. / like/ in

→ ______________________________________________________________________________
10. a/ at/ bath/ aunt/ having/ nights/. / loves/ James’
→ ______________________________________________________________________________

16
Exercise 3. Rewrite the sentences without changing the meaning.
1. I find dancing interesting.
→ I think that ____________________________________________________________________
2. There are four people in my family.

L
→ My family _____________________________________________________________________
3. My father doesn’t like listening to music.

A
→ My father hates ________________________________________________________________
4. My mother rides to work every day.

CI
→ My mother goes ________________________________________________________________
5. I like watching TV best.
→ My favourite hobby _____________________________________________________________

FI
6. I find collecting glass bottles interesting.
→ My hobby is ___________________________________________________________________

OF
7. Van's brother usually goes to work by motorbike.
→ Van's brother usually rides ______________________________________________________
8. Linh finds playing boarding games boring.
→ Linh doesn't like _______________________________________________________________
9. My sister enjoys arranging flowers. (interesting)

ƠN
→ My sister finds _________________________________________________________________
10. My father likes doing gardening at the weekend.
→ My father enjoys _______________________________________________________________
11. I think that ice-skating is difficult.
NH
→ I find _________________________________________________________________________
12. My sister loves talking to her friends in her free time.
→ My sister enjoys ________________________________________________________________
13. My uncle wants to keep fit, so he plays tennis three times a week.
→ My uncle plays tennis ___________________________________________________________
Y

14. My mum hates playing basketball.

→ My mum doesn’t like ___________________________________________________________
QU

Exercise 4. Use the words or phrases given to write meaningful sentences. Then, write a paragraph
about your hobby or your classmate’s hobby.
1. Name of the hobby:
I / unusual hobby / collect / buttons
M

→ ______________________________________________________________________________
2. When I started the hobby:
when / I / ten / I / lose / a cute button / shirt
KÈ

→ ______________________________________________________________________________
I / have to / find / another / to replace
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
3. Why I like it:
Y

buttons / long history

→ ______________________________________________________________________________
DẠ

buttons / be made / different materials

→ ______________________________________________________________________________
they / various sizes / shapes / designs / colours
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
4. Feelings about the hobby:
17
button collecting / not expensive / it / useful / many ways
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
5. Future:
I / collect / rare buttons / other countries

L
→ ______________________________________________________________________________

A
Exercise 5. Write about your book collection. Complete the gaps of the paragraph, using the cues
given to you.

CI
- books
1. Name of your collection:
- books about animals and plants; story books; books about school subjects
- books about English-speaking countries

FI
2. How you collect them:
- buy from bookshops or second-hand book stalls
- get from friends or family members
3. Why you collect them:
- get information and facts

OF
- broaden knowledge and understanding
4. Your plan in the future:
- make the collection larger
- open library
Your answer:

ƠN
My hobby is (1) __________________________________. I collect books whenever I have money and I
need some books. I collect many kinds of books such as (2) __________________________________story
books or (3) _______________________________. I am learning at school, you know, English, Maths,
History, Geography, Biology; and books about (4) ___________________________. I buy books from (5)
NH
___________________________ near my house, and some others from (6) _______________________. I
collect books because I would like to (7) ______________________________ from books. They help me
broaden (8) knowledge and understanding. In the future, I try to make my collection (9)
___________________________. I would like to open (10) ___________________________of my own.
Y
QU
M
KÈ
Y
DẠ

18
 UNIT 2: HEALTHY LIVING
PART I: THEORY
A. VOCABULARY
New words (Từ mới)

L
Words Type Pronunciation Meaning

A
health (n) /helθ/ sức khoẻ

CI
healthy (adj) /ˈhelθi/ khoẻ mạnh, lành mạnh

health problems /helθ ˈprɒbləmz/ các vấn đề về sức khoẻ

FI
healthy activities /ˈhelθi ækˈtɪvətiz/ các hoạt động lành mạnh

boating (n) /ˈbəʊtɪŋ/ sự chèo thuyền

OF
go boating /ɡəʊ ˈbəʊtɪŋ/ đi chèo thuyền

cycling (n) /ˈsaɪklɪŋ/ sự chạy xe đạp

go cycling /ɡəʊ ˈsaɪklɪŋ/ chạy xe đạp

ƠN
exercise (v) /ˈeksəsaɪz/ tập luyện, rèn luyện

exercising (n) /ˈeksəsaɪzɪŋ/ sự tập luyện

fit (adj) /fɪt/ khoẻ, cân đốỉ

NH
keep fit /kiːp fɪt / giữ dáng

active (adj) /ˈæktɪv/ chủ động, tích cực

activity (n) /ækˈtɪvəti/ hoạt động

Y

indoor (adj) /ˈɪndɔː(r)/ trong nhà

QU

outdoor (adj) /ˈaʊtdɔː(r)/ ngoài trời

outdoor activities /ˈaʊtdɔː(r) ækˈtɪvətiz/ các hoạt động ngoài trời

suncream (n) /ˈsʌn kriːm/ kem chống nắng

sunburn (n) /ˈsʌnbɜːn sự cháy nắng

M

lunch box (n) /ˈlʌntʃ bɒks/ hộp cơm trưa

KÈ

dim (adj) /dɪm/ mờ, tối mờ

dim light /dɪm laɪt/ ánh sáng mờ

lip balm /ˈlɪp bɑːm/ son dưỡng môi

Y

chapped (adj) /tʃæpt/ rạn, nứt nẻ

DẠ

chapped lips /tʃæpt lɪps/ đôi môi nứt nẻ

chapped skin /tʃæpt skɪn/ da bị rạn, nứt nẻ

skin (n) /skɪn/ da

19
 skin condition /skɪn kənˈdɪʃn/ tình trạng da

acne (n) /ˈækni/ mụn trứng cá

spot (n) /spɒt/ đốm

L
red spots /red spɒt/ đốm đỏ

A
tofu (n) /ˈtəʊfuː/ đậu hủ

CI
soybean (n) /ˈsɔɪbiːn/ đậu nành

protein (n) /ˈprəʊtiːn/ chất đạm

FI
vegetable (n) /ˈvedʒtəbl/ rau

soft drinks /ˌsɒft ˈdrɪŋks/ nước ngọt

OF
affect (v) /əˈfekt/ tác động

avoid (v) /əˈvɔɪd/ tránh

diet (n) /ˈdaɪət/ sự ăn kiêng

ƠN
vegetarian (n) /ˌvedʒəˈteəriən/ người ăn chay

be on a diet /bi ɒn ə ˈdaɪət/ ăn kiêng

NH
Word formation (Từ loại)
Words Meaning Related words

affected (adj) affectation (n)

affect (v) sự ảnh hưởng
affectedly (adv)
Y

avoid (v) tránh avoidable (adj) avoidance (n)

QU

fat (adj) fatty (adj)

fat (n) mỡ, chất béo
fatten (v) fattening (adj)

fit(adj) vừa vặn, cân đoi fit (n) fit (v) fitness (n)
M

health (n) sức khoẻ healthy (adj)

indoor (adj) trong nhà indoors (adv)

KÈ

B. GRAMMAR
1. Simple sentences (Câu đơn)
Câu đơn là câu chỉ chứa một mệnh đề, hay cụ thể hơn là một mệnh đề độc lập, có chủ ngữ (subject) và vị
Y

ngữ (predicate).
DẠ

PREDICATE

SUBJECT VERB OBJECT

20
Chúng ta có thể gặp các kiểu câu đơn sau
- Câu đơn gồm một chủ ngữ và một động từ (S V).
Eg 1: The price rises. (Giá tăng)
S V

L
Jessie is crying. (Jessie đang khóc.)
S V

A
Eg 2: Jessica ate dinner. (Jessica ăn tối.)
S V O

CI
She buys some books. (Cô ấy mua vài cuốn sách)
S V O
- Một số câu đơn có thêm trạng ngữ (S V O A/ S V A).

FI
Eg 3: Jessie ate a very large dinner at Sushi restaurant.
A B C D
(Jessie ăn một bữa tối thịnh soạn ở nhà hàng Sushi.)

OF
Eg 4: She lives in a house on the top of the mountain. (Cô ấy sống trong một căn nhà trên đỉnh núi.)
S V A
C. PHONETICS

ƠN
/f/ là một phụ âm vô thanh. Để phát âm âm này, hãy để
răng chạm vào môi dưới của bạn. Sau đó thổi hơi ra
qua răng và môi. Dây thanh không rung.
NH
/v/ là một phụ âm hữu thanh. Để phát âm âm này, hãy
để răng chạm vào môi dưới của bạn. Sau đó thổi hơi ra
qua răng và môi, đẩy luồng hơi ra, rung nhẹ dây thanh
Y

quản.
QU

Phân biệt âm /f/ và âm /v/: Đặt một mảnh giấy trước miệng khi phát âm. Khi phát âm âm /f/, tờ giấy sẽ di
chuyển còn khi phát âm âm /v/ thì không. Cũng có thể đặt tay lên cổ họng để cảm nhận độ rung của dây
thanh. Âm /f/ không làm rung dây thanh còn âm /v/ thì có.
M

PART II: LANGUAGE

A. Phonetic
Exercise 1. Put the word into the correct column according to the underlined part.
KÈ

knife knives of cough level conversation laugh

leaf leaves paragraph phonetics Stephen move enough
Y

rough live life very tough lovingly

DẠ

/f/ /v/

21
 _________________________________________ _________________________________________

_________________________________________ _________________________________________

L
_________________________________________ _________________________________________

A
_________________________________________ _________________________________________

CI
_________________________________________ _________________________________________

FI
Exercise 2. Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others.
1. A. find B. fame C. of D. fish

OF
2. A. life B. sofa C. laugh D. night
3. A. enough B. light C. bright D. sight
4. A. voice B. of C. native D. leaf
5. A. thought B. tough C. daughter D. nought

ƠN
6. A. avoid B. leave C. left D. of
7. A. bought B. food C. photo D. telephone
8. A. spaghetti B. toughen C. enough D. rough
9. A. through B. cough C. sought D. naughty
10. A. symphony B. family C. flower D. high
NH
11. A. form B. van C. activity D. love
12. A. fridge B. bridge C. graph D. phonics
13. A. colourful B. friend C. telegraph D. caught
14. A. ghost B. Ghana C. laugh D. spaghetti
15. A. forty B. enough C. phrase D. cover
Y
QU

Exercise 3. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. (Further practice)
1. A. active B. harmful C. healthy D. enough
2. A. vitamin B. obesity C. computer D. depression
3. A. business B. hospital C. affection D. programme
4. A. charitable B. transportation C. individual D. situation
5. A. disabled B. colourful C. wonderful D. different
M

B. Vocabulary & Grammar

Exercise 1. Look at the picture and choose the correct word or phrase.
KÈ

1. 2.
Y
DẠ

A. milk A. boating
B. sunburn B. cycling
C. suncream C. exercising

22
3. 4.

A L
A. acne A. tofu

CI
B. red spots B. soybeans
C. chapped lips C. soft drinks

FI
5. 6.

OF
A. dim light A. chapped skin

ƠN
B. lip balm B. coloured vegetables
C. lunch box C. outdoor activities
NH
Exercise 2. Circle the odd one out.
1. A. acne B. sunburn C. chapped skin D. dim light
2. A. red spots B. lip balm C. suncream D. sunglasses
3. A. exercising B. exciting C. interesting D. good-looking
4. A. protein B. vitamin C. activity D. lipid
Y

5. A. carrots B. tomatoes C. soft drinks D. cabbages

6. A. affect B. skin C. avoid D. get
QU

Exercise 3. Circle the correct word or phrase to complete the

1. She jogs every day to keep fit / unfit.
2. Eating much fast food is not good for your healthy / health.
3. You will get sunburn / suncream if you spend too much time in the sun.
M

4. I like indoor / outdoor activities such as boating and cycling.

5. There is rice, fried fish, and some vegetables in my lunch box / school bag.
KÈ

6. We should affect / avoid sweetened food and soft drinks.

7. Tofu is a product from soybeans / coloured vegetables.
8. You shouldn’t read in dim / bright light.
9. Acne / Activity is a skin condition.
10. Doctors / Vegetarians don’t eat meat or fish.
Y
DẠ

Exercise 4. Reorder the letters to make the words of health problems.

1. ance ____________________ 2. sbuurnn ____________________
3. hheeaadc ____________________ 4. rde otsps ____________________
5. chgou ____________________ 6. bacackhe ____________________

23
 7. tthoochea ____________________ 8. chdeapp psli ____________________

9. appched skni ____________________ 10. reso tthroa ____________________

Exercise 5. Choose the word or phrase (A, B, C or D) that best fits the blank space in each sentence.

L
1. He usually _______ jogging for half an hour before breakfast.
A. goes B. rides C. takes D. cycles

A
2. Playing sports is very good for our_______.
A. chapped lips B. suncream C. acne D. health

CI
3. You should wear a hat and put on suncream to avoid _______.
A. skin B. fitness C. activity D. sunburn
4. _______ is good for our eyes.

FI
A. Alcohol B. Vitamin A C. Vitamin D D. Fast food
5. She exercises regularly to keep_______.

OF
A. fit B. clean C. tidy D. unhealthy
6. Tofu is a product from _______.
A. fish B. meat C. soybeans D. lemons
7. He doesn’t eat meat or fish. He is a _______.
A. actor B. cooker C. vegetarian D. writer

ƠN
8. _______ and fruit have many vitamins.
A. Bread B. Soft drinks C. Cakes D. Vegetables
9. The lamp doesn’t give much light. It’s quite _______.
A. dim B. fresh C. bright D. tasty
NH
10. Her hands are red and _______ because of working outside all winter
A. warm B. chapped C. healthy D. smooth
11. Mai is a good student.
The subject is: _______.
A. Mai B. is C. good D. student
Y

12. She has a new uniform.

The verb is: _______.
QU

A. She B. has C. a D. uniform

13. She draws flowers very beautifully.
The object is: _______.
A. draws B. flowers C. very D. beautifully
14. We go cycling every day.
M

The adverb is: _______.

A. We B. cycling C. every D. every day
15. The Japanese often eat lots of tofu.
KÈ

The subject is: _______.

A. The B. Japanese C. The Japanese D. lots of tofu
16. My mother and I jog every morning.
The subject is: _______.
Y

A. My mother B. My mother and I C. jog D. every morning

17. Most children love fast food and soft drinks.
DẠ

The verb is: _______.

A. Most B. love C. fast D. soft
18. He doesn't read science books.
The object is: _______.
A. doesn't B. science C. books D. science books
24
19. My sister rarely drinks orange juice.
The verb is: _______.
A. My B. rarely C. drinks D. orange
20. They went to Paris two weeks ago.

L
The adverb is: _______.
A. two B. weeks C. ago D. two weeks ago

A
Exercise 6. Complete the dialogue with the words from the box.

CI
Thank use shouldn't with screen eyes
Mai's mother: What's the matter (1) ____________________you?

FI
Mai: My (2) ____________________ are tired.

OF
Mai's mother: You should (3) ____________________eye drops.
Mai’s mother: And you (4) ____________________look at your smartphone
(5) ____________________too long.
Mai: (6) ____________________you, mom.

ƠN
Exercise 7. Are the underline words and phrases in the following sentence objects (O) or adverbs
(Adv)?
1 I read a book. ____________________
NH
2 We seldom go out. ____________________
3 Did they take you home? ____________________
4 Please bring me the book. ____________________
Y

5 I caught a terrific headache. ____________________

It was really hot last night. ____________________
QU

6
7 He never makes big decisions. ____________________
8 Have you already read the letter? ____________________
9 She ever cooks this kind of food. ____________________
M

10 He doesn't normally arrive until seven. ____________________

KÈ

Exercise 8. Write S before the simple sentences, C before the compound sentences, and CC before the
complex sentences.
1. She is a nurse. ______________
2. I often get up late on Sunday. ______________
Y

3. He is John and he is from England. ______________

DẠ

4. When my mother came home, I was doing my homework. ______________

5. They sometimes play volleyball at the beach. ______________
6. Her teacher is so nice and friendly. ______________

25
7. Mai likes drawing, but Nam likes watching films. ______________

8. Ken came in the room and opened the window. ______________

9. My brother and I enjoy reading novels. ______________

L
10. Even though he is busy, he always takes time to play with his daughter. ______________

A
Exercise 9. Match the situations in column A with its advice in column B.
A B

CI
1. I have chapped lips. A. She shouldn't spend too much time in the sun.

2. My sister gets a sunburn. B. She should exercise regularly and eat less junk food.

FI
3. My father has a backache C. You should put on some lip balm.

OF
4. She often feels tired in early morning. D. She shouldn't stay up too late.

5. Jane is putting on weight. E. He should take an aspirin.

6. My brother has the flu. F. He shouldn't bring heavy things.

ƠN
Exercise 10. Match the two parts into a simple sentence.
1. He likes playing A. from Tokyo.
2. Mai met B. him yesterday.
NH
3. They are C. like swimming.

4. This is my D. football every afternoon.

5. How old E. friend Lan.
Y

6. I don’t F. is he?
QU

Exercise 11. Find and correct ONE mistake in each following sentence.
1. There are a book on the desk. → ______________
2. Hoa do the dishes every day. → ______________
M

3. She doesn’t likes making models. → ______________

4. The children hate to jog. → ______________
KÈ

5. They enjoy to build dollhouses. → ______________

6. He run very fast. → ______________
PART III: SKILLS
Y

A. Listening
Exercise 1. Listen to the conversation twice and circle the correct answer to each of the following
DẠ

questions.
1. What does Keren say about jogging?
A. She jogs at the gym B. She jogs 4 times a week
C. She jogs in the evening D. She jogs for an hour
2. What does Karen say about running in the morning?

26
 A. She doesn’t like it B. It’s easier in the summer
C. She ran this morning D. It’s hard on the weekend
3. What food does she eat in her balanced diet?
A. Meat B. Chicken C. Vegetables D. Egg

L
4. What help Karen relax?
A. Yoga B. Music C. Sleep D. Walking

A
Exercise 2. Listen to the following passage twice and decide whether the following sentences are True

CI
or False.
No. Statements T F

FI
1. Good teeth help us look nice and chew well.
2. We ought to visit our dentist twice a month.

OF
3. We should brush our teeth twice a day
4. We should drink much water to keep our teeth healthy.

B. Speaking

Exercise 1. Choose the correct response. Then practice the short exchanges in pairs.
1. A: I put on some weight.
2. A: I eat carrots to see at night.
NH
3. A: I feel weak and sick, doctor.
4. A: Mum, I have some spots on my face.
Y
ƠN
a. You should eat less and do exercise.
B:
b. You should have more calories.
B: a. It’s only a joke.
B: b. What vitamins do carrots have?
a. I think seafood it allergic.
B:
b. You should take a rest.
a. Wash your face regularly.
B:
b. Don’t do exercise too much.
a. You should do more exercise and have a

healthy diet.
5. A: I have a fever and a running nose. B:
QU

b. You have flu. Take some medicine and have a

rest.
a. Don’t eat late and have more exercise.
6. A: My belly is round. B:
b. Don’t go to bed early but read a book.
a. Don’t play computer games too much.
7. A: My eyes become tired. B:
M

b. Drink a lot of fresh water.

a. You should choose a good novel to read.
8. A: My eyes can’t concentrate on anything. B:
b. You shouldn’t read in bad light.
KÈ

a. You use a lot of energy in sports.

9. A: Why should we play sports to lose weight? B:
b. Sports help you become fitter.
a. Don’t care about the calories you have.
10. A: I’d like to stay in shape. B:
b. You should have 2,000 calories a day.
Y

Exercise 2. Reorder the sentences (A-J) to make a logical conversation.

DẠ

__________ A. What's wrong, Lan?

__________ B. I have some red spots on my face.
__________ C. Do you feel much better? Does the cream work?

27
__________ D. This morning. I went to the bathroom to wash my face, and I saw them.
__________ E. My mum gave me a tube of soothing cream, and I put some on these spots
F. I think you should call your mum and go to see the doctor. Let me know when you get
__________

L
home.

A
__________ G. Oh! When did you have them?
__________ H. I don't think so. There are more spots now on my face and even my neck.

CI
__________ I. Did you take any medicines?
__________ J. Okay. I'll call you then.

FI
Exercise 3. Complete the conversation, using the sentences (a - e) to fill in the blanks (1-5).

OF
a. What should I have for breakfast?
b. What else is important?
c. Do you often skip your breakfast?
d. Can I have some frozen foods?

ƠN
e. Breakfast is the most important meal of a day

Nam: I usually feel tired and sleepy in the morning.

NH
Mr Hung: (1) ____________________________
Nam: I get up quite late, so I don't have enough time to eat breakfast.
Mr Hung: You shouldn't do that. (2) ____________________________. It helps you to focus and
study better.
Y

Nam: I will try not to skip it. (3) ____________________________

QU

Mr Hung: You should eat bread, eggs, or cereal. If you don't have much time, drink some milk or have
a snack bar.
Nam: (4) ____________________________
Mr Hung: It's okay. Just make sure you eat something before class. And remember to have enough
M

sleep, about 7 - 8 a day.

Nam: (5) ____________________________
KÈ

Mr Hung: You need to get some exercise every day. You can walk to school or do a sport.
Nam: OK, I will. Thanks for your advice.
C. Reading
Y

Exercise 1. Read the passage, and write T (True) or F (False) next to the sentences.
The secrets of long life
DẠ

The island of Okinawa in Japan has some of the oldest people in the world. It's famous for its high
number of centenarians – men and women who live beyond 100 years of age. There have been many
scientific studies of their lifestyle and you can even buy cookery books based on their diets. Some of the
reasons for their good health are that they:
- go fishing and eat what they catch.
28
 - regularly do gardening and grow their own fruit and vegetables.
- go cycling and never drive when they can walk.
- often spend time with friends. They meet at people's houses and play games.
- rarely buy food from a supermarket.

L
- do regular exercise, go swimming and lead active lives.
1. The island of Okinawa in Japan is famous for its high number of centenarians. ________

A
2. The centenarians are men and women who live under 100 years of age. ________
3. The centenarians go fishing and eat what they catch. ________

CI
4. The centenarians go cycling and never drive when they can ride a horse. ________
5. The centenarians rarely spend time with friends. ________
6. The centenarians rarely buy food from a supermarket. ________

FI
Exercise 2. Read and decide if each statement is true or false or not given.

OF
Mark always gets up at twelve in the morning. He does not have breakfast. Mark likes having
hamburgers, pizza, crisps and hot dogs for lunch. He always has fizzy drinks like cola. So there are not any
vegetables or fruit at home. After lunch, he takes the bus to school - 300 meters far away. At six o’clock,
Mark goes to the bus stop and comes back home. He sits on his dad’s sofa and watches TV for three hours.
When he is hungry, he eats lots of sweets or chocolate biscuits and he always drinks cola. He usually goes to

ƠN
sleep at eleven or twelve because that he likes playing computer games. He usually stays at home all day at
weekends.
No. Statements T F NG
1. Mark starts his day at about 7 a.m.   
NH
2. Marks usually has hamburgers for breakfast.   
3. There is a very big refrigerator at Mark’s home.   
4. Marks lives near his school.   
5. Mark goes back home by bus.   
6. Mark spends three hours watching TV.   
Y

7. Although Mark likes playing games, he never goes to bed after 10:30 p.m.   
8. Mark usually spends hours playing games at home.   
QU

Exercise 3. Read and answer the questions.

HEALTHY DIET
There are two important matters in eating. First is eating enough food. If people eat too little food or
wrong food, they will not have enough energy. If they eat too much, they are easy to get overweight.
M

Secondly is eating right food. It means we need to eat correct quantity of each type of food. For example, it
is not good to eat too much food in high-calories group and too little fresh and vegetable. So, how do we
KÈ

have a right and balance diet?

Firstly, we need to reduce the amount of high-calories food. Fat in that type of food may lead you to
heart disease.
Secondly, you also should not eat too much sugar. You can completely get energy from other food.
Eating sugar is bad for your teeth.
Y

Thirdly, it is good to have a rich-fibre diet. We can find fibre from rice, bread, etc. It is nutrients. It can
give you lots of energy, but it does not contain much calories, so you are not afraid of getting overweight
DẠ

when you eat much fibre.

1. How many important matters do we need to care in eating?
→ ________________________________________________________________________
2. What will happen if we do not eat enough food?
→ ________________________________________________________________________
29
3. What will happen if we eat too much food?
→ ________________________________________________________________________
4. What type of food may lead us to heart disease?
→ ________________________________________________________________________

L
5. What type of food is harmful to our teeth?
→ ________________________________________________________________________

A
6. What type of food should we eat much?
→ ________________________________________________________________________

CI
7. What type of food includes much fibre?
→ ________________________________________________________________________
8. Why does rice and bread not make you overweight?

FI
→ ________________________________________________________________________

OF
Exercise 4. Read the conservation and answer the questions
Phong: What time do you usually come home from school?
Nick: I usually come home at 11.30.

Phong: When do you often have lunch?

ƠN
Nick: I often have lunch at 12 o’clock.
Phong: What do you usually have for lunch?
Nick: I often have fish and eggs.
NH
Phong: What do you do after dinner?
Nick: I sometimes go to the cinema, but I usually stay at home, watch TV and do my homework.
Phong: Do you often watch TV?
Y

Nick: Yes, I do. I like watching sports very much.

QU

Phong: When do you go to bed?

Nick: I always go to bed at 9.30. I never stay up late.
1. What time does Nick usually come home from school?
→ ________________________________________________________________________
M

2. When does he often have lunch?

→ ________________________________________________________________________
3. What does he usually have for lunch?
KÈ

→ ________________________________________________________________________
4. What does he often do after dinner?
→ ________________________________________________________________________
5. What TV programme does he like watching?
Y

→ ________________________________________________________________________
DẠ

Exercise 5. Choose the word which best fits each gap.

Breakfast is the (1) ______ important meal of the day. It provides the nutrients your body needs for good
health, the calories it needs for (2) ______ and helps to maintain your blood sugar level. Studies have shown
that people who don’t have breakfast have a low blood sugar level and are often slow, tired, hungry and (3)
______ to concentrate. Surprisingly, breakfast actually plays a part in weight control. It's easier to (4)
30
______ weight if you eat in the morning rather than later in the day. Dividing the day’s calories (5) ______
three meals helps take-off weight more efficiently than (6) ______ breakfast and having two larger meals a
day does.
1. A. healthy B. tasty C. main D. most

L
2. A. strength B. power C. energy D. effort
3. A. able B. enable C. unable D. capable

A
4. A. lose B. put C. gain D. drop
5. A. in B. into C. up D. for

CI
6. A. skipping B. making C. buying D. serving

Exercise 6. Read the following passage and circle the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct

FI
answer to each of the questions.
WE ALL NEED EXERCISE

OF
The body needs exercise. Exercise uses up food and keeps the body strong. It makes your heart and
muscles strong. Exercise also makes you feel good. If you exercise a few times a week, you will stay healthy
and happy.
Some people in America do not get enough exercise. They work in office buildings sitting in a chair all
day in front of computers. They live far from their offices, and they have to drive their cars to get to work.

ƠN
Therefore, when they get home at night, they don’t want to exercise after work.
Today, many Americans are overweight. This causes health problems for some people. Doctors say that
exercise can help people both lose weight and improve their health. So, many people are trying to get more
exercise. But it takes time to change, and when people do not see a difference right away, they lose interest
NH
in exercising.
1. The writer says that exercise_________.
A. only makes your muscles strong.
B. send blood to your muscle.
C. is only done in a gym.
Y

D. makes your heart work hard to send blood to your muscles.

2. The writer mentions that in America, __________.
QU

A. many people spend much time driving to work.

B. most office workers can get a lot of exercise.
C. many people are overweight because they don’t get enough exercise.
D. Americans don’t like doing exercise.
3. Why don’t the Americans get enough exercise?
M

A. They find it difficult to exercise.

B. They don’t have enough time to exercise.
C. They feel tired of exercising.
KÈ

D. They don’t want to lose weight.

4. According to the reading, which fact is NOT TRUE?
A. Exercise makes you feel good.
B. Some people do not get enough exercise.
Y

C. Many people have to drive their cars to work.

D. Many people don’t want to get exercise after work because they are lazy.
DẠ

31
 ✓) the correct box.
Exercise 7. Read the text and tick (✓
I don't like vegetables. I like pizza, chips, and hot dogs for lunch. I
don't eat fish at all. I don't like soft drinks. Sometimes my mum
makes me drink some milk or juice. I walk to school every day. I go

L
swimming three times a week. I also ride my bike in the park at
weekends.

A
CI
Mike

FI
I eat a lot of fruit and vegetables to stay healthy. I usually have
chicken with rice and salad for lunch. I also drink lots of milk
because it keeps my teeth won and bones strong. I don't like water

OF
very much, so I often drink soft drinks. I can't ride a bike, so my
mum drives me to school every day. I go jogging twice a week in the
park nearby.

ƠN
Rose

Who……? Mike Rose

NH
1. eats more healthy foods

2. doesn't drink soft drinks

3. goes cycling in the park at weekends

Y

4. doesn't go to school on foot

QU

5. does more sports

D. Writing
Exercise 1. Reorder the words and phrases to make sentences.
M

1. eating/ My grandmother / tofu/ likes/.

→ ________________________________________________________________________
KÈ

2. us / vitamins / Coloured vegetables / a lot of / provide /.

→ ________________________________________________________________________
3. regularly / John/ does / stay healthy / karate / to/.
→ ________________________________________________________________________
4. there / Are / protein / much / in / and fish / meat /?
Y

→ ________________________________________________________________________
DẠ

5. on / causes / Acne / usually / the face / small, red spots /.

→ ________________________________________________________________________
6. acne /You / to go to bed /early/ should / avoid /.
→ ________________________________________________________________________

32
Exercise 2. Reorder the words and phrases to make meaningful sentences in a paragraph about how
to avoid viruses.
1. can/You/do/things/ to avoid / viruses / many/.
→ ________________________________________________________________________

L
2. keep/clean / always / First, / your surroundings/.
→ ________________________________________________________________________

A
3. every/day/You/clean/can/sweep and/house/your/.
→ ________________________________________________________________________

CI
4. your / often /with/soap/Moreover, / wash/hands/.
→ ________________________________________________________________________
5. two litres / Drink/eat/more/water/of/ a day/coloured / and/vegetables /.

FI
→ ________________________________________________________________________
6. three / times / a week / Exercise/to/have/good/ at /health/least/.
→ ________________________________________________________________________

OF
7. remember/Always/wear/to/a mask / when / go out/you/. day.
→ ________________________________________________________________________

Exercise 3. Complete the sentences from the given simple sentences.

ƠN
1. He is clever. He is active.
→ He is clever and __________________________________________________________
2. I wash my face. I brush my teeth.
→ I wash __________________________________________________________________
NH
3. You shouldn't eat much fast food. You shouldn't eat sweetened food.
→ You shouldn’t eat ________________________________________________________
4. Some students are jogging. Some students are talking.
→ Some students are ________________________________________________________
5. She wears a hat. She puts on some suncream.
Y

→ She wears _______________________________________________________________

6. The Japanese study hard. The Japanese work hard.
QU

→ The Japanese ____________________________________________________________

7. My cousin learns English. My cousin learns Japanese.
→ My cousin _______________________________________________________________
8. The car is new. The car is comfortable.
→ The car _________________________________________________________________
M

9. Nam likes playing chess. His brother likes playing chess.

→ ______________________________________________________playing chess.
10. Eating lots of vegetables is good for your health. Eating lots of fruit is good for your health.
KÈ

→ ______________________________________________________is good for your health.

11. We have breakfast. We go to school.
→ We _____________________________________________________________________
12. He should avoid fast food. He should avoid soft drinks.
Y

→ He should avoid __________________________________________________________

13. Some people are jogging. Some people are talking.
DẠ

→ Some people are __________________________________________________________

14. Tom likes reading comic books. Tom likes playing video games.
→ Tom likes _______________________________________________________________
15. Lan eats lots of carrots. Lan eats lots of tomatoes.
→ Lan eats lots of ___________________________________________________________
33
16. Your house is large. Your house is comfortable.
→ Your house is ____________________________________________________________
17. Eating healthily is good for our health. Exercising regularly is good for our health.
→ ______________________________________________________is good for our health.

L
18. My brother likes outdoor activities. I like outdoor activities.
→ ______________________________________________________outdoor activities

A
Exercise 4. Write the second sentence so that it has the same meaning to the first one.

CI
1. If you often go swimming, you will keep fit.
→ Swimming ______________________________________________________________
2. It is bad for your heart if you eat too much meat.

FI
→ Eating too much meat _____________________________________________________
3. She took an aspirin because she wanted to stop her toothache.
→ She took an aspirin to _____________________________________________________

OF
4. You can learn things better if you do exercise. (help)
→ Exercise ________________________________________________________________
5. It's a good idea to do exercise regularly.
→ You ____________________________________________________________________

ƠN
6. Tom's gained 5 kilos since he quit smoking.
→ Tom's put _______________________________________________________________

Exercise 5. Rewrite the sentences, using the given words.

NH
1. You shouldn't skip your breakfast. (HEALTHY)
→ ________________________________________________________________________
2. My father likes outdoor activities. I like outdoor activities. (AND)
→ ________________________________________________________________________
3. I wear suncream, so I don't get sunburn. (AVOID)
Y

→ ________________________________________________________________________
4. Boys don't have as much acne as girls. (THAN)
QU

→ ________________________________________________________________________
5. Doing exercise every day is a good idea. (SHOULD)
→ ________________________________________________________________________

Exercise 6. Write a paragraph to give pieces of advice on how to avoid COVID-19 viruses, using the
M

prompts below.
Guidelines to Help Protect Yourself from COVID-19 Pandemic
- wear a cloth face mask/ public settings/ prevent/ transmission/ the virus
KÈ

- wash your hands/ frequently/ carefully/ use warm water/ soap/ rub your hands/ at least 20 seconds
- avoid touching your face/ some surfaces/ because/ viruses/ live on some surfaces/ up to 72 hours
- also stop shaking hands/ hugging/ people/ because/ skin-to-skin contact/ transmit viruses/ one person/
another
Y

- call your doctor/ you/ any symptoms/ and/ stay/ home/ until/ recover
- have self-quarantine/ if/ have COVID-19
DẠ

You should wear _____________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________

34
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________

L
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________

A
____________________________________________________________________________________

CI
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________

FI
Exercise 7. Your friend has the flu. Use the notes to help you write her an email with some advice.
go out x

OF
go to bed early ✓

drink lots of water ✓

check temperature ✓

ƠN
keep warm ✓

open the windows x

NH
do any housework x
rest ✓

Start like this:

Hi Daisy,
Y

Sorry to hear that you are ill. Don’t worry. I had it last week and I’m much better now. This is the advice the
doctor gave me. You should…
QU

Finish like this:

Get better soon.
Love
Your email:
____________________________________________________________________________________
M

____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
KÈ

____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
Y

____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
DẠ

____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________

35
 UNIT 3: COMMUNITY
PART I: THEORY
A. VOCABULARY
New words (Từ mới)

L
Words Type Pronunciation Meaning

A
community (n) /kəˈmjuːnəti/ cộng đồng
community service /kəˌmjuːnəti ˈsɜːvɪs/ dịch vụ cộng đồng

CI
community activities /kəˌmjuːnəti
các hoạt động cộng đồng
ækˈtɪvətiz/

FI
board game (n) /ˈbɔːd ɡeɪm/ trò chơi có bàn cờ
plant (v) /plɑːnt/ trồng

OF
plant trees /plɑːnt triːz/ trồng cây
water (v) /ˈwɔːtə(r)/ tưới, tưới nước
water vegetables /ˈwɔːtə(r) ˈvedʒtəblz/ tưới rau

ƠN
donate (v) /dəʊˈneɪt/ cho, tặng
donate old clothes /dəʊˈneɪt əʊld
cho quần áo cũ
kləʊðz/
teach (v) /tiːtʃ/ dạy, giảng dạy
NH
clean (v) /kliːn/ dọn dẹp, vệ sinh
pick up (v) /pɪk ʌp/ lượm, nhặt
recycle (v) /ˌriːˈsaɪkl/ tái chế
Y

paper (n) /ˈpeɪpə(r)/ giấy

used paper /juːst ˈpeɪpə(r)/ giấy đã sử dụng
QU

exchange (v) /ɪksˈtʃeɪndʒ/ đổi, trao đổi

exchange used paper /ɪksˈtʃeɪndʒ juːst
for notebooks ˈpeɪpə(r) fə(r) đổi giấy đã sử dụng để lấy tập
ˈnəʊtbʊkt/
M

volunteer (v, n) /ˌvɒlənˈtɪə(r)/ tình nguyện; người tình nguyện

tutor (n) /ˈtjuːtə(r)/ dạy kèm, phụ đạo
KÈ

litter (n) /ˈlɪtə(r)/ rác

nursing (n) /ˈnɜːsɪŋ/ chăm sóc bệnh nhân, sự điều dưỡng
nursing home /ˈnɜːsɪŋ həʊm/ viện dưỡng lão
Y

homeless (adj) /ˈhəʊmləs/ không có nhà cửa

DẠ

homeless children /ˈhəʊmləs ˈtʃɪldrən/ trẻ em vô gia cư

orphan (n) /ˈɔːfn/ trẻ mồ côi
orphanage (n) /ˈɔːfənɪdʒ/ trại trẻ mồ côi

36
 rural (adj) /ˈrʊərəl/ thuộc nông thôn
rural areas /ˈrʊərəl ˈeəriəz/ các vùng nông thôn
elderly (adj) /ˈeldəli/ lớn tuổi, cao tuổi

L
grow (v) /ɡrəʊ/ mọc, trồng

A
develop (v) /dɪˈveləp/ phát triển
project (n) /ˈprɒdʒekt/ dự án

CI
Notes

FI
- Trong tiếng Anh, người ta thường dùng cấu trúc the + tính từ để tạo ra một danh từ. Danh từ này chỉ một
bộ phận người mang cùng tính chất được mô tả bởi tính từ đó.
Example: the young = những người trẻ

OF
the elderly = những người lớn tuổi
the rich = những người giàu
the homeless = những người vô gia cư
- Khi các danh từ này đứng ở vị trí chủ ngữ thì động từ theo sau sẽ chia ở hình thức số nhiều.
Example: Nowadays, the young admire media and sports stars.

ƠN
(Ngày nay, giới trẻ rất ngưỡng mộ các ngôi sao truyền thông và thể thao.)
The old need our care.
(Những người già rất cần sự chăm sóc của chúng ta.)
NH
Word formation (Từ loại)
Words Meaning Related words
collectable (adj) collection (n)
collect (v) thu thập, sưu tập
collector (n)
Y

commune (n) communalism (n)

QU

community (n) cộng đồng commune (v) communally (adv)

communal (adj)
developer (n) development (n)
develop (v) phát triển developing (adj) developmental (adj)
M

developmentally (adv)
KÈ

donate (v) hiến, cho, tặng donation (n)

exchange (v) trao đổi exchange (n)
mountainous (adj) vùng núi mountain (n)
orphanage (n) trại trẻ mồ côi orphan (n) orphan (v)
Y

protection (n) protectionism (n)

DẠ

protect (v) bảo vệ

protective (adj) protectionist (n)
skill (n) kỹ năng skilful (adj) skilfully (adv)

37
B. GRAMMAR
1. The past simple (Thì quá khứ đơn)
Cách dùng
- Diễn tả hành động hay sự việc đã xảy ra và kết thúc tại một thời điểm trong quá khứ.

L
Cách dùng Ex: I met her last summer.
Diễn tả hành động thường làm hay quen làm trong quá khứ.

A
Ex: She often went swimming every day last year.
Dạng thức của thì quá khứ đơn.

CI
(+) S + was/ were
Với động từ to be
(-) S + was/ were + not …
(am/ is/ are)

FI
(?) Was/ Were + S + …?
(+) S + V2/ed
Với động từ

OF
(-) S + did + not + V
thường
(?) Did + S + V?
Dấu hiệu nhận biết
Trong câu ở thì quá khứ đơn thường có sự xuất hiện của các trang từ chỉ thời gian như:
- yesterday (hôm qua)

ƠN
- last night/ week/ month/ … (tối qua/ tuần trước/ tháng trước/ …)
- ago (cách đây), (two hours ago: cách đây 2 giờ; two weeks ago: cách đây 2 ngày, …)
- in + thời gian trong quá khứ (in 1990)
- when: khi (trong câu kể)
NH
Cách thêm ed vào sau động từ
Trong câu ở thì quá khứ đơn, động từ bắt buộc phải thêm đuôi –ed.
Quy tắc Ví dụ
want – wanted
Thêm –ed vào đằng sau hầu hết các động từ
look – looked
Y

Động từ kết thúc bằng đuôi “e” hoặc “ee”, chúng ta chỉ việc thêm “d” vào cuối live – lived
QU

động từ love – loved

Đối với những động từ tận cùng là “y” play – played
+ Nếu trước “y” là một nguyên âm (a, e, u, i, o), ta thêm “ed” bình thường. stay – stayed
+ Nếu trước “y” là một phụ âm, ta đổi “y” thành “i” + “ed” enjoy - enjoyed
M

stop – stopped
KÈ

Động từ một âm tiết, tận cùng bằng một nguyên âm + một phụ âm (trừ những
plan – planned
từ kết thúc bằng h, w, x, y), ta phải gấp đôi phụ âm trước khi thêm “ed”
Y

C. PHONETICS
* Cách phát âm đuôi /t/, /d/ và /id/.
DẠ

Các động từ theo quy tắc khi chuyển sang quá khứ ta thêm “-ed”, đuôi này sẽ được phát âm theo ba cách là:
/t/, /d/ và /id/.
Cách phát âm Quy tắc

/id/ - “ed” được phát âm là /id/ với các động từ tận cùng bằng /t/ hoặc /d/.

38
 Eg: wanted, invited, needed, decided …
- Tính từ tận cùng bằng “ed”
Eg: interested, bored, naked …

L
- “ed” được phát âm là /t/ khi động từ có âm cuối là các âm vô thanh ch, f (gh, ph), p, k,
th, x, s (ce), sh

A
/t/
Eg: helped, looked, washed, watched, laughed, breathed, kissed, danced, fixed …

CI
- “ed” được phát âm là /d/ khi động từ tận cùng bằng các âm còn lại.
/d/
Eg: called, cleaned, damaged, amazed, used …

FI
PART II: LANGUAGE
A. Phonetic

OF
Exercise 1. Put the words in correct column depending on the pronunciation.

laughed showed wondered breathed needed kissed decided danced

interested bored fixed called cleaned helped naked damaged

ƠN
amazed looked wanted used washed invited ended studied
started loved watched played filled walked
NH
/t/ /d/ /id/

_____________________________ _____________________________ _____________________________

_____________________________ _____________________________ _____________________________

_____________________________ _____________________________ _____________________________

Y

_____________________________ _____________________________ _____________________________

QU

_____________________________ _____________________________ _____________________________

Exercise 2. Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others.
1. A. looked B. kissed C. called D. stopped
M

2. A. invited B. loved C. used D. cleaned

3. A. wanted B. danced C. needed D. visited
KÈ

4. A. asked B. completed C. finished D. laughed

5. A. offered B. enjoyed C. followed D. helped
6. A. lived B. talked C. watered D. opened
7. A. walked B. fixed C. hoped D. brushed
8. A. washed B. watched C. breathed D. interested
Y

9. A. played B. learned C. shared D. decided

DẠ

10. A. worried B. donated C. collected D. naked

11. A. filled B. smelled C. caused D. missed
12. A. thanked B. parked C. listened D. booked
13. A. worked B. requested C. interested D. demanded
14. A. started B. leaded C. launched D. corrected.
15. A. reserved B. borrowed C. attracted D. happened
39
Exercise 3. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. (Further practice)
1. A. donate B. rubbish C. sugar D. garden
2. A. money B. collect C. tutor D. homeless

L
3. A. environment B. community C. recycle D. rubbish
4. A. organization B. volunteer C. opportunity D. activity

A
5. A. project B. enjoy C. similar D. include

CI
B. Vocabulary & Grammar
Exercise 1. Circle the odd one out.
1. A. donate B. provide C. food D. encourage

FI
2. A. clean B. street C. house D. wall
3. A. clothes B. educate C. blood D. money

OF
4. A. money B. blood C. donate D. waste
5. A. homeless B. disabled C. people D. poor
6. A. volunteer B. clothes C. books D. food
7. A. help B. draw C. paint D. school
8. A. individual B. essential C. environmental D. service

ƠN
9. A. blood B. homework C. students D. tutors
10. A. elderly B. grandparents C. nursing home D. orphan

Exercise 2. Circle the correct word to complete the sentences.

NH
1. He is very rich. He wants to build a house for homeless / unkind people.
2. Mai often helps the young / old people.
3. Her grandmother lives in the park / nursing home to be cared for.
4. We pick up / on litter around our school.
5. I donated some books to the rich / poor children yesterday.
Y

6. She learns / tutors maths to the kids in the neighborhood.

7. They collect / raise blankets and clothes for charity.
QU

8. She always helps / gives the old people cross the road.
9. They buy / exchange rice for meat.
10. Tom plants lots of flowers. He drinks / waters them every day.

Exercise 3. Fill in each blank with a suitable verb.

M

help water pick up develop

KÈ

exchange clean donate recycle

1. _____________________ the school yard

2. _____________________ food and money
3. _____________________ vegetables
Y

4. _____________________ old people

5. _____________________ the litter
DẠ

6. _____________________ plastic bottles

7. _____________________ the project
8. _____________________ old clothes for books

Exercise 4. Complete the sentences with the words from the box.
40
 volunteers nursing donate elderly tutor
community project plant life skills homeless

L
1. Nam often reads books to the ________________.
2. We ________________lots of vegetables in the school garden.

A
3. I ________________small children in the neighborhood.
4. He wants to build a house for the ________________people.

CI
5. Mai likes ________________activities such as planting trees and cleaning in the park.
6. Many old people live in the ________________home to be cared for.
7. My class is doing an interesting ________________.

FI
8. I ________________my blood once a year.
9. At school, teachers also help students develop some ________________.

OF
10. Last week the ________________gave food and drink to homeless people.

Exercise 5. Choose the word or phrase (A, B, C or D) that best fits the blank space in each sentence.
1. We ______ lots of vegetables in the school garden.
A. plant B. tutor C. donate D. help

ƠN
2. Volunteer activities often include ______ money for people in need, cooking and giving food.
A. rising B. raising C. taking D. getting
3. Lan ______ half her salary to the poor children in her hometown.
A. gets B. receives C. donates D. steals
4. Mai’s classmates are ______ old books and clothes for street children.
NH
A. helping B. cleaning C. doing D. collecting
5. She wants to works in a ______ to care for old people.
A. theater B. museum C. supermarket D. nursing home
6. Mike is an ______. His parents died when he was a baby.
A. engineer B. astronaut C. orphan D. actress
7. He works as a ______. He doesn’t get salary.
Y

A. volunteer B. singer C. farmer D. nurse

8. Children collected ______ for recycling.
QU

A. new books B. plastic bottles C. rural areas D. shelters

9. I like ______ activities such as planting trees and cleaning in the park.
A. sport B. indoor C. tutor D. community
10. Shall they throw the waste paper away, or do they ______?
A. do B. throw C. recycle D. make
11. She ______ lots of things for charity.
M

A. did B. was do C. was did D. doed

12. Trinh Cong Son ______ many excellent songs.
A. was compose B. composed C. composed D. did composed
KÈ

13. We ______ the Louvre museum in Paris last week.

A. visitted B. visited C. did visited D. were visit
14. They ______ old people in the nursing home two days ago.
A. helped B. were helped C. was help D. helpped
15. I ______ him in the park yesterday afternoon.
Y

A. did saw B. seed C. was see D. saw

16. My sister ______ lots of flower on the balcony.
DẠ

A. plant B. planted C. did planted D. was plant

17. His uncle ______ a new house in the suburb.
A. buyed B. was buyed C. did bought D. bought
18. Where ______ they last weekend?
A. was B. were C. be D. did be
19. My mother ______ to work this morning.
41
 A. didn’t go B. not wont C. wasn’t went D. didn’t went
20. The film that I ______ last night ______ very interesting.
A. see / was B. saw / were C. see / wore D. saw / was

Exercise 6. Complete the passage with the past simple form of the verbs in brackets.

L
Yesterday (1. be) ________________Sunday. I (2. get) ________________up at 9 o’clock, (3. have)

A
________________breakfast and (4. listen) ________________to music. After that, I (5. go)
________________shopping with my family. We (6. have) ________________lunch at a restaurant in the

CI
shopping mall. In the afternoon, I (7. meet) ________________some friends in the park near my house. We
(8. cycle) ________________cross the park together. In the evening I (9. play) ________________chess
with my brother. We (10. have) ________________a lot of fun. I really love such weekends.

FI
Exercise 7. Match the questions in column A with its response in column B.
A B

OF
1. Which activity do you want to join? A. It’s a great way to help other people.
2. What do you think about volunteer work? B. Yes, certainly.
3. Do you join our community activities? C. No, she thinks that it wastes time.

ƠN
4. Does she often do volunteer work? D. No, they are very poor.
5. Why do you want to read books to the elderly people? E. I want to join the clean-up activity.
6. Are the street children rich? F. Because I want to make them happy.
NH

Exercise 8. Complete the dialogue with the words from the box.
Y

rubbish community helpful mountainous trees activities

QU

Lan: Do you often join community (1) ________________?

Linda: Yes, certainly. They’re very (2) ________________activities.
Lan: What did you do last month?
Linda: I planted some (3) ________________in the schoolyard.
M

Lan: What else?

KÈ

Linda: I picked up a lot of (4) ________________along the nearby roads.

Lan: Great work!
Linda: Yes. Did you do anything to help your (5) ________________?
Y

Lan: Well, I collected warm clothes for poor children in the (6) ________________areas.
DẠ

Linda: Wonderful!

Exercise 9. Circle the correct option in brackets.

1. Nam (was / were) absent at the company’s meeting last Monday.
2. I (learned / did learned) English seven years ago.
42
3. Jolie (answered / answerred) the question exactly.
4. A man (standded / stood) in front of your house.
5. Lisa (drawed / drew) a very beautiful portrait of her mother.
6. It’s better to keep silent about what (happenned / happened).

L
7. She (gived / gave) us a bag of sweets.
8. They (wasn’t / weren’t) at home last night.

A
9. Thanh (didn’t do / wasn’t do) his homework yesterday.
10. Jack (did went / went) to the zoo with his family.

CI
Exercise 10. Put the words in bracket into the correct form to complete the sentences.
1. It’s important to ________________your skin from the harmful effects of the sun. (protection)

FI
2. The craft villagers are so ________________. (skill)
3. Community ________________have a lot of positive effects on students. (serve)

OF
4. After the party, I ________________twenty bottles from various parts of the house yesterday. (collect)
5. He’s well-known in the local ________________. (community)
6. All our profits are re-invested in research and ________________. (develop)
7. The homeless shelters are entirely staffed by ________________worker. (volunteer)
8. We help the ________________with housework and gardening. (old)

ƠN
9. I’d like to work as a volunteer for a charity ________________. (organize)
10. He made a $5000 ________________to charity. (donate)

Exercise 11. Put the verbs in brackets in the past simple form.
NH
1. Last week, my mother (take) ________________me to the zoo.
2. When we (arrive) ________________at the party, there (not be) ________________many people there.
3. My mother (say) ________________that she (buy) ________________me a new dress.
4. Last summer, my father (teach) ________________me to drive.
5. I (start) ________________doing charity when I (be) ________________a first year student.
Y

6. Many rich people (donate) ________________money for this volunteer program.

7. My friend (ring) ________________me yesterday and (invite) ________________me to his party.
QU

8. What (you/ watch) ________________on TV last night?

9. When my father (be) ________________young, he (use to) ________________be the most handsome
boy in the village.
10. ________________ (you/ go) to see the concert yesterday?
11. My performance (not be) ________________really good. I (not feel) ________________happy about
M

it.
12. Jim (spend) ________________the whole day taking after his brother.
13. I (write) ________________a letter to my foreign friend but he (not write) ________________back.
KÈ

14. ________________ (they/ be) students of our school?

15. Yesterday, I (see) ________________Jim at a bookstore.

PART III: SKILLS

Y

A. Listening
Exercise 1. Listen to the short talk twice and circle the correct answer to each of the following
DẠ

questions.
1. Was an ironman sporty as a child?
A. No, he wasn’t B. Yes, he was C. No, he didn’t D. Yes, he did
2. What did his sports instructor say?
A. Do less exercise, or continue to feel sick.
43
 B. Do more exercise, or continue to feel sick.
C. Do much exercise, or continue to feel sick.
D. Do many exercise, or continue to feel sick.
3. How much calories does he use in one event?

L
A. 5,000 B. 6,000 C. more than 6,000 D. less than 5,000
4. How does he prepare before racing?

A
A. Eat more healthy food, sleep more, and do less exercise
B. Eat more healthy food, sleep less, and do more exercise

CI
C. Eat more junk food, sleep more, and do more exercise
D. Eat more healthy food, sleep more, and do more exercise

FI
Exercise 2. Listen to the conversation twice and decide whether the following sentences are True or
False.

OF
No. Statements T F
1. Phuc is a volunteer.
2. He thinks volunteering is good for himself.
3. He hasn’t made any new friends.
4. Mai thinks voluteering is special for her because she cannot help others.

ƠN
B. Speaking
Exercise 1. Choose the correct response. Then practise the short exchanges in pairs.
1. A: How can we help people in flooded areas? B: a/ We collect rubbish and clean streets.
NH
b/ We collect food, water and blankets.
B: a/ We provide evening classes for them
2. A: Do you help street children?
b/ We join an environmental group.
Y

B: a/ The dustmen haven't come yet.

3. A: There's a lot of household rubbish.
QU

b/ People should recycle it more.

B: a/ We clean streets in our neighborhood
4. A: What will we do on Sunday?
b/ People can donate books and clothes.
B: a/ Yes, it is free to join the organization if
M

you're willing to.

5. A: Is it a non-profit organization?
b/ Yes, it works for the benefits of the
KÈ

community for free.

B: a/ Yes, it is very useful for our community
because it offers many services.
6. A: Is it an environmental project?
Y

b/ Yes, it encourages people to plant trees

and recycle rubbish.
DẠ

B: a/ We can visit them and read stories.

7. A: How can we help sick children?
b/ We provide them with life skills.
8. A: Have you ever done volunteer work? B: a/ Yes. I'm a social worker now.

44
 b/ Yes. Doing volunteer work is good.

9. A: How can we help elderly people at a nursing B: a/ We can teach them to recycle rubbish.
home? b/ We can talk or read books to them.

L
B. a/ We can paint colorful murals on the

A
10. A: Graffiti becomes a problem in our city. walls.
b. We should enjoy these paintings on the

CI
walls.

FI
Exercise 2. Complete the following dialogue by circling the best option A, B, C, or D
1. Peter: Do you know why Linh join the Tutoring project?
Long:

OF
A. Because she doesn’t like children
B. Because she is good at literature and loves children
C. Because she is doing some project
2. Peter: Nick is good at drawing and designing. What project should he join?
Long:

ƠN
A. He can join the Visit-to-Read project at the local hospital
B. Garden-to Give is a good project for him
C. He can be a member of the Postcard Designing project
3. Peter: We plant vegetables in our school gardens and donate them to a homeless centre
NH
Long:
A. Sounds terrible!
B. It’s too easy!
C. Sounds like great work!
4. Peter: We recycle plastic bottles and change them into plant pots.
Y

Long:
A. Wonderful! B. Just a waste of time! C. Sounds different!
QU

5. Peter: I’d like to become a volunteer at the Green Club.

Long:
A. That sounds new! B. That sounds great! C. So bad!

Exercise 3. Reorder the sentences (A-L) to make a conversation.

M

___________ A. Good afternoon. May I ask you some questions?

___________ B. Of course.
KÈ

C. Some volunteers and I often pick up litter in the parks and clean the streets in our
___________
neighborhood. We also visit and help the elderly clean up their houses.
___________ D. Because I can help the people in need and make the community better.
Y

___________ E. The last question: What activity would you like to do in the future?
DẠ

___________ F. Let’s get started. Why are you interested in doing community activities?
___________ G. What about activities helping children? Is there any?
___________ H. I hope you can do nicer things to the community. Thanks for your answers.

45
___________ I. You’re such a kind person. So what community activities do you often do?

J. Yes. We donate books to homeless children. We also have English classes. Last summer,
___________
we taught English for 20 kids in the area.

L
K. I really want to join some programmes to raise funds to help the cancer patients at
___________
Children’s Hospital.

A
___________ L. You’re welcome.

CI
C. Reading
Exercise 1. Read the text and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D.

FI
Many school nowadays require their students to spend an amount of time doing community service.
Why? Because they hope those children will become caring people and see the values in giving their time

OF
and talents, and donating their toys, clothes, or money. Volunteering gives children a sense of responsibility
because many people are depending on them for food, clothes, or shelter. Volunteer work can also help
children learn important lessons about themselves and about life. For example, community work can make
them realise what they are good at and what they enjoy doing most. A volunteer work can even help children
decide what they want to do when they grow up. Finally, doing voluntary work can reduce stress and

ƠN
improve the children’s mental health because they might feel happier when they can bring happiness to other
people. So what are you waiting for? Make a plan to start volunteer work today!
1. What do many school require their students to do now?
A. Do community activity B. Serve the school community
NH
C. Spend time doing activity D. Donating their toys
2. What can volunteering teach children?
A. A sense of responsibility B. Valuable lessons
C. Both A and B D. Caring people
3. Which of the following does volunteer work NOT help children realise?
Y

A. Their stress B. Their ability

C. Their likes D. Their health
QU

4. Why does voluntary work make children feel happier?

A. Because they can do exercise B. Because they can make other people happy
C. Because they can make friend with other people D. Because they bring happiness to other people.
5. What is the best title for this text?
A. Why children should do community service B. How children decide their future job
M

C. Why schools organize community service D. How children do community service

KÈ

Exercise 2. Read the email and choose the correct answer.

Dear Mary,
Today I will tell you about my volunteer work.
The volunteer work has become popular in Vietnam. Many people have done the volunteer work and I have
too. At my age, I can’t donate blood so I often donate books, toys and clothes to street children and
Y

homeless people. I often do this work with my mother. Last Sunday, I donated books and clothes to a charity
organization. I met the orphans there. They were so lovely. I played with them and they were so happy.
DẠ

Some people think that doing volunteer work is waste of time but in my opinion, it helps me relax after
school and I feel very happy to bring happiness to them.
What do you think about volunteer work? Look forward to hearing from you.
Best regards,
Mai
46
1. Has the volunteer work become popular in Vietnam?
A. No, it hasn’t. B. Yes, it has. C. It’s my favorite work.
2. Can Mai donate blood at her age?
A. She can donate anything that she wants.

L
B. Yes, she can.
C. No, she can’t.

A
3. Who does she often do volunteer work with?
A. Her mother. B. The orphans. C. The homeless people.

CI
4. Who did she met at the charity organization last Sunday?
A. The orphans. B. The street children. C. The old people.
5. What did she donate to them?

FI
A. Books and food. B. Money and clothes. C. Books and clothes.
6. Does she think that doing volunteer work is waste of time?

OF
A. Yes, she does. B. No, she doesn’t. C. She isn’t happy to do volunteer work.

Exercise 3. Read the passage. Circle A, B or C to answer each question or complete each sentence.
The Peace Corps is one of the most famous organisations in the world that help people. This organisation
was founded in 1961 by the former US President John Kennedy.

ƠN
People working in this organisation are called volunteers. They are both men and women. They live and
work in other countries for two years at a time. They share skills with people to help solve challenging
problems in developing countries.
Peace Corps volunteers work as teachers at schools. They also help communities to protect their
NH
environment and prevent the spread of diseases. They also help farmers grow more food efficiently.
Peace Corps volunteers build bridges of cross-cultural understanding with people of other countries.
They help people from other countries learn more about who they are. Peace Corps volunteers also bring
home with them better understanding of other peoples and cultures.
1. What can be the best title for the passage?
Y

A. The Efforts of the Peace Corps

B. A John Kennedy's Creation
QU

C. Building the Bridge Between Cultures

2. The Peace Corps ______.
A. work only inside the US
B. is a famous organisation in the world
C. was founded for profit
M

3. Peace Corps volunteers ______ in developing countries

A. take away the food of the farmers
B. help solve problems
KÈ

C. stop the spread of peace

4. One example of the efforts of the Peace Corps volunteers is to ______ in foreign countries.
A. share skills with people
B. teach farmers
Y

C. build bridges
5. The word they in paragraph four refers to ______.
DẠ

A. people of other countries

B. cross-cultural bridges
C. Peace Corps volunteers

Exercise 4. Read the passage, and then choose the best answers.
47
 Each country has many good people who take care of others. For example, some of students in the
United States often spend many hours as volunteers in hospitals, orphanages or homes for the elderly. They
read books to the people in these places, or they just visit them and play games with them or listen to their
problems.

L
Other young volunteers go and work in the homes of people who are sick or old. They paint, clean up, or
repair their houses, do the shopping. For boys who don’t have fathers, there is an organization called Big

A
Brothers. College students and other men take these boys to basketball games or on fishing trips and help
them to get to know things those boys usually learn from their fathers.

CI
Each city has a number of clubs where boys and girls can go and play games. Some of these clubs show
movies or hold short trip to the mountains, the beaches, museums, or other places of interest. Most of these
clubs use a lot of students as volunteers because they are young enough to understand the problems of

FI
younger boys and girls.
1. What do volunteers usually do to help those who are sick or old in their homes?

OF
A. They do the shopping, and repair or clean up their house.
B. They tell them stories and sing dance for them.
C. They cool, sew, and wash their clothes.
D. They take them to basketball games.
2. What do they help boys whose fathers do not live with them?

ƠN
A. To learn things about their fathers.
B. To get to know thing about their fathers.
C. To get to know things that boys want from their fathers.
D. To learn things that boys usually learn from their fathers.
NH
3. Which activities are NOT available for the students at the clubs?
A. playing games B. learning photography
C. going to interest places D. watching films
4. Why do they use many students as volunteers? – Because _______.
A. They can understand the problems of younger boys and girls.
Y

B. They have a lot free time.

C. They know how to do the work.
QU

D. They are good at playing games and learning new things.

5. Where don’t students often do volunteer work?
A. hospitals B. orphanages C. clubs D. home for the elderly
M

Exercise 5. Read the passage, and write T (True) or F (False) next to the sentences.
The benefits of voluntary work
Nowadays, volunteer work attracts a large number of attendants from different age groups because of its
KÈ

huge benefits. Firstly, voluntary work provides the adolescents many precious opportunities to develop
social skills, foster independence and form the ability to deal with difficulties in different situations.
Secondly, every member will be taught how to work in a team, the way to make conversation or the
responsibility of finishing a task. The experience you gain will be valuable for your future, helping you
Y

tackle serious problems in later life. In addition, volunteer work can help US adapt to something new and
make many new friends through regular activities of clubs or organizations. We can also have a chance to
DẠ

travel more and explore more interesting things we have not experienced before. In conclusion, it is very
good to do voluntary work.
1. Volunteer work attracts a small number of attendants. _______
2. Volunteer work doesn’t bring any benefits to the adolescents. _______
3. The adolescents can develop social skills when they join the army. _______
48
4. The people doing volunteer work will be taught how to work in a team. _______
5. You can have many new friends through regular volunteer activities. _______
6. It is not good to do voluntary work. _______

L
Exercise 6. Read the text and decide whether following sentences are true (T) or false (F).
Volunteer Work among Vietnamese Student

A
Hue, 17 years old: Being able to make a difference in the lives of people is a wonderful thing to me.
That’s why I take part in volunteer work. I’ve been a volunteer for over three years. Once or twice a week,

CI
usually on weekends, I teach English and Math to poor children in Long Bien district. My friends and I also
encourage other people to donate books to them. We also tutor some young children who can’t go to school.
Ngan, 13 years old: My family spends one Saturday morning a month collecting rubbish or planting

FI
trees in our neighborhood. We are not forced or paid to do it, but we enjoy it. In our village, most families
volunteer to do this once a month. We cook and give food to patients in some hospitals. My parents also

OF
donate their blood once or twice a year to help sick people. At the end of each year, people in my village
raise money for poor and homeless people. We love helping others.
1. Hue loves to make a difference in the lives of people. _______
2. Hue started volunteering when she was 14 years old. _______
3. Ngan collects rubbish in the neighborhood with her family on Saturday mornings. _______

ƠN
4. Ngan’s family doesn’t like volunteering. _______
5. Many families in Ngan’s village do volunteer work. _______
6. Ngan’s parents encourage people to donate blood to help sick people. _______
NH
Exercise 7. Read the text and choose the most suitable volunteer programmes or organizations for
these teenagers.
If you want to help your community, be a part of a volunteer group or an organization. Here are a few
groups and organisations with volunteer opportunities for teenagers.
The Red Cross
Y

The function of The Red Cross are organizing blood donations and helping the homeless and lonely
people or those suffering from natural disasters. It’s important work, and you can join hands! Take a look at
QU

volunteer opportunities for young people on it’s website and apply.

Humane Society
If you’re an animal lover, you can join the Humane Society to protect animals. You can donate money or
help out at a local shelter in your neighborhood.
Best Buddies
M

Volunteer with Best Buddies to help the disabled children in your community. You can become tutors or
teaching assistants in this project. And you’ll make some new friends in the process!
KÈ

The
Humane Best
Red
Society Buddies
Cross

1. Nick loves animals. He often brings lost cats home and takes care of
them.
Y

2. Mai is good at maths, and she loves teaching children.

DẠ

3. Tam often donate books and old clothes to the homeless in his
neighborhood. He likes helping other people.

4. Peter likes helping his teachers collect papers from his classmates and

49
prepare handouts for new lessons!

5. Jack has two dogs, and he often helps out at the city animal shelter.

6. Lan often visits some old lonely people in her village. She cleans the

L
house and reads book to them.

A
Exercise 8. Put a word from the box in each gap to complete the following passage.

CI
project helping do mentoring enjoy
raising giving elderly volunteer population

FI
In the United States, almost everyone, at one time or another, has been a (1) _________________.
According to US government statistics, about one-fifth of the American (2) _________________does

OF
volunteer work each year. Americans have had the tradition of volunteering and (3) _________________one
another since the early days of the country. Americans volunteer not because they are forced or paid to (4)
_________________it. They (5) _________________it! Traditional volunteer activities include (6)
_________________money for people in need, cooking and (7) _________________food, doing general
labour (such as clean-up (8) _________________and home repair), providing transportation (such as giving

ƠN
rides to the (9) _________________), and tutoring/ (10) _________________young people.

D. Writing
Exercise 1. Reorder the words and phrases to make correct sentences.
NH
1. bring/ can/ us/ a lot of/ Voluntary work/ benefits/.
→ ________________________________________________________________________
2. taught English/ He/ to/ last summer/ in his home town/ a group of street children/.
→ ________________________________________________________________________
3. protect/ They/ often/ clean up/ to/ the dirty river/ the environment/.
Y

→ ________________________________________________________________________
QU

4. the poor children/ We/ are collecting/ and clothes/ books/ for/.
→ ________________________________________________________________________
5. every Sunday morning/ deliver meals to/ the elderly/ Volunteers/ and sick people.
→ ________________________________________________________________________
M

Exercise 2. Write complete sentences using the past simple tense.

1. She / come / home / very late / last night
→ ________________________________________________________________________
KÈ

2. I / watch / very funny video / YouTube

→ ________________________________________________________________________
3. Where / be / they / this morning
→ ________________________________________________________________________
Y

4. Mike / get up / early / and / go to work

→ ________________________________________________________________________
DẠ

5. We / visit / opera theater / last Thursday

→ ________________________________________________________________________
6. They / buy / a lot of food / for / camping trip.
→ ________________________________________________________________________
7. It/ be/ cloudy/ yesterday.

50
 → ________________________________________________________________________
8. In 1990/ we/ move/ to another city.
→ ________________________________________________________________________
9. When/ you/ get/ the first gift?

L
→ ________________________________________________________________________
10. She/ not/ go/ to the church/ five days ago.

A
→ ________________________________________________________________________
11. How/ be/ he/ yesterday?

CI
→ ________________________________________________________________________
12. Mr. and Mrs. James/ come back home/ and/ have/ lunch/ late/ last night.
→ ________________________________________________________________________

FI
13. They/ happy/ last holiday?
→ ________________________________________________________________________

OF
14. How/ you/ get there?
→ ________________________________________________________________________
15. I/ play/ football/ lasts/ Sunday.
→ ________________________________________________________________________

ƠN
Exercise 3. Turn the sentences into the negative and interrogative form.
1. They were late for school.
(-)→_______________________________________________________________________
NH
(?)→ ______________________________________________________________________?
2. Mr. Tam took his children to the museum last Sunday.
(-)→_______________________________________________________________________
(?)→ ______________________________________________________________________?
3. Hoa made a cushion for her arm chair.
Y

(-)→_______________________________________________________________________
(?)→ ______________________________________________________________________?
QU

4. Nam wrote an essay in Literature class this morning.

(-)→_______________________________________________________________________
(?)→ ______________________________________________________________________?
5. I watched TV yesterday morning.
(-)→_______________________________________________________________________
M

(?)→ ______________________________________________________________________?
6. Nam and you were in the English clubs last Tuesday.
KÈ

(-)→_______________________________________________________________________
(?)→ ______________________________________________________________________?
7. They ate noodles two hours ago.
(-)→_______________________________________________________________________
(?)→ ______________________________________________________________________?
Y

8. We always had a nice time on Christmas holiday in the past.

(-)→_______________________________________________________________________
DẠ

(?)→ ______________________________________________________________________?
9. My father decorated the Christmas tree.
(-)→_______________________________________________________________________
(?)→ ______________________________________________________________________?
10. She bought a new dress yesterday.
51
 (-)→_______________________________________________________________________
(?)→ ______________________________________________________________________?

Exercise 4. Complete the sentences using the guided words and phrases given. You may have to

L
change the words or add more.
To: rose@webmail.com

A
Subject: School activities last summer.
Dear Rose,

CI
I’m so happy to receive your email. Everything is good here. Now I’ll tell you about some interesting
activities at my school last summer.
1. Our school/ organize/ musical concert/ raise fund/ for/ the orphan/ in the local area.

FI
→ ________________________________________________________________________
2. We/ be/ mains singer and performer/ on/ school stage.
→ ________________________________________________________________________

OF
3. We/ sell/ ticket/ for/ concert/ to our parents/ and friends.
→ ________________________________________________________________________
4. We/ also/ recycle/ notebook and plastic bottle/ make/ souvenir/ for participants.
→ ________________________________________________________________________

ƠN
5. All the students/ at my school/ be excited/ join hands/ in/ that special event.
→ ________________________________________________________________________
6. It/ be/ great success/ and/ donate/ all money/ to/ local orphanage.
→ ________________________________________________________________________
NH
Did you do the same things at your school?
Hope to hear from you soon.
Best wishes,
Kira
Y

Exercise 5. Imagine you are working to help the sea turtles. Send an email to your friend describing
the experience. Use the text, and the plan below.
QU

Loggerhead Sea Turtle

Linda has just come back from the Greek island of Zakynthos after helping with a turtle conservation
project there. She says, “Every summer, thousands of females lay their eggs in the sand of the beach. The
problem is that tourists often damage their nests by accident. They also leave garbage like plastic bags that
the turtles mistake for food. Every day at dawn, our team did a survey of nests and eggs. It was tiring but we
M

saw some spectacular sunrises! During the day, we also went round the beach and told tourists all about the
turtles. I’ve already told my friends that I'm going back next year- and that they're coming with me!”
Plan
KÈ

Dear (your friend’s first name)

Para 1: greeting, opening remarks (How are things? I'm here at. . .
Para 2: what the job is like & activities you did / have done (We . . . Yesterday, We. . . We 've also. . .)
Para 3: your thoughts & feelings (The best part. . . )
Y

Para 4: closing remarks (I hope . . . Write back. . . )

___________________________________________________________________________________
DẠ

___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
52
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________

L
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________

A
___________________________________________________________________________________

CI
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________

FI
OF
ƠN
NH
Y
QU
M
KÈ
Y
DẠ

53
 UNIT 4: MUSIC AND ARTS
PART I: THEORY
A. VOCABULARY

L
New words (Từ mới)

A
Words Type Pronunciation Meaning

CI
music (n) /ˈmjuːzɪk/ âm nhạc

classical music /ˈklæsɪkl ˈmjuːzɪk/ nhạc cổ điển

FI
folk music /fəʊk ˈmjuːzɪk/ nhạc dân gian

pop music /pɒp ˈmjuːzɪk/ nhạc nhẹ, nhạc trẻ

OF
country music /ˈkʌntri ˈmjuːzɪk/ nhạc đồng quê

music festival /ˈmjuːzɪk ˈfestɪvl/ lễ hội âm nhạc

instrument (n) /ˈɪnstrəmənt/ dụng cụ

ƠN
musical instrument /ˈmjuːzɪkl ˈɪnstrəmənt/ nhạc cụ

musician (n) /mjuˈzɪʃn/ người chơi nhạc, nhạc sĩ

composer (n) /kəmˈpəʊzə(r)/ nhà soạn nhạc, nhạc sĩ

NH
compose (v) /kəmˈpəʊz/ soạn, sáng tác

art (n) /ɑːt/ nghệ thuật, mĩ thuật

art gallery /ɑːt ˈɡæləri/ phòng tranh

Y

artist (n) /ˈɑːtɪst/ nghệ sĩ

QU

paint (v) /peɪnt/ vẽ, sơn

painting (n) /ˈpeɪntɪŋ/ bức vẽ, bức tranh

painter (n) /ˈpeɪntə(r)/ thợ vẽ, hoạ sĩ

paintbrush (n) /ˈpeɪntbrʌʃ/ cọ vẽ

M

portrait (n) /ˈpɔːtreɪt/ chân dung

KÈ

landscape (n) /ˈlændskeɪp/ phong cảnh

photo (n) /ˈfəʊtəʊ/ bức ảnh

take photos /teɪk ˈfəʊtəʊs/ chụp ảnh

Y

photography (n) /fəˈtɒɡrəfi/ thuật chụp ảnh

DẠ

camera (n) /ˈkæmrə/ máy ảnh

pleasure (n) /ˈpleʒə(r)/ niềm vui

just for pleasure /dʒʌst fə(r) ˈpleʒə(r)/ chỉ cho vui, chỉ để giải trí

54
puppet (n) /ˈpʌpɪt/ con rốì

puppetry (n) /ˈpʌpɪtri/ trò múa rối

puppet theater /ˈpʌpɪt ˈθɪətə(r)/ rạp biểu diễn rối

L
water puppet show /ˈwɔːtə(r) ˈpʌpɪt ʃəʊ/ chương trình biểu diễn rối nước

A
concert (n) /ˈkɒnsət/ hoà nhạc

CI
concert hall /ˈkɒnsət hɔːl/ phòng hoà nhạc

perform (v) /pəˈfɔːm/ trình diễn, biểu diễn

FI
performance (n) /pəˈfɔːməns/ sự trình diễn, buổi biểu diễn

anthem (n) /ˈænθəm/ bài hát ca ngợi

OF
national anthem /ˌnæʃnəl ˈænθəm/ bài quốc ca

sculpture (n) /ˈskʌlptʃə(r)/ nghệ thuật điêu khắc, tác phẩm điêu khắc

originate (v) /əˈrɪdʒɪneɪt/ bắt nguồn, xuất phát từ

ƠN
impressive (adj) /ɪmˈpresɪv/ đầy ấn tượng

valuable (adj) /ˈvæljuəbl/ có giá trị, quý giá

exhibit (v) /ɪɡˈzɪbɪt/ triển lãm

NH
exhibition (n) /ˌeksɪˈbɪʃn/ cuộc triễn lãm

Notes
- Để diễn tả sự thích hơn, chúng ta thường dùng từ prefer.
Example: prefer juice - thích nước ép hơn
Y

prefer classical music = thích nhạc cố điển hơn

prefer painting to singing = thích vẽ hơn hát
QU

- Động từ theo sau prefer ở dạng nguyôn mẫu có to.

Example: prefer to take photos = thích chụp hình hơn
prefer to go to the water puppet show = thích xem biểu diễn rối ntỉớc hơn
prefer to study English = thích học tiếng Anh hơn
M

Word formation (Từ loại)

Words Meaning Related words
KÈ

characteristic (adj) characteristically (adv)

character (n) nhân vật characterful (adj) characterize (v)
characterless (adj)
control (v) kiểm soát, điều khiển controllable (adj) controlled (adj)
Y

exhibition (n) cuộc triển lãm exhibitionist (n) exhibitionism (n)

bắt nguồn, origination (n) original (adj)
DẠ

originate (n)
xuất phát từ originator (n) originally (adv)
biểu diễn,
perform (v) performance (n) performer (n)
trình diễn
photographic (adj) photographically (adv)
photography (n) nhiếp ảnh
photograph (n,v) photographer (n)
55
 puppet (n) con rối puppeteer (n) puppetry (n)

GRAMMAR GRAMMAR

L
B. GRAMMAR
Các hình thức so sánh với like, different from, (not) as ... as, (not) the same as

A
I. So sánh sự giống nhau.
Chúng ta dùng like, as... as, the same as để so sánh sự giống nhau.

CI
Hình thức so sánh Công thức/ ví dụ

FI
S + V + O (nếu có) + like + O

Example: Lan has a bag like mine.

OF
So sánh với “like”
(Lan có cái túi xách giống như của tôi)
This photo is like the one on the wall.
(Bức anh này giống như bức ảnh treo trên tường.)

ƠN
S + V + as + Adj/ Adv + as +
O
NH
So sánh với “as … as” Example: Folk music is as melodic as pop music
(Nhạc dân gian thì du dương như là nhạc pop.)
This camera is as good as it was before.
Y

(Cái máy ảnh này vẫn tốt như ngày nào.)

QU

S + V + the same + N (nếu có) + as +

O

So sánh với “the same as” Example: She is the same height as me.
M

(Cô ấy có chiều cao như tôi.)

KÈ

He wears the same shoes as mine.

(Cô ấy mang đôi giày giống như của tôi.)

II. So sánh sự khác nhau.

Y

Chúng ta dùng different from, not as... as, not the same as để so sánh sự khác nhau.
DẠ

Hình thức so sánh Công thức/ ví dụ

So sánh với “different from”

S + be + different from + O

56
 Example: Drawing is different from photography.
(Vẽ thì khác với nhiếp ảnh.)
Life in the city is different from life in the countryside.

L
(Cuộc sống ở thành phố khác với cuộc sống ở vùng quê.)

A
CI
S + V + not + as + Adj/ Adv + as +
O

FI
So sánh với “not as … as” Example: Classical music is not as exciting as rock.
(Nhạc cổ điển không sôi động như nhạc rock)

OF
He runs not as fast as his brother.
(Cậu ấy chạy không nhanh bằng em trai của mình)

ƠN
S + V + not + the same + N (nếu có) + as +
O

Example: Nam is not the same height as his father.

So sánh với “not the same as”
NH
(Nam không cao như ba của cậu ấy)
The new phone is not the same as my old one.
(Cái điện thoại mới này không giống như cái điện thoại
cũ của tôi)
Y
QU

C. PHONETICS
/ʃ/ là một phụ âm vô thanh. Để phát âm âm này, đưa lưỡi về
hướng hàm răng, không chạm vào răng, không chạm vào
răng đồng thời thổi hơi giữa lưỡi và 2 hàm răng, cổ họng
không rung. Âm này được sử dụng như khi bạn bảo người
M

khác yên lặng (Sh!)

E.g. show, sugar, push, …
KÈ

/ʒ/ là một phụ âm hữu thanh. Cách đọc âm thanh này như âm
/ʃ/ tuy nhiên ta đưa lưỡi về hướng hàm răng, không chạm vào
răng đồng thời thổi hơi giữa lưỡi và 2 hàm răng, cổ họng
rung.
Y

E.g. measure, usual, version, pleasure, …

DẠ

PART II: LANGUAGE

A. Phonetic

57
Exercise 1. Put the words into the correct column according the underlined part.

special essential vision leisure musician

L
exhibition fiction sunshine closure social

A
treasure machine usually sure delicious

CI
pleasure television champagne measure occasion
/ʃ/ /ʒ/

___________________________________ ___________________________________

FI
___________________________________ ___________________________________

OF
___________________________________ ___________________________________

___________________________________ ___________________________________

___________________________________ ___________________________________

1. A. division
2. A. peaceful
B. insurance
B. social
ƠN
Exercise 2. Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others.
C. shake
C. special
D. show
D. ancient
NH
3. A. she B. television C. insurance D. efficient
4. A. delicious B. action C. decision D. share
5. A. shop B. ship C. nation D. visual
6. A. leisure B. mansion C. vision D. pleasure
7. A. intention B. ocean C. fishing D. usual
Y

8. A. brush B. push C. ensure D. refuse

QU

9. A. proposal B. mouse C. council D. sense

10. A. division B. tension C. measure D. conclusion
11. A. chemical B. character C. chaos D. machine
12. A. shear B. chemise C. equation D. ambitious
13. A. sugar B. sister C. wish D. nation
14. A. insure B. close C. business D. music
M

15. A. niece B. cession C. artificial D. musician

KÈ

Exercise 3. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. (Further practice)
1. A. perform B. painting C. concert D. cello
2. A. national B. festival C. saxophone D. violin
3. A. gallery B. musician C. recently D. excellent
Y

4. A. fantastic B. museum C. colorful D. melodic

5. A. necessity B. definitely C. traditional D. curriculum
DẠ

6. A. industry B. tornado C. natural D. injury

7. A. geography B. electronic C. scientific D. preparation
8. A. patient B. humor C. deny D. friendly
9. A. worried B. reserved C. polite D. arrive
10. A. mathematics B. economics C. politics D. automatics

58
B. Vocabulary & Grammar
Exercise 1. Match the word or phrase to the correct picture.

A L
CI
A B C

FI
1. camera 2. painter 3. musician

OF
4. art gallery 5. musical instruments 6. water puppet show

ƠN
NH
D E F

Exercise 2. Choose the correct meaning of the following words or phrases.

Y

1. composer
A. a person who sings songs
QU

B. a person who writes music

C. a person who plays the drum
2. classical music
A. music written in a tradition
B music written in modern styles
M

C. an instrument used for playing music

3. paintbrush
KÈ

A. a painting displayed in art gallery

B. a brush that is used for painting
C. a person who paints the pictures
4. sculpture
Y

A. the art of drawing portraits

B. the art of taking photos
DẠ

C. the art of forming solid objects by carving clay, stone, etc.

5. national anthem
A. the official song of a nation
B. the official dance of a nation
C. the traditional game of a nation

59
6. art exhibition
A. films shown in the cinema
B. works of art shown to the public
C. books and magazines displayed at the fair

L
Exercise 3. Fill in each blank with a suitable verb.

A
paint exhibit play take compose perform
1. ___________________ photos 2. ___________________ the piano

CI
3. ___________________ landscapes 4. ___________________music
5. ___________________ a play 6. ___________________ works of art

FI
Exercise 4. Circle the correct word to complete the sentences.

OF
1. I love that picture. It’s kind / impressive.
2. She draws just for pleasure / health.
3. He likes / prefers country music to pop music.
4. The violin is Jane’s. It’s her favourite music instrument / national anthem.
5. The water puppet show was interesting. The puppets / musicians were so lovely.

ƠN
6. The Mona Lisa is a portrait / landscape painting by Italian artist Leonardo da Vinci.
7. Tom likes the Vietnamese pop / folk songs such as “Lý Ngựa Ô” and “Áo mới Cà Mau”.
8. Trinh Cong Son was a famous painter / composer in Viet Nam.
9. Mike likes taking photos very much. His drawing / photography is very good.
NH
10. Many works of art are displayed in the art gallery / puppet theater.
11. Lan enjoys taking photos/ photography of everything around her.
12. Writing essays is not the same as writing songs/ meals.
13. Since 1970s, Glastonbury festival has taken note/ place almost every year.
14. Rock/ Singer is my favourite kind of music.
Y

15. The orchestra will perform its final portrait/ concert of the season tomorrow.
16. She adores drawing. Her paintings/ instruments are very beautiful.
QU

Exercise 5. Complete the sentences with the words from the box.
exciting puppetry pleasure anthem composer photographs

1. Tien Quan Ca is Vietnam’s national ___________________.

M

2. Classical music is not as ___________________as pop music.

3. His ___________________will be on exhibition until the end of the month.
KÈ

4. She draws just for ___________________.

5. Trinh Cong Son was a famous ___________________in Viet Nam.
6. They are watching ___________________at the puppet theater.
Y

Exercise 6. Choose the word or phrase (A, B, C or D) that best fits the blank space in each sentence.
1. He ___________ lots of songs very well.
DẠ

A. composes B. paints C. takes D. goes

2. My brother can ___________ many musical instruments such as guitar and violin.
A. sing B. play C. dance D. write
3. The Mona Lisa is a ___________ painting by Italian artist Leonardo da Vinci.
A. portrait B. flower C. garden D. landscape
4. The piano is her favorite ___________.
60
 A. song B. puppet C. music instrument D. national anthem
5. Water puppetry is one of the traditional ___________ forms.
A. music B. art C. film D. sculpture
6. Pablo Picasso is a famous Spanish ___________.

L
A. composer B. writer C. dancer D. painter
7. Lisa likes the Vietnamese ___________ songs such as “Lý Ngựa Ô” and “Áo mới Cà Mau”.

A
A. pop B. jazz C. blue D. folk
8. The Louvre in Paris is the world’s largest ___________.

CI
A. school B. cinema C. museum D. bridge
9. ___________ is the art of forming solid objects by carving clay, stone, etc.
A. Drawing B. Sculpture C. Photography D. Music

FI
10. He is very happy because his works of art are displayed in the ___________.
A. zoo B. post office C. art gallery D. puppet theater

OF
11. She is as beautiful _______________ her mother
A. different B. so C. as D. like
12. she paints _______________ an artist.
A. like B. as C. to D. from
13. Her idea is different _______________ her friend’s.

ƠN
A. as B. from C. to D. same
14. Photography is not _______________ hard as painting.
A. like B. from C. different D. as
15. I heard a noise _______________ a dog barking.
NH
A. from B. like C. as D. for
16. This new video clip is not _______________ as the original one.
A. same B. different C. the same D. the different
17. The film is not _______________ the story.
A. as interesting as B. as interesting C. interesting as D. interesting from
Y

18. She is _______________ active as her sister.

A. not like B. not to C. not the same D. not as
QU

19. He looks _______________ a famous actor.

A. from B. different C. like D. as
20. London is much _______________ other European capitals.
A. different B. different from C. as different D. different as
M

Exercise 7. Put the words in brackets into the correct forms to complete the sentences.
1. The ___________________in this film are very famous. (character)
2. The government is trying to ___________________spending.
KÈ

(control)
3. The photograph will be on ___________________until the end of the month. (exhibit)
4. The gardens have recently been restored to their ___________________glory. (originate)
5. This was a very impressive ___________________the young player. (perform)
6. She’s a professional ___________________. (photograph)
Y

7. We took the children to a ___________________show. (puppetry)

8. “What’s your ___________________colour?” “Green.” (favour)
DẠ

9. He is a famous ___________________. I usually hear some of his wonderful songs when I relax. (music)
10. English is one of the ___________________subject for students to learn. (compel)
11. The school was ___________________very small. (originate)
12. She played the piano and sang this song ___________________. I couldn’t stop watching her
performance. (art)
61
13. ___________________is the art of taking and processing photographs. (photograph)
14. Avatar is probably the ___________________film I’ve ever seen! (bad)
15. The DAN BAU is a Vietnamese traditional ___________________instrument. (music)

L
Exercise 8. Match the beginnings in column A with its endings in column B to make a complete
sentence.

A
A B

CI
1. Kate has a scarf A. from taking photos.
2. Drawing is different B. like her aunt.

FI
3. Mai is the same C. not as exciting as rock.
4. Folk music is as D. height as her mother.

OF
5. Classical music is E. than our old house.
6. Our new house is bigger F. melodic as pop music.

Exercise 9. Complete the dialogue with the words from the box.

ƠN
prefer listening jazz kind instruments Why

Minh: What (1) ___________________of music do you like listening to?

NH
Billy: I like (2) ___________________to different kinds of music?
Minh: Like what, for instance?
Billy: Classical, country, blue, (3) ___________________, rock, etc.
Minh: Which do you (4) ___________________?
Y

Billy: I prefer rock.

QU

Minh: (5) ___________________?

Billy: I enjoy the different (6) ___________________that they use.

Exercise 10. Fill in the gaps with as or like.

M

1. You must do it ___________________this.

2. Joe runs ___________________a horse does.
KÈ

3. We are as intelligent ___________________you.

4. You look ___________________your sister.
5. Nicky is ___________________tall as Kevin.
6. Sue looks just ___________________her mother.
7. John studied really hard, ___________________us.
Y

8. Mr. Sam works ___________________a firefighter.

DẠ

9. Mike is not ___________________clever as Freddy.

10. I’ve never met anyone ___________________you.

Exercise 11. Choose the correct option.

1. Lan is (as/ from) beautiful as Mai.
2. My choice is different (like/ from) yours.
62
3. Ms. Susan works (as/ like) a teacher.
4. (Like/ As) it was cold, she took a coat.
5. Your perfume smells (like/as) Paul.
6. Oliver is as intelligent (from/as) Paul.

L
7. I like orange juice, (as/ like) your sister.
8. Her habits seemed so (different from/ different as) mine.

A
9. He works in a bank, (like/ as) his brother.
10. Painting is different (with/ from) drawing.

CI
Exercise 12. Complete the sentences below, using the comparative structure “as…as” and the
adjectives in brackets.

FI
1. Jane is ___________________a doll. (pretty)
2. Cats are not ___________________dogs. (friendly)

OF
3. She didn’t want to be late, so she run ___________________she could. (fast)
4. Watching movie is not ___________________reading books. (entertaining)
5. Please call me ___________________possible. (soon)
6. I am not ___________________you. (tall)
7. This book is not ___________________that one. (interesting)

ƠN
8. This summer is ___________________last summer. (hot)
9. Yesterday it was ___________________today. (sunny)
10. I think my essay is ___________________yours. (good)
11. Sleeping on the sofa is not ___________________in bed. (comfortable)
NH
12. This hotel is ___________________the one near the beach but it is much better. (expensive)
13. Do you think learning Japanese is ___________________learning English? (difficult)
14. This musician is not ___________________that one. (popular)
15. The river isn’t ___________________it looks. (deep)
Y

Exercise 13. Complete the sentences below, using the comparative structure “the same….as” and the
noun in brackets.
QU

1. My friends went to see ___________________ me. (movie)

2. This musician plays ___________________ me. (musical instrument)
3. Critics say that this painter has ___________________ with that one. (style)
4. My best friend is at ___________________ me. (age)
5. Anne bought ___________________ me yesterday. (dress)
M

6. My best friend likes ___________________ my brother. (books)

7. My mother likes ___________________ me. (TV programs)
8. My brother is interested in ___________________ me.
KÈ

(subject)
9. My sister has ___________________ me. (height)
10. Jim pursues ___________________ Jane. (hobby)

PART III: SKILLS

Y

A. Listening
Exercise 1. Listen to the short talk twice and circle the correct answer to each of the following
DẠ

questions.
1. When was Luong Xuan Nhi born?
A. In 1950 B. In 1940 C. In 1914 D. In 1942
2. How many works of art did he produce?
A. 100 B. 500 C.1000 D. Not given
63
3. How long did he work as a lecturer?
A. for 16 years B. for 26 years C. for 20 years D. for 36 years
4. When did he died?
A. In 2006 B. At the age of 90 C. In 2016 B. At the age of 80

L
Exercise 2. Listen to the conversation twice and decide whether the following sentences are True or

A
False.
No. Statements T F

CI
Audiences can see the puppets, the orchestra and the puppeteers during the
1.
show.
2. Vietnamese water puppetry received much love from audiences.

FI
Foreigners can still understand the water puppet shows even though they
3.
don't understand Vietnamese.

OF
4. Stones is the material to make all puppets.
B. Speaking
Exercise 1. Choose the correct response. Then practice the short exchanges in pairs.
1. A: I think Adele has got a sweet voice. B: a. I am not either.
b. Me too.

ƠN
2. A: Do you like pop music? B: a. It’s my thing.
b. It’s my item.
3. A: There will be the school concert. B: a. Really? I can’t wait.
b. It was great.
NH
4. A: When do they sing that song? B: a. At the theatre, I think.
b. On some special occasions.
5. A: What instrument can you play? B: a. I can sing English songs
b. I can play the guitar.
6. A: Which song is the best of that group? B: a. It’s “Happy New Year”.
Y

b. It’s The Beatles.

7. A: Which became an intangible cultural heritage? B: a. It’s Van Cao.
QU

b. It’s cai luong.

8. A: What kind of painting is it? B: a. It’s water-color.
b. It’s very expensive.
9. A: What did you draw the portrait with? B: a. I used crayons.
b. I used red and yellow colors.
M

10. A: What are the themes of Dong Ho paintings? B: a. They are animals and everyday life.
b. They are made with natural colors.
KÈ

Exercise 2. Reorder the sentences (A – J) to make a logical conversation.

__________ A. Sue, which do you prefer, pop music or rock music?
__________ B. Well, I prefer pop music, especially K-pop. It is very exciting. How about you?
Y

__________ C. Tap Dance? Is it like Hip Hop?

DẠ

__________ D. Hmm, I’m not good at dancing. I can’t feel the moves or remember the steps.
__________ E. I like K-pop, too. The singers can sing and dance beautifully and they are pretty as well…
__________ F. Wow, I guess it takes a lot of energy to do so.

64
__________ G. Hey, because you metioned dancing, I’m taking a Tap Dance class. Do you want to join?
__________ H. Yes, exactly. I get extremely tired after each class, but it’s really fun. You should try it.
__________ I. Come on, Lyn. Go with me. I’m sure you’ll like it.

L
J. Well, they are not very different from each other. Both styles require movements to go with

A
__________ the rhythms and beat drops. But in tap dance, performers create sounds with their dancing
by tapping their shoes on the floor.

CI
Exercise 3. Complete the conversation, using the sentences (a – e) to fill in the blanks (1 – 5).

FI
a. Hey, how about having an item that includes both singing and
painting?

OF
b. What kinds of performance do the organisers want to have?
c. Jack can paint a landscape picture on stage while Kim, Linh and Truc
are performing a song.
d. Wow, that’s a great idea. Let’s ask Jack to join us.

ƠN
e. How long is it for each performance?

Hi all. Our school will hold a concert to celebrate Teacher’s Day. Each class will contribute an item
Kim:
NH
to the concert.
Chi: (1) __________

Kim: Any kind. We can sing, dance, perform a play, or do a magic trick. The organisers encourage us to
be as creative as possible.
Y

Minh: (2) __________

It is about three to five minutes for a musical item, and can be longer for a play.
QU

Kim:
Chi: (3) __________
Minh: Do you mean that someone will paint a picture while another is singing?
Chi: (4) __________. As soon as the song finishes, Jack will show the picture to the audience.
M

Kim: (5) __________

KÈ

C. Reading
Exercise 1. Read the following passage and circle the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct
answer to each of the questions.
WATER PUPPETRY
Vietnamese water puppetry is a unique folk art. It's said that ‘Not watching a performance of water
Y

puppetry means not visiting Vietnam yet.' That's why water puppetry is a must-see show for tourists in
Vietnam. Watching this show can help you escape from your busy life and refresh your minds with
DẠ

unforgettable moments.
During the shows, you can only see the puppets and a small folk orchestra of about 7 people; the
puppeteers stand behind a curtained backdrop in a pool. All puppets are made of fig wood which goes along
well with water. Then they are carved and painted. The themes of the shows are very familiar to Vietnamese
people. They focus on the daily life of farmers and common aspects of Vietnamese spiritual life.
65
 Vietnamese water puppetry has been introduced to many countries all over the world and received much
love from audiences. Foreigners don't understand Vietnamese, but they enjoy the shows because the puppets
clearly demonstrate Vietnamese life and culture through their actions. Thang Long Water Puppet Theatre
on Dinh Tien Hoang Street near Hoan Kiem Lake is the most popular theatre for water puppetry.

L
1. You can ________ by watching water puppet shows.
A. escape from your busy life B. refresh your minds

A
C. be good at swimming D. Both A & B are correct.
2. There are about ________ in the orchestra.

CI
A. 4 musical instruments B. 7 people
C. 9 strings D. None are correct.
3. "They" in paragraph 2 refers to ________.

FI
A. The themes of the shows B. Vietnamese people
C. the puppeteers D. water puppetry

OF
4. ________ is the material to make all puppets.
A. Fig wood B. Stones C. Water D. None are correct.

Exercise 2. Read the following passage and choose the option (A, B, C or D) that best answers each of
the questions below.

ƠN
Elvis Presley
Do you love rock and roll music? A man named Elvis Presley helped create this kind of music. Elvis was
born in Mississippi, but he was raised in Memphis Tennessee. He liked to sing growing up but never really
did much of it. When he graduated from high school, he got a job driving a truck.
NH
One day in 1953, Elvis went to the Sun record Company. He wanted to record a song for his mother. The
president of the company hear Elvis sing, and he was impressed. He offered a recording contract to Elvis.
Fans across a recording country loved his singing as well. Another company named RCA signed a recording
contract with Elvis. By 1959, he had sold 21 million records. He was the world’s most famous entertainer of
his time.
Y

(Adapted from Daily Warm-up grade 4)

1. Elvis Presley contributed to creating _____.
QU

A. a kind of music B. a hairstyle

C. musical instrument D. a means of transport
2. His first job after finishing school is _____.
A. a singer B. truck driver
C. a guitarist D. with a record company
M

3. The first record of Elvis is for _____.

A. the president of the Sun Record Company
B. his fans
KÈ

C. the president of RCA

D. his mother
4. After six years since his first song, Elvis could sell _____.
A. more than 20 million records
Y

B. nearly 20 million records

C. hundreds of records
DẠ

D. thousands of records
5. Which of the following is NOT a fact about Elvis Presley?
A. He enjoyed singing
B. He grew up in Tennessee
C. He did a lot of singing when he was at high school
66
 D. The president of a record company was impressed with his signing

Exercise 3. Read the passage, and then answer the questions.

Have you ever seen the film School of Rock? It's about a rock musician who became a teacher. The film

L
is based on a real music school which is run by Paul Green. Paul Green started the first School of Rock in
1998 in Philadelphia in the USA. He gave students rock music lessons after school, but he wanted to do

A
more. Now he gives them the chance to play in rock concerts. "Some of our students have never played in
front of a real audience before. We teach them how to do it." he says. He has already taught hundreds of

CI
young people to be rock performers, and now there are 30 schools of rock in different towns in the USA.
1. How many students has Paul Green taught?
→ ________________________________________________________________________

FI
2. How many schools of rock are there in the USA?
→ ________________________________________________________________________

OF
3. When did Paul Green start his first rock school?
→ ________________________________________________________________________
4. What is the film School of Rock about?
→ ________________________________________________________________________
5. What does he teach his students to do?

ƠN
→ ________________________________________________________________________

Exercise 4. Read the passage and answer the questions.

My favourite kind of music
NH
Hi, I’m Linda. I like listening to many kinds of music such as pop, classical, and country. However, I
like country music best.
First, this type of music is traditional and very popular in Vietnam. People can listen to it on radio, TV,
CD or on the Internet. Second, country music helps me relax. For example, when I feel stressed or tired, I
always listen to my favourite songs. It makes me feel more comfortable. Third, country music can connect
Y

people together. In party, especially in the countryside, people often get together and sing popular songs of
this type.
QU

Generally, I think more and more people will like listening to country music.
1. What kinds of music does Linda like listening to?
→ ________________________________________________________________________
2. What is her favourite kind?
→ ________________________________________________________________________
M

3. Is country music popular in Vietnam?

→ ________________________________________________________________________
4. How does she feel when she listens to country music?
KÈ

→ ________________________________________________________________________
5. What do people often do when they get together in party?
→ ________________________________________________________________________
6. Where can people listen to country music?
Y

→ ________________________________________________________________________
DẠ

Exercise 5. Read the following passage and circle the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word
or phrase that best fits each of the numbers blanks.
Artists who (1) ______ pictures on the pavement with chalk used to be a common sight in London, but
there are only a few left now. Sometimes the pictures are very good. This is proved by the fact that one of
the (2) ______ favourite tricks is to draw a five-pound note and see a lot of people trying to (3) ______ it up.
67
The police usually treat pavement artists kindly and there is nothing in the law against drawing on the
pavement (4) ______ the artist is so good that he gets a large collection around him and this prevents other
people from passing freely along the street.
1. A. draw B. paint C. take D. print

L
2. A. artist B. artist’s C. artists D. artists’
3. A. pick B. hold C. bring D. get

A
4. A. if B. although C. unless D. because

CI
Exercise 6. Read the text and choose the correct answer (A, B, C or D) for each space.
My name is Alice. I’m a student at Wonderland Talent School. Wonderland is not (1) ______ any other
schools in the area because it is a school of (2) ______ and music. It teaches students to play musical

FI
instruments, sing, dance and paint. Then, the teachers will put you in a class that is suitable to your talent.
Besides (4) _____, you can join arts and music clubs. For example, you can be a member of the school (5)

OF
____ to perform on special occasions. It’s fun to learn here.
1. A. like B. as C. same D. such as
2. A. photography B. arts C. puppetry D. painter
3. A. performance B. singing C. painting D. puppet show
4. A. working B. playing C. learning D. drawing

ƠN
5. A. student B. choir C. group D. team

Exercise 7. Read and choose the correct word to complete the passage.
Importance of Art
NH
Art (1) _________ in many different forms which include audios, visuals and more.
We often consume a lot of (2) _________ arts in the form of music, songs and more. They help us (3)
_________ our minds, motivate us (4) _________ strengthen our emotions. Poetries are audio arts help the
author express their (5) _________ in writings.
Being different (6) _________ audio arts, visual (7) _________ are in the form of painting, photography,
Y

movies and more. They help artists communicate (8) _________ the viewer. They also allow the viewer (9)
_________ the art in their own way. Thus, they invoke a variety of emotions among us.
QU

In short, art is essential for humankind. Our lives will be dull and (10) _________ without art.
1. A. come B. comes C. coming D. to come
2. A. audio B. visual C. poetic D. musical
3. A. relaxes B. relaxing C. relax D. relaxed
4. A. and B. but C. so D. for
M

5. A. house B. beauty C. appearance D. feelings

6. A. as B. from C. same D. like
7. A. photographs B. songs C. arts D. paintings
KÈ

8. A. to B. between C. from D. with

9. A. interpreting B. to interpret C. interpret D. interprets
10. A. boring B. happy C. interesting D. exciting
Y

Exercise 8. Read the passage and then decide whether the sentences are True (A) or False (B).
ROOM FOR ART
DẠ

Why do we teach art in school? Many believe that art is the only subject where children are able to
express their “creativity” or “release their feelings”. Others believe that art helps student learn better. Still
others think that the primary benefit of art is to provide children with something “fun”.

68
The arts involve so many different areas. Art can be creating pottery, singing, playing an instrument,
painting a picture, ballet dancing, poetry reading or acting and drama. Art is much more than just drawing a
picture with crayons.
There are many different ways to incorporate the arts in the schools. Some schools can allow

L
professional artists to come on and share their talents and skill with the students. When finished learning
about a specific art, students can share what they have learnt in a performance or an exhibit.

A
(Adapted from Daily Warm-up 5)
1. The most important benefit of teaching art at school is to help children become an artist. _______

CI
2. The only form of art taught at school is drawing a picture. _______
3. Children can learn to play a musical instrument in an art lesson at their school. _______
4. Only art teacher at school is allowed to teach art to children. _______

FI
5. Children can display their paintings at an exhibition at their school. _______

OF
Exercise 9. Read the following passage and write T (True) or F (False) for each statement.
In the 1960s, The Beatles were probably the most famous pop group in the whole world. Since then,
there have been a great many groups that have achieved enormous fame, so it is perhaps difficult now to
imagine how sensational The Beatles were at that time. They were four boys from the north of England and
none of them had any training in music. They started by performing and recording songs by black

ƠN
Americans and they had some success with these songs. Then they started writing their own songs
and that was when they became really popular. The Beatles changed pop music. They were the first pop
group to achieve great success from songs they had written themselves. After that it became common for
groups and singers to write their own songs.
NH
1. Prior to The Beatles, it was usual tor groups to write their own songs. _______
2. The Beatles were the most famous pop group in the 1960s. _______
3. The Beatles did not succeed with the songs by black Americans. _______
4. Some members of The Beatles studied music at school. _______
5. The Beatles achieved great success with the song they had written. _______
Y

Exercise 10. Read the text and decide if the following statement are true (T) or false (F).
QU

Hi Claire,
Guess what? I’m attending the International Street Dance in my town! It is a day event that started
yesterday. The atmosphere is so exciting and people are dancing everywhere.
There are groups of dancers from many countries in the world. They dance in different areas. For example,
the Latin group perform in the North Street, and the Indian Classical group are in the East Street. All
M

performances start with the dancers performing on a round stage. The audience can watch them or dance at
the same time. At the end of each demonstration, the dancers teach us some of the steps. Yesterday, I learnt
some steps from the Irish dance. I had to move my legs very quickly while keeping my body and arms fixed.
KÈ

It took a lot of my energy and I felt extremely tired after that, but it’s really good fun! I wish you were here
with me.
I’m going now because the next dance group is starting!
See you soon,
Y

Love,
Mary
DẠ

Statements T F

1. Claire is at the International Street Dance event.

2. The Indian Classical dancers are performing in the North Street.

69
 3. There are round stages for the dancers to dance on.

4. In the Irish dance, you cannot move your body and arms.

5. Mary felt that the Irish dance was boring

A L
D. Writing

CI
Exercise 1. Choose the sentence that has the same meaning as the given sentences.
1. Linda is hardworking. Mary is lazy.
A. Mary is not as hardworking as Linda.

FI
B. Mary is not as lazy as Linda.
2. Tom likes dancing. His wife likes listening to music.
A. Tom has the same hobby as his wife.

OF
B. Tom’s hobby is different from his wife’s.
3. His drumming style is forceful. His friend’s drumming style is forceful.
A. His drumming style is as forceful as his friend’s.
B. His drumming style is not as forceful as his friend’s.
4. The characters in the play are not like the ones in the story.

ƠN
A. The characters in the play are different from the ones in the story.
B. The characters in the play are the same as the ones in the story.
5. He is handsome. His father is handsome.
A. He is more handsome than his father.
NH
B. He is as handsome as his father.
6. She has a blue bag. I have a blue bag.
A. She has a blue bag as mine.
B. Her bag color is different from my bag color.
Y

Exercise 2. Reorder the words and phrases to make sentences.

1. favourite/ My/ song/ country music/ of/ Love Story/ is/.
QU

→ ________________________________________________________________________
2. was/ Văn Cao/ a/ composer/ Vietnamese/ great/.
→ ________________________________________________________________________
3. compose/ Beethoven/ Did/ Symphony 5/?
→ ________________________________________________________________________
M

4. painting/ My/ is/ hers/ impressive/ as/ not/ as/.

→ ________________________________________________________________________
KÈ

5. music instruments/ the same/ He/ plays/ as/ me/.

→ ________________________________________________________________________
6. different/ Mai’s taste/ is/ her sister’s/ from/.
→ ________________________________________________________________________
7. difficult/ as/ Playing/ is/ piano/ guitar/ playing/ as/. /
Y

→ ________________________________________________________________________
DẠ

8. horse/ run/ a/ Can/ fast/ as/ a/ as/ train/? /

→ ________________________________________________________________________
9. try/ as/ can/ you/ hard/ as/ should/ You.
→ ________________________________________________________________________
10. Tom’s/ totally/ is/ from/ My/ writing style/ different/. /

70
 → ________________________________________________________________________
11. car/ same/ runs/ the/ speed/ at/ His/ mine/ as/. /
→ ________________________________________________________________________
12. I/ went/ My/ school/ friend/ same/ the/ best/ and/ to/. /

L
→ ________________________________________________________________________
13. good/ This/ fridge/ modern/ isn’t/ as/ my/ one/ as/ old/. /

A
→ ________________________________________________________________________
14. Spending time/ isn’t/ with/ as/ computer/ as/ friends/ entertaining/ on/ spending time/. /

CI
→ ________________________________________________________________________
15. art gallery /last week. / interesting portraits/ at the / I saw
→ ________________________________________________________________________

FI
Exercise 3. Use the comparative structure “different from” to complete the sentences below.
1. My house is small and old. Your house is spacious and modern.
→ My house is _____________________________________________________________

OF
2. My mother’s favourite food is noodle. My favourite food is rice.
→ My mother’s favourite food is ______________________________________________
3. My best friend has a powerful personality. I have a weak personality.
→ My best friend’s personality is ______________________________________________

ƠN
4. Life in the countryside is quiet and peaceful. Life in the city is exciting.
→ Life in the countryside is __________________________________________________
5. Lan’s school is Hai Ba Trung School. Hue goes to Nguyen Hue School.
→ Lan’s school is ___________________________________________________________
NH
6. My hobby is collecting stamps. My brother’s hobby is playing the piano.
→ My hobby is _____________________________________________________________
7. My answer for this equation is “4” but Tom thinks it should be “5”.
→ My answer for this equation is ______________________________________________
8. My sister’s hair is long and wavy. My hair is short and straight.
Y

→ My sister’s hair is ________________________________________________________

9. This house and your last house are different.
QU

→ This house is _____________________________________________________________

10. Jane and her sister are very different.
→ Jane is __________________________________________________________________
11. Food in San Francisco and food in New Orleans are different.
→ Food in San Francisco is ___________________________________________________
M

12. American English and British English are slightly different.

→ American English is _______________________________________________________
KÈ

Exercise 4. Rewrite the sentence using the structure “as … as” and start by the given words.
1. I’m quite tall but you are taller.
→ I’m not _________________________________________________________________
2. My salary is high, but yours is higher.
Y

→ My salary isn’t ___________________________________________________________

3. You know a bit about cars, but I know more.
DẠ

→ You don’t know __________________________________________________________

4. It’s still cold, but it was colder yesterday.
→ It isn’t __________________________________________________________________
5. I still feel quite tired, but a lot more tired yesterday.
→ I don’t __________________________________________________________________
71
6. Our neighbours have lived here for quite a long time, but we’ve live here longer.
→ Our neighbour haven’t lived here ___________________________________________
7. I was a bit nervous before the interview, but usually I’m a lot more nervous.
→ I wasn’t _________________________________________________________________

L
8. I know them better than you do.
→ You don’t know __________________________________________________________

A
9. There are fewer people at this meeting than at the last one.
→ There aren’t _____________________________________________________________

CI
10. I go out less than I used to.
→ I don’t go out ____________________________________________________________

FI
Exercise 5. Complete each sentence so that it means the same as the sentence above.
1. This room is larger than the one at the end of the corridor of the art gallery.
→ The room at the end of the corridor of the art gallery is not _____________________

OF
2. I think action films are more exciting than romance films.
→ In my opinion, romance films are not ________________________________________
3. Salvador Dali's paintings are different from Picasso's paintings.
→ Picasso's paintings are not _________________________________________________

ƠN
4. My sister sings better than me.
→ I don't sing ______________________________________________________________
5. Ballets and modern dance are quite different.
→ Ballets and modern dance are not ___________________________________________
NH
6. The project was shorter than we thought at first.
→ The project was not _______________________________________________________

Exercise 6. Rewrite the sentences, using the given comparisons.

1. My hair is short. Your hair is long. (as … as)
Y

→ ________________________________________________________________________
2. She likes swimming. Her friend likes playing chess. (different from)
QU

→ ________________________________________________________________________
3. The action films are exciting. The documentary films are sad. (as … as)
→ ________________________________________________________________________
4. The characters in the play are not like the ones in the story. (different from)
→ ________________________________________________________________________
M

5. He looks handsome. His father looks handsome. (like)

→ ________________________________________________________________________
6. My house is new. Your house is new.
KÈ

(as … as)
→ ________________________________________________________________________

Exercise 7. Rewrite the sentences, using the given words.

1. Jimmy’s voice is more beautiful than Johnny. (AS)
Y

→ Johnny’s voice is not ____________________________________________________________

2. The plots of the film are not the same as those of the novel. (FROM)
DẠ

→ The plots of the film are _________________________________________________________

3. Kien’s presentation was clearer than Mai’s. (NOT)
→ Mai’s presentation _____________________________________________________________
4. Mark’s music project is different from mine. (LIKE)
→ Mark’s music project is _________________________________________________________
72
5. Pop music attracts more listeners than rock music. (AS)
→ Rock music does not ____________________________________________________________

Exercise 8. Reorder the words and phrases to make meaningful sentences in a letter.

L
Nov 18th, 20…
Hi Long,

A
1. is now showing / The Art Gallery / landscape / a collection of / photos /.
→ ________________________________________________________________________

CI
2. about 100 photos / There / are / of / around the world / beautiful scenes /.
→ ________________________________________________________________________
3. this / How about / these / going / photos / to see / Saturday morning /?

FI
→ ________________________________________________________________________
4. near / so I think / The Art Gallery / is / our house, / we / walk to it / can /.
→ ________________________________________________________________________

OF
5. outside / Let’s / meet / at 9: 45 a.m / the Gallery /.
→ ________________________________________________________________________
6. make it / Let / know / if you can / me /.
→ ________________________________________________________________________

ƠN
Best,
Jack

Exercise 9. Put the sentences in the correct order to invite your friend to an art exhibition.
NH
Dear Nick,
___________ A. It starts at 9 a.m. this Sunday morning.
___________ B. It will be great if we meet at 8.15 a.m. at our school gate.
___________ C. Email to me soon.
Y

___________ D. Are you free on Sunday morning?

QU

___________ E. Looking forward to seeing you there.

___________ F. Then we’ll go to the exhibition together.
G. What about taking part in an exhibition of modern art at the Art Centre with me this
___________
weekend?
M

Cheers,
Phong
KÈ

Exercise 10. Write a letter to invite your friend to your school concert, using the prompts below.
Hello Daisy,
1. How / you / do?
→ ________________________________________________________________________
Y

2. you / interested / a concert?

DẠ

→ ________________________________________________________________________
3. let’s / join / our school concert / celebrate / the Teacher’s Day / Sunday
→ ________________________________________________________________________
4. you / see / a variety of arts / songs, dances, plays, a solo performance of musical instruments
→ ________________________________________________________________________
5. it / start / 8 a.m. / this Sunday / Auditorium A / our school
73
 → ________________________________________________________________________
6. I think / we / meet / the bus stop / near our houses / then / we / go / our school together
→ ________________________________________________________________________
7. write / me soon. I / sure / it / be fun

L
→ ________________________________________________________________________
Love,

A
Mai

CI
FI
OF
ƠN
NH
Y
QU
M
KÈ
Y
DẠ

74
 UNIT 5: FOOD AND DRINK
PART I: THEORY
A. VOCABULARY
New words (Từ mới)

L
Words Type Pronunciation Meaning

A
food (n) /fuːd/ đồ ăn, thức ăn

CI
drink (n) /drɪŋk/ đồ uống, thức uống

rice (n) /raɪs/ gạo, cơm

FI
pork (n) /pɔːk/ thịt heo

beef (n) /biːf/ thịt bò

OF
beef noodle soup /biːf ˈnuːdl suːp/ phở bò

shrimp (n) /ʃrɪmp/ tôm

fish (n) /fɪʃ/ cá

ƠN
fish sauce /fɪʃ sɔːs/ nước mắm

chicken (n) /ˈtʃɪkɪn/ thịt gà

roast chicken /rəʊst ˈtʃɪkɪn/ gà nướng

NH
fry (v) /fraɪ/ chiên, xào

fried vegetables /fraɪd ˈvedʒtəbl/ rau xào

fried tofu /fraɪd ˈtəʊfuː/ đậu hũ chiên

Y

soup (n) /suːp/ canh, súp, cháo

QU

eel (n) /iːl/ lươn

eel soup /iːl suːp/ cháo lươn

spring roll /sprɪŋ rəʊl/ chả giò, nem rán

omelette (n) /ˈɒmlət/ trứng chiên

M

pancake (n) /ˈpænkeɪk/ bánh kếp

KÈ

toast (n) /təʊst/ bánh mì nướng

butter (n) /ˈbʌtə(r)/ bơ

milk (n) /mɪlk/ sữa

Y

sugar (n) /ˈʃʊɡə(r)/ đường

DẠ

salt (n) /sɔːlt/ muối

flour (n) /ˈflaʊə(r)/ bột mì _

onion (n) /ˈʌnjən/ hành

75
 pepper (n) /ˈpepə(r)/ tiêu

chili (n) /ˈtʃɪli/ ớt

water (n) /ˈwɔːtə(r)/ nước

L
mineral water /ˈmɪnərəl wɔːtə(r)/ nước khoáng

A
juice (n) /dʒuːs/ nước ép

CI
winter melon juice /ˈwɪntə(r) ˈmelən dʒuːs/ nước ép bí đao

lemonade (n) /ˌleməˈneɪd/ nước chanh

FI
tea (n) /tiː/ trà

green tea /ɡriːn tiː/ trà xanh

OF
coffee (n) /ˈkɒfi/ cà phê

order (v) /ˈɔːdə(r)/ gọi món

prepare (v) /prɪˈpeə(r)/ chuẩn bị

ƠN
cook (v) /kʊk/ nấu

stew (v) /stjuː/ hầm, ninh

broth (n) /brɒθ/ nước lèo

NH
fork (n) /fɔːk/ nĩa

teaspoon (n) /ˈtiːspuːn/ muỗng cà phê

tablespoon (n) /ˈteɪblspuːn/ muỗng canh

Y

can (n) /kən/ lon, hộp

QU

glass (n) /ɡlɑːs/ ly, cốc

cup (n) /kʌp/ tách, chén

dish (n) /dɪʃ/ đĩa, món ăn

M

ingredient (n) /ɪnˈɡriːdiənt/ thành phần

Notes
KÈ

- Để diễn tả sự đo lường, chúng ta thường dùng các từ kilo, litre, gram, bottle, glass, can, teaspoon,
tablespoon...
Example: a kilo of beef = một kí thịt bò
a litre of water = một lít nước
a bottle of mineral water = một chai nước khoáng
Y

a glass of lemonade = một ly nước chanh

DẠ

a can of winter melon juice = một lon nước ép bí đao

a teaspoon of salt = một muỗng cà phê muối
a tablespoon of sugar = một muỗng canh đường
300 grams of flour = 300 gam bột

Word formation (Từ loại)

76
 Words Meaning Related words

beef (n) thịt bò beef (v)

butter (n) bơ butter

L
dish (n) món ăn, cái đĩa dish (v)

A
lemonade (n) nước chanh lemon (n) lemon (adj)

CI
roast (adj) (được) quay, nướng roast (v) roast (n)

salty (adj) salt (adj)

salt (n) muối

FI
saltwater (n)

sweet (n) sweetly (adv)

OF
sweet (adj) ngọt
sweeten (v)

spicy (adj) cay spice (v) spiciness (n)

bitter (adj) đắng bitterly (adv) bitterness (n)

ƠN
juice (n) nước ép (rau, củ, quả…) juicy (adj) juicer (n)

B. GRAMMAR
NH
I. Review countable and uncountable nouns
1. Countable nouns and uncountable nouns (Danh từ đếm được và không đếm được)
Cách dùng

- Danh từ đếm được là những danh từ chỉ người hay vật mà chúng ta có thể đếm
được.
Y

E.g. person (người), one person (một người), two persons (hai người)
QU

room (phòng), one room (một phòng), two rooms (hai phòng)
- Danh từ đếm được có cả hai hình thức số ít và số nhiều. Chúng ta có thể dùng
(Countable nouns) mạo từ a/an với danh từ đếm được số ít và các con số hoặc some, many, a few
với danh từ đếm được số nhiều.
M

Danh từ đếm được

E.g. a pen một cây bút máy
KÈ

an apple một quả táo

two cats hai con mèo
some people một sô người
many dolls nhiêu búp bê
Y

- Danh từ không đếm được là những danh từ chỉ sự vật, sự việc hay hiện tượng
DẠ

(Uncountable nouns) mà chúng ta không thể đếm được.

Danh từ không đếm E.g. money tiền
được
water nước

77
 information thông tin
- Phần lớn danh từ không đếm được không có hình thức số nhiều, do đó chúng ta
không dùng được các con số và mạo tư a/an với danh tư không đếm được. Tuy
nhiên, chúng ta có thể dùng some, much, a little hoặc các cụm từ chỉ sự đo

L
lường trước danh từ không đếm được.

A
E.g. some information một số thông tin

CI
a bar of chocolate một thanh sô cô la
a glass of water một li nước

FI
2. Cách dùng How much và How many với các danh từ đếm được và không đếm được
How much và How many đều có nghĩa là bao nhiêu, được dùng để hỏi về sô lượng. Tuy nhiên, How much

OF
được dùng vói danh từ không đếm được và How many được dùng với danh từ đếm được số nhiều.
How much + uncountable noun + be/auxiliary verb...?
How many + countable noun + be/auxiliary verb...?

ƠN
Example: How much money would you like to loan?
(Bạn muốn vay bao nhiêu tiền?)
How many pencils are there in your pencil case?
(Có bao nhiêu bút chì trong hộp đựng bút của bạn?)
NH
II. Cách dùng some, any, a lot of, lots of
Cách dùng

Chúng ta dùng some và any với cả danh từ đếm được số nhiều và danh từ không đếm được
để miêu tả số lượng. Tuy nhiên, some thường được dùng trong câu khẳng định, any được
Y

dùng trong câu phủ định và câu hỏi.

QU

Example: There are some plums on the plate.
I need some flour to make a cake.
There aren’t any eggs in the fridge.
Do you have any information about
M
(Có vài quả mận trên đĩa.)
(Tôi cần một ít bột để làm bánh.)
(Không có quả trứng nào trong tủ lạnh.)
(Bạn có thông tin nào về cô ấy không?)

some, any
her?
KÈ

Lưu ý:
- Dùng some trong câu yêu cầu hay đề nghị.
Example: Would you like some tea? (Bạn muốn uống một ít trà không?)
- Any cũng có thể được dùng trong câu khẳng định nhưng vói nghĩa là “bất kì”.
Y

Example: Any colour will do. (Bất kì màu nào cùng được.)
DẠ

A lot of và lots of đều có nghĩa là “nhiều, số lượng nhiều”. Cả hai đều có thể đươc dùng với
a lot of,
danh từ đếm được số nhiều và danh từ không đếm được để miêu tả số lương. A lot of và lots
lots of
of thường được dung trong câu khẳng định.

78
 Example: There are a lot of grapes in the basket. (Có rất nhiều nho trong giỏ.)
She eats lots of fruit. (Cô ấy ăn nhiều trái cây)

L
C. PHONETICS

A
/ɒ/ là một nguyên âm ngắn. Để phát âm âm này, mở rộng

CI
miệng, tròn môi. Mặt trước lưỡi của bạn hạ thấp xuống và phát
âm ngắn.

FI
OF
/ɔː/ là một nguyên âm dài. Nguyên âm này ở giữa âm nửa mở
và âm mở đối với vị trí của lưỡi. Để phát âm âm này, ta tròn
môi, đầu lưỡi hạ thấp và phát âm /ɔː/.

ƠN
NH
PART II: LANGUAGE
A. Phonetic
Exercise 1. Put the words into the correct column according the underlined part.

bottle pot shot fault launch body small

Y

corpse shock law call tall lot oar

QU

daughter dawn bawl cot robbery roar pond

bother crawl lock box stop horn dog

/ɒ/ /ɔː/
M

___________________________________ ___________________________________

___________________________________ ___________________________________
KÈ

___________________________________ ___________________________________

___________________________________ ___________________________________
Y

___________________________________ ___________________________________
DẠ

___________________________________ ___________________________________

___________________________________ ___________________________________

Exercise 2. Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others.
79
1. A. watch B. talk C. small D. almost
2. A. doll B. smoke C. fox D. bottle
3. A. work B. bored C. pork D. horse
4. A. normal B. lord C. before D. doctor

L
5. A. autumn B. author C. daughter D. laugh
6. A. hall B. quad C. haunt D. dawn

A
7. A. hot B. pot C. job D. joke
8. A. crop B. often C. story D. naughty

CI
9. A. awful B. stand C. stall D. naughty
10. A. launch B. torch C. lord D. word
11. A. port B. short C. clock D. orphan

FI
12. A. gotten B. onion C. top D. block
13. A. fan B. cat C. want D. back

OF
14. A. wash B. swan C. fall D. quality
15. A. always B. salt C. what D. ball

Exercise 3. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. (Further practice)
1. A. sausage B. cereal C. chocolate D. tomato

ƠN
2. A. mineral B. lemonade C. noodle D. butter
3. A. decide B. combine C. apply D. happen
4. A. believe B. marriage C. response D. maintain
5. A. confident B. important C. together D. exciting
NH
B. Vocabulary & Grammar
Exercise 1. Write the following words and phrases in the correct columns.

milk fish beef lemonade

Y

pork coffee green tea mineral water

QU

omelette fried tofu spring roll orange juice

Food Drink

___________________________________ ___________________________________

___________________________________ ___________________________________
M

___________________________________ ___________________________________
KÈ

___________________________________ ___________________________________

___________________________________ ___________________________________

___________________________________ ___________________________________
Y
DẠ

___________________________________ ___________________________________

Exercise 2. Complete the sentences with the words and phrase from the box.

butter tablespoons winter melon juice

litres peanut sauce beef noodle soup
80
1. _____________________ is my favourite dish.
2. I have two _____________________ of sugar and 200 grams of flour.

L
3. You need eggs, sugar, flour, milk, and _____________________ to make pancakes.
4. Pour two _____________________ of water in the pot and boil.

A
5. There is a glass of _____________________ in the fridge.
6. Spring rolls are often served with vegetables and _____________________.

CI
Exercise 3. Reorder the letters to make the words of food and drink.
1. mkli _____________________ 2. ftou _____________________

FI
3. fbee _____________________ 4. isfh _____________________

OF
5. oonni _____________________ 6. lenamode _____________________
7. ndsachwi _____________________ 8. oemlte _____________________
9. alnemir terwa _____________________ 10. isprng llro _____________________
Exercise 4. Complete the sentences with the words from the box.

ƠN
cook use drink favourite traditional

1. Is winter melon juice your _____________________ drink?

NH
2. You should _____________________ the best kind of rice to make noodles.
3. She ordered a _____________________ of eel soup and a cup of green tea.
4. Can you _____________________ kebab rice noodles?
5. What foreign food or _____________________ do you like?
6. “Phở” is a special kind of _____________________ Vietnamese dish.
Y
QU

Exercise 5. Choose the word or phrase (A, B, C or D) that best fits the blank space in each sentence.
1. I like coffee with __________ of milk.
A. a B. lot C. lots D. many
2. We often have __________ bread and eggs for breakfast.
A. any B. some C. an D. a
3. There is __________ few bananas on the table.
M

A. some B. a C. lots D. an
4. Does she have __________ brothers or sisters?
KÈ

A. lots B. a lot C. some D. any

5. Would you like __________ apple?
A. a B. an C. any D. some
6. There are __________ people waiting for the next bus?
A. many B. any C. a D. an
Y

7. He needs __________ piece of advice from his father.

DẠ

A. much B. an C. a D. many
8. Don’t worry. We have __________ time to finish the project.
A. a B. any C. many D. much
9. I want to make lemonade but there isn’t __________ sugar in the jar.
A. lots of B. much C. any D. some
10. Did she put a __________ of books on the shelf?
81
 A. lot B. some C. many D. lots
11. He sometimes has some bread and an ___________ for breakfast.
A. ant B. omelette C. engineer D. aircraft
12. The ___________ for beef noodle soup is made by stewing beef bones in large pot.

L
A. butter B. broth C. sauce D. sausage
13. You need eggs, flour, sugar, milk, and butter ___________ pancakes.

A
A. to make B. making C. make D. makes
14. There isn’t any rice left, but we can have ___________ instead.

CI
A. pepper B. sugar C. flour D. noodles
15. She wants to buy a ___________ of tomatoes and two cabbages.
A. kilo B. bottle C. glass D. litre

FI
16. You put chicken bones and two ___________ of water in the pot and boil.
A. cans B. kilos C. liters D. tablespoons

OF
17. Is there any meat ___________ in the fridge?
A. leave B. to leave C. left D. leaving
18. My favourite ___________ is “bún bò”.
A. “bánh xèo” B. biscuits C. chicken D. dish
19. This restaurant ___________ very delicious dishes such as beef noodle soup, snail rice noodles, and

ƠN
sweet gruel.
A. serves B. eats C. drinks D. uses
20. Lemonade is a drink made with the juice of ___________, water and sugar.
A. oranges B. lemons C. apples D. grapes
NH
Exercise 6. Put the words in brackets into the correct forms to complete the sentences.
1. There aren’t any vegetables and fruits _______________. We should go to the supermarket and buy them.
(leave)
2. It was so _______________when I tried eating sticky rice at the first time. (taste)
Y

3. My Grandma is cooking sweet soup _______________, so I can’t wait to enjoy it.

(fragrant)
QU

4. Viet Nam cuisine has a _______________of unique foods from different areas. (variable)
5. I like Pho very much. Its broth is made by _______________chicken bones or bones of cows. (stew)
6. The soup had a very _______________taste. (salt)
7. She covered the cake with a _______________of sugar and whites of eggs. (mix)
8. Most children enjoy eating _______________chicken and French fries. (fry)
M

9. The pineapple was sweet and _______________. (juice)

10. Meats and fish are _______________used in all Vietnamese cooking. (common)
KÈ

Exercise 7. Match the questions in column A with its response in column B.

A B
1. What is your favourite dish? A. Not much
Y

2. Does she like fried fish? B. No, I like fruit juice.

DẠ

3. How much is a can of watermelon juice? C. It’s beef noodle soup.

4. Is milk your favourite drink? D. Yes, we go there twice a month.
5. What dishes does your father cook? E. It’s 20,000 dong.

82
 6. Do you often go to that restaurant? F. Instant noodles and omelette.

Exercise 8. Circle the correct option in brackets.

1. Would you like (some/ any) fruits?

L
2. My mother brought a (lots/ lot) of food yesterday.

A
3. You need 300 (gram/ grams) of flour to make this cake.
4. Pour 2 (litres/ kilos) of water in the pot and boil.

CI
5. How (much/ many) carrots are there left in the basket?
6. He gave lots (on/ of) new clothes to poor children.
7. I drink (lots/ much) of water every day.

FI
8. How much (money/ moneys) do you have?
9. She doesn’t have (any/ a lot of) information about them.
10. There are a lot of (person/ people) in the park.

OF
Exercise 9. Complete the dialogue with the words from the box.
Enjoy drink are cheese good else thanks menu

Waiter: Hi. How are you doing this afternoon?

ƠN
Customer: Fine, thank you. Can I see a (1) _______________, please?
Waiter: Certainly, here you are.
NH
Customer: Thank you. What’s today’s special?
Waiter: Grilled tuna and (2) _______________on rye.
Customer: That sounds (3) _______________. I’ll have that.
Waiter: Would you like something to (4) _______________?
Y

Customer: Yes, I’d like a coke.

QU

Waiter: Thank you. (Returning with the food) Here you (5) _______________.
Customer: Thank you.
Waiter: Can I get you anything (6) _______________?
M

Customer: No, (7) _______________.

Waiter: (8) _______________your meal!
KÈ

Customer: Thanks a lot.

Exercise 10. Fill in each blank with the correct word: a/ an/ some/ any.
1. There isn’t _______________plum jam.
Y

2. She’d like _______________apple.

DẠ

3. There are _______________bananas.

4. Is there _______________pork?
5. There aren’t _______________beef noodles.
6. There are _______________sandwiches for lunch.
7. Is there _______________water in fridge?
8. I have _______________bread for you.
83
9. He eats _______________banana after his dinner.
10. Would you like _______________orange juice, please?
11. She wants to buy _______________apples for her mother.
12. Would you like _______________eggs for breakfast?

L
13. Can you bring me _______________water, please?
14. I don’t want _______________sugar in the tea.

A
15. She has _______________bread for breakfast.

CI
Exercise 11. Fill in each blank with the correct word: a/ an/ some/ any.
1. There is _______________goldfish in the tank.
2. There is _______________money in the pocket.

FI
3. There isn’t _______________milk left in the fridge.
4. There are _______________plums in the basket.

OF
5. There aren’t _______________pears in the tree.
6. There aren’t _______________people in the room.
7. There is _______________room in the museum.
8. There is _______________meat in the sandwich.
9. There aren’t _______________buses at this time of the day.

ƠN
10. There are _______________pictures on the wall.
11. There is _______________egg in the frying pan.
12. There is _______________snake in the forest.
13. There are _______________cards in the box.
NH
14. There is not _______________cheese in my house.
15. There is _______________potato in the garden.

Exercise 12. Fill in each blank with the correct word: How much or How many.
1. ____________________ beer is there in the fridge?
Y

2. ____________________ eggs do you want?

3. ____________________ languages do you speak?
QU

4. ____________________ people are there in the class?

5. ____________________ days are there in a week?
6. ____________________ milk do you drink every day?
7. ____________________ kilos of rice do you want?
8. ____________________ soda does she want?
M

9. ____________________ soup is there in the fridge?

10. ____________________ tomatoes do you want?
KÈ

11. ____________________ languages does your sister speak?

12. ____________________ boys are there in her class?
13. ____________________ days are there in a month?
14. ____________________ coffee do you drink every day?
15. ____________________ lemonade did you drink yesterday? – Only one bottle
Y

16. ____________________ bread do you buy? - Ten loafs of bread.

17. ____________________ water do you need a day? – Three litres.
DẠ

18. ____________________ sugar did you put in my coffee? – A small spoon

19. ____________________ bottle of orange juice do you have? - Two
20. ____________________ meat do we need for the barbecue? – We need a kilo of beef.
21. ____________________ boxes of milk will you buy? – I don’t know.
22. ____________________ lemonade did you drink yesterday? – Only one bottle.
84
23. ____________________ kilos of rice do you need? - Three
24. ____________________ steaks have we eaten? – Eight steaks so far.
25. ____________________ bananas are there in the fridge? – We don’t have any left.

L
PART III: SKILLS
A. Listening

A
Exercise 1. Listen to the short talk twice and circle the correct answer to each of the following
questions.

CI
1. ___________ is the traditional dish of Hanoi.
A. Spring roll B. Pancake C. Omelette D. Sticky rice
2. Some ingredients in fried spring rolls are _________.

FI
A. coconut milk and sugar B. salt and pepper
C. pork, eggs and glass noodles D. cooking oil and fish

OF
3. Spring rolls are often served with __________.
A. rice B. fish sauce C. bread D. salt
4. Who can cook them?
A. All Vietnamese B. All women
C. Most foreigner women D. Most Vietnamese women

ƠN
Exercise 2. Listen to the conversation twice and decide whether the following sentences are True or
False.
NH
No. Statements T F
1. The woman would like a cup of coffee.
2. She’d like coffee with a little sugar.
3. The man drinks tea with supper.
4. He thinks coffee is good for health.
Y

B. Speaking
QU

Exercise 1. Choose the correct response.

1. A: What's the name of the dish? B: a/ It's from noodles.
b/ It's banh xeo.
2. A: What would you like to eat? B: a/ Yes, sure.
b/ I'd like a bowl of pho.
M

3. A: Would you like anything to drink? B: a/ Can I have some orange juice?
b/ I’d like some grapes.
KÈ

4. A: Can I get you anything for dessert?
5. A: Would you like anything else?
6. A: How often do you have frizzy drinks?
Y
B: a/ Can I have some water?
b/ Yes. Can I have an ice cream?
B: a/ Yes, of course. Here's you are.
b/ I'd like a salad, please.
B: a/ I sometimes drink them.

b/I think they're not good.

7. A: How often do you eat fruits? B: a/ Fruits are good.
DẠ

b/ Twice a week I think.

8. A: Can I help you? B: a/ Here you are.
b/ Can I have the menu, please?
9. A: How about a drink? B: a/ I'd like some chicken soup.
b/ No, thank you.
85
10. A: What can I do for you? B: a/ I'd like a cheeseburger.
b/ Anything to drink?
11. A: Can I have the menu, please? B: a/ Thank you.
b/ Here you are.

L
12. A: I love drinking orange juice. B: a/ How often?
b/ How many?

A
Exercise 2. Reorder the sentences (A-K) to make a logical conversation.
__________ A Good morning. What can I get you today?

CI
__________ B. A bowl of mixed type, please. And I'd like non-fat broth.
__________ C. Hm, I think I'll go for non-fat. And what do you have for drink?

FI
__________ D. Alright, two green teas, please with less ice,

OF
__________ E. Got it. I’ll be right back with your order.
__________ F. Sure Which type of beef would you like? We have medium-rare, well-done and mixed
__________ G. OK. And for chicken pho would you like white meat or dark meat?
__________ H. Sure. Would you like non-fat or fatty broth for your chicken pho?

ƠN
__________ L Can I have a mix of them? Oh, and I'd like boneless chicken slices, please
__________ J. Well, we have green iced tea for free. You can also order juice, mineral water or beer.
NH
__________ K. I’d like Vietnamese pho, please. Beef pho for me and chicken pho for my sister

Exercise 3. Complete the conversation, using the sentences (a-e) to fill in the blanks (1-5).
Lilly: (1) _______________________
Y

Minh: This is called fresh spring rolls

(2) _______________________
QU

Lilly:
Well, there are many types of them. The fresh spring roll has shrimp vegetables, some herbs and
Minh: rice noodles in it. They wrap the ingredients in rice paper and serve the roll with a special kind of
dipping sauce.
Lily: (3) _______________________
M

Minh: Yes, it is. And this is a sizzling pancake.

KÈ

Lily: (4) _______________________

Minh: Yes, it is. The sizzling pancake is made from rice flour, coconut milk and turmeric powder.
Lily: (5) _______________________
Y

The filling includes shrimp, pork belly and bean sprouts. We serve it with vegetable and some
Minh:
dipping sauce.
DẠ

Lily: I'm so hungry. Let's try all of them now.

Exercise 1. Read the passage, and then answer the questions.
Eating habits in Viet Nam

86
 Meals in Viet Nam - lunch or dinner - must include rice. Traditionally, Vietnamese meals are prepared
by wives or mothers and the whole family is expected to eat. However, families now may have only one
meal a day at home, and it may not include all the family members.
Tastes, cooking methods and dishes are different between the three regions: the North, the Central, and

L
the South. Nowadays, these differences have become small.
When families do not have time to prepare meals, they eat out. Employees have lunch somewhere

A
nearby the work places.
Since Viet Nam opened its doors to foreign investors, more foreigners have stayed and worked in Viet

CI
Nam. As a result, more foreign restaurants have been opened in Viet Nam, especially in big cities.
Young people in Viet Nam now like fast food because of its conveniences. Vietnamese food fast shops
have been opened, and the most successful Vietnamese fast food chain is Pho 24. In recent years, there have

FI
been more Vietnamese fast food chains such as Bun Bo Hue 3A3.
1. What do meals in Viet Nam usually include?
→ ________________________________________________________________________

OF
2. When have more foreign restaurants been opened in Viet Nam?
→ ________________________________________________________________________
3. Why do young people in Viet Nam like fast food?
→ ________________________________________________________________________

ƠN
4. Where do most employees have lunch?
→ ________________________________________________________________________
5. What is the most successful Vietnamese fast food chain?
→ ________________________________________________________________________
NH
Exercise 2. Read the passage carefully and then do the following tasks.
The Healthy Eating Diet
Healthy eating is about feeling great and having more energy. If you choose the right foods, your healthy
diet will be a tasty diet, too. You can still enjoy your favourite sweet and salty foods, but too much sugar and
Y

salt is bad for your body.

Dairy products like milk, cheese, and yoghurt are great because they contain calcium and keep your teeth
QU

and bones healthy. You should choose low-fat dairy products.

Meat, fish, eggs, beans, and nits are important, too. They keep our bodies healthy, and they give us
energy to work and play.
Whole grains are an important part of every meal. If you eat lots of whole grains, you will have a healthy
heart. Whole grains are in bread, cereal, pasta, and rice. Dark bread and brown rice are great sources of
M

whole grains.
Fruit and vegetables are the most important part of a healthy diet. They are low in calories and full of
vitamins. Eat lots of fruit and vegetables with every meal, and as snacks during the day. Fruit and vegetables
KÈ

with darker colours have more vitamins.

1. What does the healthy eating diet help you?
→ ________________________________________________________________________
2. What can you also enjoy when you have a healthy diet?
Y

→ ________________________________________________________________________
3. Why are dairy products good for your health?
DẠ

→ ________________________________________________________________________
4. What is the function of meat, fish, eggs, beans and nuts?
→ ________________________________________________________________________
5. Why are whole grains an important part of every meal?
→ ________________________________________________________________________
87
6. What types of foods can we get whole grains from?
→ ________________________________________________________________________
7. Why are fruit and vegetables the most important part of a healthy diet?
→ ________________________________________________________________________

L
8. What types of fruit and vegetables have more vitamins?
→ ________________________________________________________________________

A
Exercise 3. Read the passage and then decide whether the sentences are True or False.

CI
In Vietnam, family meals with many traditional Vietnamese foods have been one of the unique cultural
features. Up to now, the family meals are higher appreciated when people are getting busier with their
business. In some big cities such as Hanoi and Ho Chi Minh, parents are always busy. They get up early in

FI
the morning and take their children to school before going to work. The children study and have lunch at
school and the parents usually work and eat lunch at offices. Therefore, dinner becomes the most important

OF
meal of the day for most of the families in Vietnam because it connects family members together and helps
them share a meal and talk together after a hard day.
1. Dinner is the most important meal of all families in Vietnam. _________
2. Meals with traditional food play an important role in Vietnamese culture. _________
3. Children in big cities in Vietnam usually have lunch at school. _________

ƠN
4. When people become busier with their work, family meals are less appreciated. _________
5. Having dinner together helps family members become closer. _________

Exercise 4. Read the passage and write T (True) or F (False) next to the sentences.
NH
My favorite dish
There are many delicious dishes in Vietnam, but one of my favorite dishes is Banh Mi which originate
from Ho Chi Minh city. Banh Mi called “Vietnamese sandwich” is the most popular street food in Vietnam
because of its convenience, deliciousness and the full of nutrients. The components of Vietnamese sandwich
are very diverse such as pork, fried eggs, pate, cucumber, green onion, butter and chili sauce. All of these
Y

create a unique flavor of this dish. Vietnamese sandwich is served as an ideal breakfast and light snack.
Today, Vietnamese sandwich is not only common in Ho Chi Minh city, but it is also very popular in other
QU

cities in Vietnam. People can buy this dish very easily on the Vietnamese streets. I am a huge fan of this dish
and I can eat it everyday.
1. Vietnamese sandwich originates from Ho Chi Minh city. _________
2. Vietnamese sandwich is very popular in Vietnam. _________
3. Vietnamese sandwich doesn’t have any nutrients. _________
M

4. Vietnamese sandwich contains only a component which is pork. _________

5. You can buy Vietnamese sandwich on most streets in Vietnam. _________
6. The writer enjoys eating Vietnamese sandwich. _________
KÈ

Exercise 5. Read the text carefully then decide whether the following statements are true (T) or false
(F).
Once being a basic food of farmers and poor families in Vietnam, com tam or broken rice is now a
Y

favourite dish of most Vietnamese. It is said that the best broken rice can be found in Saigon. When you
come to Saigon, you should try this dish at least one time and you will not regret it.
DẠ

Com tam literally means broken rice. Broken rice originally consisted of grains which were broken
during the harvesting and cleaning of rice. In the past, as most people preferred to eat the long, whole grain
rice, broken rice grains were difficult to sell and usually eaten by the Vietnamese working class because of
the cheap price. Nowadays, often favored over long grain rice for its unique flavour and texture, broken rice
is one of the best-loved fares in Vietnam.
88
 Local broken rice eateries can practically be found on every street in Saigon. A broken rice dish is
served with many beautiful colours from grilled pork chop with multi-flavour to steamed egg, shredded pork
skin, pickles, vegetables such as tomatoes, cucumbers ... and especially sweet fish sauce that is the spirit of
the dish.

L
1. Today, com tam is only eaten by poor Vietnamese. _________
2. Com tam is made from broken rice grains. _________

A
3. In the past, most people didn’t eat broken rice grains because they were cheap. _________
4. It is difficult to find a place to eat com tam in Saigon. _________

CI
5. The most important part of com tam is sweet fish sauce. _________
6. Com tam is now a favourite dish of Vietnamese people, especially Saigonese. _________

FI
Exercise 6. Read the text carefully then choose the correct answers.
Vietnamese cuisine is unique. It balances five tastes: spice, sour, bitter, salt and sweet. According to

OF
Vietnamese tradition, each of the tastes corresponds with an organ of the body. Cooks also try to include
five types of nutrients – powder, water, minerals, protein and fat, as well as five colors – white, green,
yellow, red and black – in each dish. Therefore, the dishes are balanced and colorful, attractive to both the
eye and the tongue. There is also a balance between “heating” and “cooling”. Duck meat, for example, is
considered cool, and is thus served in summer with ginger, which is considered warm. Chicken, on the other

ƠN
hand, is a warm food, so it’s usually eaten in the winter, and served with a sour sauce, which is considered
cool.
1. Which number is important in Vietnamese cuisine?
A. Three B. Four C. Five D. Six
NH
2. Duck meat is often eaten with ginger because it is _______.
A. delicious B. warm C. cool D. hot
3. In winter, Vietnamese people usually eat chicken with sour sauce because chicken is considered _______.
A. cool B. warm C. nutritious D. good
4. Which colour is NOT usually include in Vietnamese food
Y

A. Black B. Red C. Blue D. Yellow

5. Why do cooks include different tastes, colours and nutrients in Vietnamese food?
QU

A. To make it pleasing to the eye. B. To make it good for health

C. To make it attractive to the tongue D. All of the above.

Exercise 7. Read the recipe and choose the correct option to complete the answer.
Hi, I’m Maya. Today I’m going to show you how to make my favorite dish. It’s salad
M

Ingredients:
3 or 4 tomatoes
Some lettuce
KÈ

2 boiled eggs
1 tin of tuna
Method
1. Cut the tomatoes
Y

2. Put the tomato pieces and lettuce into the salad bowl.
3. Add the boiled eggs and the tin of tuna.
DẠ

4. Serve the salad.

Enjoy it!
1. What is Maya’s favorite dish?
It’s __________________.
A. salad B. tomatoes C. tuna
89
2. What ingredients does she prepare to make her salad?
They’re __________________.
A. salad and eggs B. eggs and tomatoes C. salad, tomatoes, eggs and tuna.
3. How many tomatoes does she prepare?

L
A. 2 B. 4 C. 4
4. Does she prepare any eggs?

A
Yes, she prepares __________________.
A. A kilo of tomatoes B. two boiled eggs C. one tin of tuna

CI
5. What does she do after cutting the tomatoes?
She __________________.
A. serves the salad

FI
B. adds the boiled eggs into the salad bowl
C. puts the tomato pieces and lettuce into salad bowl

OF
6. Does her salad have tuna?
Yes, it __________________.
A. is B. does C. have

Exercise 8. Read the text carefully then choose the correct answers.

ƠN
Vietnamese food culture varies by regions from the north to the south. In Northern Vietnam, food is
characterized by light and balanced. Northern Vietnam is seen to be the cradle of Vietnamese cuisine with
many notable dishes like Pho, Bun Rieu, Bun Thang, Bun Cha, Banh Cuon, etc. Then, food culture in
Northern Vietnam became popular in Central and Southern Vietnam with suitable flavors in each regions.
NH
The regional cuisine of Central Vietnam is famous for its spicy food. Hue cuisine is typical Central
Vietnam’s food culture. Food in the region is often used with chili peppers and shrimp sauces, namely, Bun
Bo Hue, Banh Khoai, Banh Beo, etc.
In Southern Vietnam, the warm weather and fertile soil create an ideal condition for planting a variety of
fruit, vegetables and livestock. Thus, food in the region is often added with garlic, shallots and fresh herbs.
Y

Particularly, Southerners are favored of sugar; they add sugar in almost dishes. Some signature dishes from
Southern Vietnam include Banh Khot and Bun Mam.
QU

1. It is considered that Vietnamese cuisine __________.

A. originated from the North
C. always combines taste and colour
2. What are the features of Northern Vietnamese food?
A. It’s delicious and healthy.
M
B. became more and more popular
D. can be found only in Northern Vietnam
B. It’s sweet and sour.

C. It’s light and balanced. D. It’s a bit fatty and salty.

3. Hue cuisine is notable for its __________.
A. colorful food B. spicy taste C. bitter taste D. light flavor
KÈ

4. In Southern Vietnam, __________.

A. the warm weather makes it hard to plant fruit and vegetables
B. fresh herbs are always used in cooking
C. people love sweet food
Y

D. sugar is often added to dishes

5. Which of the followings is NOT true?
DẠ

A. Food in Vietnam changes region to region.

B. Southerners do not like northern food due to its light flavor.
C. Chill peppers and shrimp sauces are among the frequently used ingredients.
D. Bun Bo Hue is a typical dish of the Central Vietnam cuisine.

90
Exercise 9. Fill in each blank with a word from the box.
Pho is one of the (1) _____________ popular Vietnamese dishes. What is pho? Pho is a Vietnamese
noodle soup consisting of (2) _____________ , rice noodles, herbs and meat.
There are two (3) _____________ types of pho and that is Pho Bo (beef noodle soup) and Pho Ga

L
(chicken noodle soup). Pho Bo is beef broth that is made by stewing cow bones in a large (4)
_____________ for quite a long time. Pho Ga is very similar to Pho Bo. Instead of beef broth, chicken broth

A
is made by (5) _____________ chicken bones. The noodle itself is made from varieties of (6)
_____________ . The ingredients and toppings may (7) _____________ a slight bit in the North and the

CI
South.
Pho is normally eaten for breakfast, but many of people eat at lunch, or (8) _____________ dinner.

FI
Exercise 10. Choose the correct answer A, B, c or D to fill each blank in the following text.
Vietnamese people may (1) _______ to drink at coffee shops or pubs on weekdays (2) _______ their

OF
friends after work. Some of them invite their friends to drink at their homes on weekends. In the past, the
Vietnamese usually (3) _______ home-made alcohol such as “ruou gao” or “ruou de”. Then, they started to
drink beer or imported wines.
Vietnamese people know about the damage of drinking alcohol, but they still drink. More Vietnamese
people (4) _______ their free time outside their homes such as cinemas, theatres or coffee shops. The

ƠN
number of places for entertainment has increased in big cities. However, more young people use their free
time to study or attend clubs or centres for improving (5) _______ such as communications, presentation
and team working.
1. A. go B. go out C. go on D. go away
NH
2. A. for B. of C. with D. to
3. A. drink B. drinking C. to drink D. drank
4. A. spend B. take C. come D. waste
5. A. knowledge B. skills C. experience D. memory
Y

Exercise 11. Choose the word which best fits each gap.
Pho might be Vietnam’s (1) _______ famous dish, butbun cha is the top choice when it comes to
QU

lunchtime in Hanoi. It doesn’t matter if you eat bun cha in a restaurant or a small cart on the street, you will
be (2) _______ by a plate of vermicelli (bun), a bowl of broth with grilled pork and a (3) _______ of fresh
herbs. The vermicelli and fresh herbs are pretty common in a Vietnamese restaurant. The broth and the pork
are the ones that make this dish (4) _______. Bun cha sets often come with the delicious nemcua be–
friedcrab spring (5) _______. Still not convinced? It’s what Obama ate during his night (6) _______ with
M

Bourdain.
1. A. most B. the most C. best D. the best
2. A. cooked B. made C. served D. tried
KÈ

3. A. bottle B. pot C. bar D. basket

4. A. simple B. comfort C. specially D. unique
5. A. pieces B. rolls C. halves D. slices
6. A. out B. in C. towards D. along
Y

Exercise 1. Reorder the words and phrases to make sentences.

DẠ

1. are/ There/ vegetables/ and fruit/ some/ in/ kitchen/ the/.

→ ________________________________________________________________________
2. How/ is/ much/ bowl/ of/ a/ beef noodles soup/?
→ ________________________________________________________________________
3. hometown/ your/ “bánh xèo”/ popular/ Is/ in/?
91
 → ________________________________________________________________________
4. a great source/ Cooking blogs/ of/ information/ are/ recipes/ about/.
→ ________________________________________________________________________
5. making/ people/ enjoy/ Some/ at/ their own meals/ home/.

L
→ ________________________________________________________________________
6. with/ is/ Vietnam/ famous/ and delicious/ its/ traditional dishes/.

A
→ ________________________________________________________________________

CI
Exercise 2. Make questions with how much or how many and the hints.
1. meat/ we/ need
→ ________________________________________________________________________

FI
2. spring rolls/ she/ want to eat
→ ________________________________________________________________________

OF
3. apple juice/ Mai/ drink/ every day
→ ________________________________________________________________________
4. stars/ there/ in the sky
→ ________________________________________________________________________
5. kilos of oranges/ your mother/ bought

ƠN
→ ________________________________________________________________________
6. money/ we/ need/ buy/ that house
→ ________________________________________________________________________
7. apples/ we/ have
NH
→ ________________________________________________________________________
8. sugar/ you/ need
→ ________________________________________________________________________
9. milk/ Nga/ need
→ ________________________________________________________________________
Y

10. people/ there/ your family?

→ ________________________________________________________________________
QU

11. orange juice/ she/ drink every day

→ ________________________________________________________________________
12. films/ you/ watch/ last month.
→ ________________________________________________________________________
M

Exercise 3. Write the complete answers for the following questions, using the hints in brackets)
1. How many books are there on the shelf? (lots of)
→ ________________________________________________________________________
KÈ

2. How many days did you spend in Nha Trang? (three)

→ ________________________________________________________________________
3. How much beef do you have? (a kilo)
→ ________________________________________________________________________
Y

4. How many tomatoes are there in the fridge? (five)

→ ________________________________________________________________________
DẠ

5. How much information does she have about him? (some)

→ ________________________________________________________________________
6. How much time do we have to finish the project? (a lot of)
→ ________________________________________________________________________

92
Exercise 4. Write in the complete sentences using the given words/ phrases.
1. Snack/ be/ small/ meal/ you/ eat/ when/ hungry.
→ ________________________________________________________________________
2. How much/ water/ should/ I/ pour/ pot?

L
→ ________________________________________________________________________
3. I/ be/ afraid/ there/ not/ sugar/ left/ refrigerator.

A
→ ________________________________________________________________________
4. main/ ingredient/ use/ Vietnamese food/ be/ rice/ fish sauce/ vegetables.

CI
→ ________________________________________________________________________
5. Many/ main/ dish/ and/ snacks/ Vietnam/ be/ made/ from/ rice.
→ ________________________________________________________________________

FI
6. Banh Chung/ be/ Vietnamese/ traditional/ dish/ that/ must/ part/ Tet meals.
→ ________________________________________________________________________

OF
7. Can/ you/ tell/ me/ how/ cook/ beef/ noodle?
→ ________________________________________________________________________
8. What/ your/ favourite/ dish/ breakfast?
→ ________________________________________________________________________
9. Do/ you/ want/ try/chicken soup/ I / cook?

ƠN
→ ________________________________________________________________________
10. There/ not/ something/ left/dinner/ so/ I/ have to/ eat/ restaurant.
→ ________________________________________________________________________
NH
Exercise 5. Rewrite the sentences without changing the meaning.
1. There is beef and chicken in the menu
→ The menu _______________________________________________________________
2. I like salad best.
→ Salad is _________________________________________________________________
Y

3. The market does not have any carrots.

→ There __________________________________________________________________
QU

4. How much is a bowl of noodles?

→ How much does __________________________________________________________
5. How many kilos of rice would you like?
→ How many kilos of rice do _________________________________________________
6. There are some bananas on the table.
M

→ It has ___________________________________________________________________
7. There is some milk in the bottle.
→ Some ___________________________________________________________________
KÈ

8. Beef noodle soup is my favorite food.

→ My favorite _____________________________________________________________
9. I like drinking coffee.
→ Coffee __________________________________________________________________
Y

10. I eat chicken noodle soup in the morning.

→ I have __________________________________________________________________
DẠ

Exercise 6. Write complete sentences using the guided words and phrases.
1. Today, British people / eat out/more often /they/ the past.
→ ________________________________________________________________________
2. There/lot/traditional pubs/serving tasty meals/very good prices
93
 → ________________________________________________________________________
3. Some people / no time / prepare/ meals / their own.
→ ________________________________________________________________________
4. They/go/fast food restaurants / have some snacks / such/hamburgers / sandwiches.

L
→ ________________________________________________________________________
5. Many British people/like/try/ some traditional dishes / different parts / the world,

A
→ ________________________________________________________________________
6. That's why / international restaurants /popular/ Britain.

CI
→ ________________________________________________________________________

Exercise 7. Reorder the words and phrases to make meaningful sentences in a paragraph.

FI
1. three meals a day, /Vietnamese people / Most/breakfast, lunch and dinner/have/
→ ________________________________________________________________________

OF
2. bread, noodles/They/such as / savoury foods / and sticky rice for breakfast / often have.
→ ________________________________________________________________________
3. and the lunch is/is often/Lunchtime/a quick/but/between 12 and 1p.m./nutritious meal/
→ ________________________________________________________________________
4. Dinner/of all family members / the main meal in Viet Nam/is/with/the attendance/.

ƠN
→ ________________________________________________________________________
5. on the table/In a meal/take food /people/shared plates/from/.
→ ________________________________________________________________________
6. watching the news / in their mealtime/Many/like families / on TV/.
NH
→ ________________________________________________________________________

Exercise 8. Write a short essay about eating habits in Viet Nam, using the prompts below.
General features: varied and delicious, (considered) low-fat and high in carbohydrates.
Traditional Vietnamese cooking: use fresh ingredients, little oil, and various herbs and vegetables
Y

Dishes of a meal: meat, fish, eggs, tofu, vegetables, soup, and rice; rice-the staple in a meal
Arrangement: (in many families)
QU

members sit around a tray of several dishes with a small bowl of fish sauce
in the middle; common dishes - people use chopsticks and spoons to get their share from these dishes.
Summary: Vietnamese food-healthy and popular in other countries

Vietnamese food __________________________________________________________________

M

_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
KÈ

_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
Y

_________________________________________________________________________________
DẠ

_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________

94
 UNIT 6: A VISIT TO A

PART I: THEORY

L
A. VOCABULARY
New words (Từ mới)

A
Words Type Pronunciation Meaning

CI
school (n) /skuːl/ trưòng học, học đường

Lower Secondary School (n) /ˈləʊə(r) ˈsekəndri skuːl/ Trường Trung học Cơ sở

FI
school year /skuːl jɪə(r)/ năm học

teacher (n) /ˈtiːtʃə(r)/ giáo viên

OF
class (n) /klɑːs/ lớp học

classroom (n) /ˈklɑːsruːm/ phòng học

classmate (n) /ˈklɑːsmeɪt/ bạn học, bạn cùng lóp

ƠN
student (n) /ˈstjuːdnt/ học sinh, sinh viên

facility (n) /fəˈsɪləti/ phương tiện, cơ sở

school facilities / skuːl fəˈsɪlətiz/ cơ sở vật chất của trường

NH
library (n) /ˈlaɪbrəri/ thư viện

gym (n) /dʒɪm/ phòng tập thể dục

computer (n) /kəmˈpjuːtə(r)/ máy tính

Y

computer room /kəmˈpjuːtə(r) ruːm/ phòng máy tính

QU

lab (laboratory) (n) /læb/ (/ləˈbɒrətri/) phòng thí nghiệm

science lab /ˈsaɪəns læb/ phòng thí nghiệm khoa học

projector (n) /prəˈdʒektə(r)/ máy chiếu

playground (n) /ˈpleɪɡraʊnd/ sân chơi

M

staffroom (n) /ˈstɑːfruːm/ phòng nhân viên

KÈ

canteen (n) /kænˈtiːn/ căn tin

project (n) /ˈprɒdʒekt/ dự án

share (v) /ʃeə(r)/ chia sẻ

Y

idea (n) /aɪˈdɪə/ ý tưởng

DẠ

member (n) /ˈmembə(r)/ thành viên

forget (v) /fəˈɡet/ quên, không nhớ _

remind (v) /rɪˈmaɪnd/ nhắc nhở

95
neighbourhood (n) /ˈneɪbəhʊd/ vùng lân cận

maths (n) /mæθs/ môn toán

biology /baɪˈɒlədʒi/ môn sinh học

L
physics (n) /ˈfɪzɪks/ môn vật lí

A
history (n) /ˈhɪstri/ môn lịch sử

CI
physical education (n) /ˌfɪzɪkl edʒuˈkeɪʃn/ môn giáo dục thê chât

information technology (n) /ˌɪnfəˌmeɪʃn tekˈnɒlədʒi/ môn công nghệ thông tin

FI
examination (n) /ɪɡˌzæmɪˈneɪʃn/ sự kiểm tra, khảo sát

entrance examination /ˈentrəns ɪɡˌzæmɪˈneɪʃn/ kiểm tra đầu vào

OF
test (n) /test/ sự kiểm tra, bài kiểm tra

midterm test /ˌmɪdˈtɜːm test/ bài kiểm tra giữa kì

first-term test /fɜːst - tɜːm test/ bài kiểm tra học kì i

ƠN
gift (v) /ɡɪft/ cho, ban tặng

gifted students /ɡɪft ˈstjuːdnts/ các học sinh năng khiếu

hard-working (adj) /ˌhɑːd ˈwɜːkɪŋ/ chăm chỉ

NH
intelligent (adj) /ɪnˈtelɪdʒənt/ thông minh

well-known (adj) /ˌwel ˈnəʊn/ nổi tiếng

Y

Word formation (Từ loại)

Words Meaning Related words
QU

celebrate (v) làm lễ kỉ niệm celebration (n) celebrant (n)

celebrated (adj)

equipment (n) đồ dùng, thiết bị equip (v) equitable (adj)

M

facility (n) thiết bị, tiện nghi facilitator (n) facilitation (n)

gifted (adj) năng khiếu gift (n)

KÈ

opportunity (n) thời điểm, cơ hội opportunist (n) opportunism (n)

opportunistic (adj)

private (adj) riêng tư, cá nhân private (n) privacy (n)

Y

resource (n,v) tài nguyên resourceful (adj) resourcefully (adv)

DẠ

service (n) dịch vụ serve (v) service (v)

serviceable (adj)

talented (adj) tài năng talent (n)

96
B. GRAMMAR
I. Preposition of time
Preposition Use Example

L
- Trước tháng, năm, mùa, thập - in January: vào tháng 1

A
niên, thập kỉ. Trước các buổi
- in 2020: vào năm 2020
IN trong ngày (trừ at night).

CI
- in summer: vào mùa hè
(Vào thời - Trước cụm từ cố định.
điểm) - in the 1990s: vào những năm 1990

FI
- in the morning/ afternoon/ evening: vào buổi sáng/
chiều/ tối

OF
- in time: đúng lúc, kịp lúc
- in the end: cuối cùng

ON - Trước các ngày trong tuần, - on Monday: vào ngày thứ 2

ngày tháng, ngày tháng năm.

ƠN
(Vào ngày, - on 15th March: vào ngày 15 tháng 3
thời gian) - Trước các ngày lễ.
- on 15 March 2020: vào ngày 15 tháng 3 năm 2020
- Trong các cụm từ cố định.
- on Christmas Day: vào ngày lễ Giáng sinh
NH
- on time: đúng giờ, chính xác

- Trước thời gian trong ngày. - at 9 o'clock: lúc 9 giờ đúng

- Trước các dịp lễ. - at midnight: vào giữa đêm
- Trong một số cụm từ cố định. - at Christmas: vào dịp Giáng sinh.
Y

AT
(Vào dịp, vào - at the same time: cùng lúc thời điểm)
QU

thời điểm) - at the end of this year: cuối năm nay

- at the beginning of this year: đầu năm nay
- at the moment/ at the present: ngay bây giờ
M

II. Preposition of place

KÈ

Preposition Use Example

- Khoảng không gian lớn như - in space: trong vũ trụ

vũ trụ, thành phố, thị trấn, quốc
- in Hanoi city: ở Hà Nội
gia.
Y

IN - in Vietnam: ở Việt Nam

- Khoảng không gian khép kín
DẠ

(Ở trong) như phòng, tòa nhà, cái hộp. - in the ocean: trong đại dương
- in the room: trong phòng
- in the box: trong hộp

97
 - Vị trí trên bề mặt có tiếp xúc. - on the floor: trên sàn
- Trước tên đường. - on the chair: trên ghế
ON
- Phương tiện đi lại (trừ car, - on Le Loi Street: trên đường Lê Lợi
(Ở trên)

L
taxi).
- on the train: trên tàu

A
- on the bus: trên xe buýt

CI
- on the left/ right: bên trái, phải
- on the top of: trên đỉnh của

FI
- Địa điểm cụ thể không gian - at the airport: ở sân bay
nhỏ hơn giới từ “in”.
- at the shop: ở shop

OF
- Trước số nhà.
- at 50 Tran Hung Dao Street: ở số 50 đường Trần
AT - Chỉ nơi làm việc, học tập. Hưng Đạo
(Ở tại) - Chỉ những sự kiện, những - at work/ school/ college/ university: ở chỗ làm/
bữa tiệc. trường/ cao đẳng/ đại học

ƠN
- at the party: tại buổi tiệc
- at the concert: tại buổi hòa nhạc
NH
C. PHONETICS
- Âm /tʃ/ là một phụ âm vô thanh. Để phát âm này bạn đưa môi về phía trước
và căng ra để tạo âm, khép hai răng, nâng đầu lưỡi lên chạm phía sau hàm
răng trên, bật hơi nhẹ nhàng âm“ch” của tiếng Việt.
Y

- Vì /tʃ/ là âm vô thanh, khi bật hơi thì cổ sẽ không rung, bạn có thể kiểm tra
bằng cách đặt bàn tay phía trước miệng và thử phát âm, sẽ có hơi bật vào tay
QU

bạn.
M

- Âm /dʒ/ là phụ âm hữu thanh. Các bước phát âm của /dʒ/ tương tự như
cách phát âm /tʃ/, điểm khác là khi bật hơi thì cổ chúng ta rung tạo âm. Khi
đó, nếu để bàn tay phía trước miệng, sẽ không có hơi bật vào bàn tay.
KÈ
Y
DẠ

PART II: LANGUAGE

A. Phonetic
Exercise 1. Put the words into the correct column according the underlined part.

soldier chicken schedule question future cage

culture stage cheap village cottage Chinese
98
gem natural gentle child ginger ginseng
 /tʃ/ /dʒ/

L
……………………………………….. ………………………………………..

A
……………………………………….. ………………………………………..

CI
……………………………………….. ………………………………………..

……………………………………….. ………………………………………..

FI
……………………………………….. ………………………………………..

OF
Exercise 2. Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others.
1. A. choose B. check C. chord D. cheap
2. A. school B. scholar C. character D. cheese
3. A. each B. much C. children D. chorus

ƠN
4. A. gift B. gene C. job D. jacket
5. A. general B. gaming C. gentle D. geography
6. A. search B. sandwich C. cherry D. character
7. A. lecture B. chapter C. kitchen D. natural
NH
8. A. gone B. join C. joke D. gentle
9. A. enjoy B. subject C. engage D. gorgeous
10. A. touch B. which C. stomach D. lunch
11. A. picture B. city C. future D. question
12. A. guess B. gym C. energy D. college
Y

13. A. creature B. nation C. potential D. ambitious

14. A. language B. foggy C. arrange D. damage
QU

15. A. century B. culture C. adventure D. letter

Exercise 3. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. (Further practice)
1. A. cultural B. engineer C. challenge D. beautiful
2. A. Saturday B. January C. condition D. cinema
M

3. A. unite B. person C. symbol D. relic

4. A. Literature B. cultural C. beautiful D. consider
KÈ

5. A. Temple B. regard C. precious D. centre

B. Vocabulary & Grammar

Exercise 1. Fill in the blanks with the missing letters to complete the words under the pictures.
Y
DẠ

99
 s___h___l l___b___a___y pl___y___ ro___n___

A L
CI
g___ c___mp___te___ ro___ sc___o___ g___r___e___

FI
Exercise 2. Match the words in the two columns to make phrases.
1. school A. lab

OF
2. science B. students

3. gifted C. facilities

4. first-term D. technology

ƠN
5. physical E. test

6. information F. education
NH
Exercise 3. Choose the correct meanings of the following words or phrases.
1. teacher
A. a person whose job is teaching
B. a person whose job is singing
C. a person whose job is drawing
Y

2. student
QU

A. a person who is working at a school

B. a person who is leading at a school
C. a person who is studying at a school
3. classroom
A. a room where a class of students is taught
M

B. a garden where some students do the gardening

C. a playground where students can play at break time
4. history
KÈ

A. a project about history events

B. a subject about all the events that happened in the past
C. a member of a club
5. projector
Y

A. an equipment for watching programs

B. an equipment for taking photographs
DẠ

C. an equipment for projecting photographs, films or computer slides onto a screen

6. well-known
A. very intelligent
B. known by many people
C. not known by many people

100
Exercise 4. Complete the sentences with the words from the box.

gifted biology laboratory

classmate examination facilities

L
1. Mary is Lan’s ____________________. They are in the same class.

A
2. I like my new school. Its ____________________are modern.
3. You have to take an entrance ____________________to study at this school.

CI
4. Mai and Nam are ____________________students in our school. They are very good in maths.
5. My favourite subject is ____________________. It’s about life and structure of plants and animals.
6. She is working with instruments. She is in the ____________________.

FI
Exercise 5. Circle the odd one out.

OF
1. A. listen B. speak C. idea D. write
2. A. talented B. skilful C. gifted D. project
3. A. laboratory B. teacher C. student D. librarian
4. A. science B. music C. classroom D. art
5. A. desk B. history C. projector D. computer

ƠN
6. A. learn B. test C. study D. practice

Exercise 6. Choose the word or phrase (A, B, C or D) that best fits the blank space in each sentence.
1. Mai is my classmate. We are in _________ 7A.
NH
A. Grade B. Subject C. Project D. Science
2. I like _________ because I love working with computers.
A. maths B. music
C. biology D. information technology
3. Mary is Lan’s __________. They are in the same class.
Y

A. student B. teacher C. daughter D. classmate

4. The __________ of my new school are modern.
QU

A. facility B. classroom C. library D. computers

5. You have to take an entrance __________ to study at this school
A. course B. examination C. term D. subject
6. She is known by many people. She is __________
A. beautiful B. well-known C. good D. clever
M

7. My favourite subject is __________. It’s about all the events that happened in the past.
A. math B. literature C. history D. biology
KÈ

8. Students can borrow books from the _________.

A. history B. library C. facility D. laboratory
9. The questions of the midterm _________ were so difficult for me.
A. test B. lab C. PE D. gym
10. There are lots of snacks old at my school’s _________.
Y

A. garden B. classroom C. canteen D. computer room

11. The teacher reminded her students to do _________ homework.
DẠ

A. they B. them C. their D. theirs

12. He is very creative. He always has a new _________.
A. friend B. appearance C. house D. idea
13. Her sister is a _________ student at Tran Dai Nghia Specialized High School.
A. interested B. gifted C. unusual D. unique
101
14. If you want to enter this school, you have to take its _________ examination.
A. exit B. entrance C. midterm D. final
15. We are in the _________. We are doing scientific tests.
A. laboratory B. classroom C. gym D. garden

L
16. They stayed _______ a mini hotel last summer.
A. in B. on C. of D. for

A
17. We walk around the Old Quarter _______ night.
A. in B. to C. at D. from

CI
18. There are two students __________ the class.
A. next B. in C. on D. front
19. The oranges are not in the basket. They are __________ the table.

FI
A. in B. between C. next D. on
20. There isn't anything __________ my pocket.

OF
A. between B. next to C. in D. near
21. The children are playing __________ the garden.
A. on B. between C. in D. to
22. I have photographs of my family __________ the wall of my office.
A. on B. next to C.at D. in

ƠN
23. Mr. Smith's jacket is __________ the closet.
A. under B. in C.at D. from
24. It arrives __________ Chicago at ten o'clock.
A. at B. in C. near D. from
NH
25. We want to have a picnic _______________ the lake.
A. at B. in C. on D. about
26. The class starts _________ 7:30 a.m.
A. at B. in C. on
27. This is my friend. She is _________ Grade 7B.
Y

A. at B. in C. on
28. It often rains a lot _________ winter.
QU

A. at B. in C. on
29. I never go out _________ midnight.
A. at B. in C. on
30. Please put your school bag _________ the desk.
A. at B. in C. on
M

31. Her birthday is _________ June.

A. at B. in C. on
32. Many people attend an Easter service _________ their local church.
KÈ

A. at B. in C. on
33. He always visits his old teachers _________ Teacher’s Day.
A. at B. in C. on
34. The meeting will be held _________ the school hall.
Y

A. at B. in C. on
35. She cycled to the beach _________ a summer afternoon.
DẠ

A. at B. in C. on

Exercise 7. Complete the sentence with the words in the box.

facilities midterm experiments outdoor projector
teacher entrance school classes mountains
102
1. The ____________________exam of this school is very difficult.
2. Everyone should bring the necessary equipment for camping in the ____________________.
3. We didn't have extra ____________________last week.

L
4. All classrooms have private ____________________.
5. He was a uniquely gifted ____________________.

A
6. They are doing ____________________in the laboratory.
7. My brother and I go to the same ____________________.

CI
8. Alison has a Maths ____________________test next week.
9. Football and cricket are ____________________games.
10. There is a new ____________________in my office.

FI
Exercise 8. Fill in the black with prepositions of time “at/ in/ on”.

OF
1. We always go on holiday ____________________summer.
2. My mother usually goes shopping ____________________Friday morning.
3. I always do my homework ____________________the evening.
4. The circus usually comes to our town ____________________spring.
5. Sophia's birthday is ____________________May 16th.

ƠN
6. I usually get up ____________________seven o'clock.
7. My favourite television programme begins _________________6:30 ________________the evening.
8. Sometimes it snows ____________________winter
9. My friend's birthday is ____________________June.
NH
10. Some birds and animals come out ____________________night.

Exercise 9. Circle the correct option in brackets.

1. She is doing yoga (on/ at) the club.
2. The math finished (at/ on) 3 o’clock.
Y

3. Her brother learned English (in/ at) the USA.

4. He is watching a movie with his girlfriend (at/ in) the moment.
QU

5. My clothes aren’t (in/ on) the sofa. Where are they?

6. What happened (at/ on) your school yesterday morning?
7. We will have a big party (on/ in) our wedding day.
8. He was born (in/ at) the spring of 2012.
9. We don’t have maths (on/ in) Tuesdays and Fridays.
M

10. His graduation party is held (on/ at) a restaurant (in/ on) District 1.
KÈ

Exercise 10. Match the words in column A with their meanings in column B.
A B
1. librarian A. a person whose job is teaching
2. projector B. a person who works in the library
Y

3. laboratory C. the person in charge of a school

DẠ

4. teacher D. the study of numbers, shapes, and space

5. principal E. a room with scientific equipment for doing scientific test
6. math F. an equipment for projecting photographs, films or computer slides on to a screen

103
Exercise 11. Give the correct form of the word given to complete the sentence.
1. Chu Van An was one of the most brilliant and famous ______________ in Viet Nam's history.
(scholar)
2. The school is quite normal, but its _______________ are really beautiful. (surround)

L
3. The students were carefully _______________ for the final exam. (prepare)
4. He completed his exams _______________ and won a scholarship to study abroad. (succeed)

A
5. The _______________ 's pictures are very beautiful. They are shown in a national exhibition. (paint)
6. He is _______________ about his sister's performance because she was sick yesterday. (anxiety)

CI
7. She is cooking the food _______________ It's interesting to see it. (special)
8. He took an _______________ last week. His result was very good. (exam)
9. He received _______________ as a good teacher after working hard for a long time. (recognize)

FI
10. Thong Nhat Palace is a _______________ attraction in Ho Chi Minh city. (tour)

OF
Exercise 12. Match the two parts to make a complete sentence.
1. How many A. leave at midnight.
2. Did you take B. of my grandmother on the wall.

3. They had to C. some meat in the fridge?

ƠN
4. Rome was founded D. for Paris in a week.
5. I will leave E. apples are there on the plate?
6. There is a portrait F. in the eighth century BC.
NH
Exercise 13. Fill in the text with prepositions of time “at/ in / on".
I'm going to have a party! I hope you can come!!
It's going to start (1) _______________ 5 o'clock (2) _______________ the afternoon (3)
Y

_______________ the second Saturday (4) _______________ August. We're going to have it in Tom's
house on Wilton Avenue. There's a big garden and we're going to have the party in the garden.
QU

Did you know that my birthday is (5) _______________ the eighth? But as you can see, the party is
going to be (6) _______________ the tenth. Why? Parties are better (7) at the weekend!

Exercise 14. Complete the passage

My new friend is Lisa. She lives (1) __________ Los Angeles – California. She is a student (2)
M

__________ a private school (3) __________ the suburbs of Los Angeles. Now she is (4) __________
vacation. She is going (5) __________ a trip to Paris. This is the first time Lisa goes by plane. She just can’t
KÈ

wait to get (6) __________ board. Lisa says the airport is beautiful and she likes to watch the planes (7)
__________ the sky. Now Lisa is having to have some snack (8) __________ a Café (9) __________ the
Departure area. Her flight leaves about (10) __________ 9.30 am
1. A. in B. on C. at
2. A. in B. on C. at
Y

3. A. in B. on C. at
4. A. in B. on C. at
DẠ

5. A. in B. on C. at
6. A. in B. on C. at
7. A. in B. on C. at
8. A. in B. on C. at
9. A. in B. on C. at
104
10. A. in B. on C. at

Exercise 15. Correct the mistaken prepositions in the following sentences.

1. I like the red scarf at the shelf over there. → ___________

L
2. Nam left his watch in the sofa. → ___________

A
3. The music festival ends on 10 p.m. → ___________

CI
4. She lives on a small flat over there. → ___________
5. He always get up late in Monday morning. → ___________

FI
6. My birthday is at two weeks. → ___________
7. This house was built on the 19th century. → ___________

OF
8. We usually give gifts each other on Christmas. → ___________
9. There are lots of interesting activities in New Year’s Day. → ___________
10. We might live on the Moon at fifty years. → ___________

ƠN
PART III: SKILLS
A. Listening
Exercise 1. Listen to the short talk twice and circle the correct answer to each of the following
NH
questions.
1. How is education?
A. important B. necessary C. compulsory D. optional
2. What does education bring us?
A. knowledge and happiness B. knowledge and health
Y

C. prosperity and richness D. knowledge and richness

3. Are there any private schools for babies to learn English in Japan?
QU

A. Yes, they are B. No, there aren’t C. Yes, there are D. No, there isn’t
4. Education is the key to a better ______.
A. present B. future C. past D. day

Exercise 2. Listen to the conversation twice and decide whether the following sentences are True or
M

False.
No. Statements T F
KÈ

1. I’m a bit shy and a little worried about making mistakes.

2. My teacher says it’s always best to learn by doing this.
3. I have short conversations with my friends and myself.
4. I make short stories about daily life and say them aloud.
Y
DẠ

B. Speaking
Exercise 1. Choose the correct response.
1. How often have you got ICT? - _______.
A. At five o’clock. B. Once a week. C. This afternoon.
2. When have you got history? - _______.
A. Twice a week. B. Three hours a week. C. On Friday mornings.
105
3. I’ve got a history exam this afternoon. - _______.
A. Oh dear! B. Cool! C. Why not?
4. Sorry, John. I can’t come. - _______.
A. Sounds good. B. That’s a pity. C. Text me later.

L
5. How can I know the meaning of a new word? - _______.
A. Use the dictionary. B. Write the answers. C. You spell it out.

A
6. Can you help me with my homework? - _______.
A. Great. Let’s go. B. Thank you so much. C. Sure. Let me see it.

CI
Exercise 2. Reorder the sentences (A - K) to make a logical conversation.
_______ A. What will you do tomorrow, Lam?

FI
_______ B. And did the students have to pass an entrance exam to enter the school?
_______ C. Yes, they did. The entrance exam was very hard but the students said they were happy to take it

OF
_______ D. Yen Binh School? The name sounds strange.
_______ E. Well, there are nearly 100 students at the school.
_______ F. What a new school! Does it have many students now?
_______ G. There are a lot of exciting activities going on at Yen Binh school. Students can take part in
many school clubs, do projects and join community service, too.

ƠN
_______ H. It’s because Yen Binh is a new school in the area. It was founded in May last year.
_______ I. Well, my Go Green club will visit Yen Binh High School and I’ll go with them.
_______ J. Wow, I guess they must be all talented and intelligent How about the school activities there?
_______ K. Sounds great. I wish I could visit that school one day.
NH
Exercise 3. Complete the conversation, using the sentences (a - e) to fill in the blanks.
a. What do you like most about your school?
b. How many students are there in your classroom?
Y

c. How about the school facilities? I guess they must be really modem.
d. What school are you studying at, Johnny?
QU

e. Excellent! You must have many interesting learning activities.

Trang: (1) ____________________________

M

Johnny. It's Golden Bridge School. The school is for students aged 11 to 16.
Trang: (2) ____________________________
KÈ

Johnny. There are 30 of us. My classmates are creative and they are hardworking, too.
Trang: (3) ____________________________
Definitely. We do projects, take part in discussions, ask questions, express our views and
Y

Johnny.
solve problems together.
DẠ

Trang: (4) ____________________________

Actually, no. It is an old school. We have large classrooms and a library with a lot of books.
Johnny.
But we don't have any science laboratory or activity studio.
Trang: (5) ____________________________

106
 I love the teachers and my friends. They are helpful and humorous. I have a lot of fun
Johnny.
studying here.
C. Reading
Exercise 1. Read the dialogue and choose the correct answer.

L
Kate: Are you ready for the final exam next week, Hoa?

A
Hoa: Yes, I am. Bit I have some problems with my English. I don’t know how to prepare this subject
properly.

CI
Oh, sorry to know. But I think you should change your learning method. It is not very good.
Kate:
Yeah, I think so. Can you help me a bit about this? I think I can overcome this problem if you help

FI
Hoa:
me.
Why not? I will help you. Make some time and come to my house. We will learn together and I will

OF
Kate: show you how to overcome your weakness in English. By the way, I am also struggling with
Mathematics. I hope you will help me solve some problems.
Yes, of course. My maths syllabus is clear. I have a personal notebook about maths. That might
help you.

ƠN
Hoa:
Oh, thanks Hoa. I forgot to tell, I have an English notebook too. I will give it to you for a week, you
can note every important from that.

Kate: Oh really? I am glad to know. Actually, I was looking for a good notebook about English. Now I
NH
am getting some hope that I will make a better result in English.
Of course, you will, because you are a good student.
Hoa:
Thanks, Kate. Hey, I have to go now. I need to go to the market for buying some things for my
family. See you.
Y

Kate:
See you, take care. Good bye.
QU

Hoa:
Kate:
Hoa:
1. When is the final exam?
M

A. Tomorrow. B. Thursday. C. Next week.

2. What subject does Hoa have problems with?
KÈ

A. Maths B. English. C. Vietnamese.

3. What does Kate think?
A. She thinks Hoa should go out with her.
B. She thinks Hoa should come to her house to play games.
C. She thinks Hoa should change her learning method.
Y

4. Is Kate also having problems with English?

A. No, she studies Mathematics well.
DẠ

B. No, she is struggling with Mathematics.

C. No, she can solve all problems.
5. How is Hoa’s math syllabus?
A. It is clear. She has a personal notebook about maths.
B. It is clear to have a personal notebook about maths.
107
 C. It is very important to study maths.
6. Does Kate have a notebook about English?
A. Yes, she does.
B. No, she doesn’t.

L
C. She has a notebook about science.

A
Exercise 2. Read the following passage and choose the option (A, B, C or D) that best answers each
question.

CI
Monash University is a public university located in Melbourne, Australia. It was established in 1958 by
an Act of the State Parliament of Victorian is the second oldest university in the State of Victoria. The
university was named after the prominent Australian general Sir John Monash. This was the first time in

FI
Australia that a university had been named after a person, rather than a city or state. IT was originally
intended to have an emphasis on science and technology. However, it quickly expanded beyond this. In its

OF
early years, it offered undergraduate and postgraduate degrees in engineering, medicine, science, arts,
economics and politics, education and law. Initially, it was best known for its strong research capacity in the
sciences and for its innovative teaching in law and medicine.
(Adapted from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Monash_University)
1. Monash University was named after _____.

ƠN
A. a city B. a state C. a man D. a woman
2. Monash University is _____.
A. over 100 years old B. 50 years old C. about 60 years old D. over 70 years old
3. The university originally focused on _____.
NH
A. engineering and science B. science and technology
C. law and education D. economic and politics
4. The university was famous for its _____.
A. research capacity in sciences B. innovative teaching in law and medicine
C. postgraduate degrees D. both A and B
Y

5. Monash University is the _____.

A. oldest city in Australia B. second oldest university in Australia
QU

C. second oldest university in the state of Victoria D. oldest university in Victoria

Exercise 3. Read the passage and complete the sentences.

Emperor Ly Thanh Tong founded The Temple of Literature in 1070. Now it is considered as one of the
historic and cultural sites of Vietnam. And then in 1076, Emperor Ly Nhan Tong built The Imperial
M

Academy as the first university of Vietnam.

In 1484, Emperor Le Thanh Tong built the first Doctor’s stone tablet there to memorize the devotion of
Doctors. Nowadays, UNESCO has recognized it as the world heritage. In 2003, the Ha Noi People
KÈ

Committee built four statues of Emperor Ly Thanh Tong, Emperor Ly Nhan Tong, King Le Thanh Tong,
and Chu Van An who founded and developed Temple of Literature - Imperial Academy
1. The Temple of Literature was founded in __________
A. 1484 B. 1070 C. 1076 D. 2003
Y

2. The Imperial Academy is the __________ university of Vietnam.

A. fourth B. third C. second D. first
DẠ

3. The first Doctor’s stone tablet was built ___________1484

A to B. on C.at D. in
4. UNESCO has recognised the stone tablets the___________ heritage.
A. world B. nation C. country D. local
5. Ly Nhan Tong was ___________
108
 A. architect B. builder C. emperor D. prince

Exercise 4. Read the text and choose True or False

From a young are Chu Van An was already known as a respectable man who did not seek fame and

L
wealth but only liked to stay at home to read books. After passing the doctoral examination, he refused to
work as a mandarin and returned to his native village to open a school and worked as a teacher. He had

A
many students who came from different parts of the country. Many of them were successful in learning and
became famous such as Pham Su Manh and Le Quat. His seriousness, noble conduct and intelligence

CI
attracted more and more students. Later, Chu Van An was invited to the capital city to be in charge of Quoc
Tu Giam, the first university of Vietnam.
(Adapted from http://vietnam.vnanet.vn/english/temple-delicated-to-chu-van-an/19010.html)

FI
1. Chu Van AN was a respectable young man
A. True B. False

OF
2. Chu Van An always wanted to become famous and rich so he spent a lot of time reading books.
A. True B. False
3. A lot of people wanted to become the students of Chu Van An because he was serious, intelligent and
noble.
A. True B. False

ƠN
4. Chu Van An was not a mandarin but many of his students were successful and famous mandarins.
A. True B. False
5. Chu Van An opened the first university in Vietnam.
A. True B. False
NH
Exercise 5. Read the passage and then decide whether the sentences are True or False.
My school
Hi. I’m Martin. This is my school, where I can go again and again without complaining. I can do so
many things at school such as learning subjects, making new friends and playing. Sometimes, I feel my
Y

school is like my home. It has a big campus, with trees and a garden. It also has a well-levelled field for
cricket and other sports.
QU

There is also a library in my school. We have one library period every other day. I like reading books in
the library. The students can pick books that they like and read quietly. I have read many interesting books
in my school’s library. There are story books, science books and many more. My school is also neat and
clean. It is also very safe for children. No one can enter the school without permission. I love my school and
I wish I could bring a good name to it.
M

1. Martin can do so many things when he is at school. ________

2. The campus in his school is small. ________
3. There isn’t any field for sports in his school. ________
KÈ

4. He likes reading books in his school’s library. ________

5. Everyone can enter his school without permission. ________
6. He doesn’t love his school. ________
Y

Exercise 6. Read and choose the correct word to complete the dialogue.
Mike: Hi Peter, (1) _________ are you?
DẠ

Peter: I am fine Mike, what about you?

Mike: I am good. So have you seen the new computer lab (2) _________ our school?
Peter: Yes, I have seen it yesterday. This is very good (3) _________ our school.

109
Mike: Can you tell me why?

Peter: The (4) _________ is the best invention of science and it has bought a huge revolution in (5)
_________. Now in every sector, they are (6) _________ a computer.

L
Is that (7) _________ in student life?
Mike:

A
Yes, of course. You can keep thousands (8) _________ books saved on your computer and can
Peter:
read them anytime, anywhere. They can also (9) _________ lots of video lessons from any

CI
internet-connected computer. On YouTube, there are thousands of videos related to math, English
and science. We can learn our lessons from there.
Waoo, it seems so (10) _________. Good to know. What else can a computer do?

FI
Mike:
It can do so many things. It could be a way of entertainment and even can be the medium of
Peter:
Business and education.

OF
Mike:
Great! Thank you so much.
Peter:
It’s my pleasure. Take care, see you.
1. A. who B. how C. what D. where

ƠN
2. A. on B. in C. among D. within
3. A. from B. to C. for D. so
4. A. computer B. projector C. camera D. conditioner
5. A. music B. art C. education D. technology
NH
6. A. use B. using C. to use D. uses
7. A. important B. excited C. boring D. beautiful
8. A. to B. in C. at D. of
9. A. access B. write C. perform D. leave
10. A. interest B. interested C. interesting D. be interested
Y

Exercise 7. Read the text and choose the correct answer (A, B, C or D) for each space.
QU

Imperial Academy
People regard the Imperial Academy as Viet Nam's first university. It is located inside the Temple of
Literature (1) _______ Ha Noi. The Academy was founded in 1076. At first, it was a school for royal
students but then, (2) _______ students from ordinary families could also study at the Academy. The
students discussed literature, wrote poems and sat for monthly tests. They had four major tests each year.
M

Those who (3) _______ the major tests would take the Hội Examination, and then the Đình
Examination. The (4) _______ students in the Đình examination would become the imperial officials. The
Imperial Academy was a(n) (5) _______ education centre in the country at that time.
KÈ

Imperial Academy: Quốc Từ Giám

Temple of Literature: Văn Miếu
1. A. on B. in C. at D. for
2. A. normal B. gifted C. happy D. important
Y

3. A. entered B. took C. passed D. made

4. A. best B. common C. unsuccessful D. bad
DẠ

5. A. intelligent B. large C. small D. important

Exercise 8. Put a word from the box in each gap to complete the following passage.
study go state choose take
find leave start stay private
110
 Secondary Education in the USA
In the USA students (1) ________ their secondary education at the age of 11. First they (2) ________ to
Middle School for three years. Then they go for High School for four years, from the age 14 to 18. Some

L
students (3) ________ school when they are 16 and (4) ________ job. But most students (5) ________ at
High School still they are 18. Then they (6) ________ exams and they get "High School Diploma". There

A
aren't any national exams.
All students at secondary school in the USA (7) ________ English, Maths, Science, and P.E, but

CI
students (8) ________ other subjects, so they don't all study the same subjects.
About 90% of students in the USA go to (9) ________ Schools. About 10% go to (10) ________
schools. Most of the private schools are religious schools.

FI
Exercise 9. Read the text and complete the table. Use no more than TWO words or a number for each

OF
gap.
Hogwarts School
Hogwarts School is an imaginative school in the Harry Potter series. According to the author J.K.
Rowling, Hogwarts School is in the Highlands of Scotland. It was founded in the 10th century. It is a
boarding school for all children with magical ability. They don't have to take any entrance exam to enter the

ƠN
school. There are about 1000 students studying there. They learn theory and train their magical skills.
Hogwarts Is a large school. There are no TVs, projectors, or computers but many areas for special
training of magics. The school has a giant dining hall and large yards for students to do sports and other
outdoor activities.
NH
Studying at Hogwarts is fun and adventurous. I wish I could be there.
Name Hogwarts School

Location Highlands of (1) _____________________

Type of school (2) _____________________

Y

Number of students About (3) _____________________

QU

Entrance to school No (4) _____________________

Facilities A very big (5) _____________________and large yards

D. Writing
M

Exercise 1. Choose the sentence with the right order

1. A. Adults probably laugh less than children, because they play less.
KÈ

B. Adults laugh less than children, because probably they play less.
C. They laugh less than children, probably because adults play less.
D. Adults laugh less than children, probably because they play less.
2. A. I think most English people will need for their jobs in the future.
B. I think most people will need English for their jobs in the future.
Y

C. I think most people will need for their jobs in the future English.
D. I think most people will need for English their jobs in the future.
DẠ

3. A. Hồ Gươm is a historical lake in the capital of Hanoi, the city center of Vietnam
B. Hồ Gươm in a lake in the historical center of city Hanoi, the capital of Vietnam.
C. Hồ Gươm is a lake in the capital of Hanoi, the city historical center of Vietnam
D. Hồ Gươm is a lake in the historical center of Hanoi, the capital city of Vietnam
4. A. When we roasted hot dogs, we went camping in the woods over a fire.
111
 B. When we went camping in the hot woods, we roasted dogs over a fire
C. When we went camping in the woods, we roasted hot dogs over a fire
D. When we went camping in the woods over a fire, we roasted hot dogs
5. A. It is polite to give your elderly seat to an person on the bus.

L
B. It is polite to give your seat to an elderly person on the bus.
C. It is polite to give your seat on the bus to an person elderly.

A
D. It is polite to give an person elderly to your seat on the bus.

CI
Exercise 2. Choose the sentence that is similar in meaning to the one given
1. Their game of badminton is always on Thursday.
A. They always play badminton on Thursday.

FI
B. They always play their game on Thursday.
C. They play badminton always on Thursday.

OF
D. They have played badminton every Thursday.
2. My parents didn’t buy that house. They didn’t have enough money.
A. Because they didn’t have a lot of money, my parents bought that house.
B. My parents didn’t have enough money so they bought that house.
C. Because my parents didn’t have enough money, they didn’t buy that house.

ƠN
D. My parents didn’t buy that house because they had a lot of money.
3. The school in my hometown was built in the 18th century.
A. They build the school long time ago in my hometown.
B. In my home, the school was not very old.
NH
C. It took 200 years to build the school in my village.
D. The school in my hometown is over 200 years old.
4. It’s cold. You should take warm clothes.
A. You should take warm clothes when it’s cold.
B. You’d better take warm clothes because it’s cold.
Y

C. It’s cold when you take warm clothes.

D. You’d better take warm clothes when it’s cold.
QU

5. Why don’t we go to see a film tonight?

A. Why is the film not shown tonight?
B. We are not going to see a film tonight.
C. Let’s go to see a film tonight.
D. We don’t usually go to see a film at night.
M

6. My teacher said I shouldn’t say anything in the class.

A. My teacher advised me not to say anything in the class.
B. My teacher told me say anything in the class
KÈ

C. My teacher didn’t let me anything in the class

D. My teacher allowed me say anything in the class.
7. Helmets must be worn it all times when you are riding a motorcycle.
A. When you are riding a motorcycle, wearing helmet is not a must.
Y

B. You needn’t wear a helmet whenever you are riding a motorcycle.

C. If you are riding a motorcycle, you needn’t wear a helmet
DẠ

D. You must never take off your helmet while you are riding a motorcycle
8. The grandfather made all the decisions in our house
A. It is the grandfather that made all the decisions in our house.
B. It was all the decisions that made by our grandfather in our house
C. It was the grandfather who made all the decisions in our house.
112
 D. It is all the decisions that made by our grandfather in our house.

Exercise 3. Reorder the words and phrases to make sentences.

1. They / gifted students / are/ in / school / our /.

L
→ ________________________________________________________________________
2. maths / I / and information technology / like /.

A
→ ________________________________________________________________________
3. you / Can / me / tell / why / your school / love / you /?

CI
→ ________________________________________________________________________
4. science lab / in / works / my school’s / She /.
→ ________________________________________________________________________

FI
5. is / favorite / Mr. John / English / my / teacher /.
→ ________________________________________________________________________

OF
6. big / There / a / is / school / in / my / playground.
→ ________________________________________________________________________

Exercise 4. Write complete sentences using the guided words and phrases.
1. Of all outdoor activities / my school, /I / like / gardening / best.

ƠN
→ ________________________________________________________________________
2. I go / the school garden / my classmates / twice / week.
→ ________________________________________________________________________
3. We / water / flowers / many kinds / vegetables / there.
NH
→ ________________________________________________________________________
4. We / remove / worms / insects / the plants / the garden.
→ ________________________________________________________________________
5. We / also / observe / development / plants / take notes / this.
→ ________________________________________________________________________
Y

6. I think / gardening /fun / because / helps / learn / plants / and / practise/ my hand skills.
→ ________________________________________________________________________
QU

Exercise 5. Reorder the words and phrases to make meaningful sentences in a paragraph.
1. my neighbourhood / is / Thanh Binh Secondary School / a semi-boarding school / in /.
→ ________________________________________________________________________
2. In the past, / the school / learning resources / was lack / facilities and / of /.
M

→ ________________________________________________________________________
3. Today, / well-equipped classrooms, / it has / and a / two modern computer rooms, / large library/.
→ ________________________________________________________________________
KÈ

4. Students / study / outdoor activities / at this school / many different subjects / and join / a lot of/.
→ ________________________________________________________________________
5. extra courses /They also / money management / take / such as painting, dancing / and /.
→ ________________________________________________________________________
Y

6. because schoolmates / They are / supportive / are friendly / and / happy/ teachers are /.
→ ________________________________________________________________________
DẠ

Exercise 4. Rewrite the sentences without changing the meaning. Remember to use the word in
brackets.
1. It is a lovely dinner. (What)
→ ________________________________________________________________________
113
2. He lives too far away from the school. (near)
→ ________________________________________________________________________
3. Long is a very good swimmer. (well)
→ ________________________________________________________________________

L
4. My brother cycles slowly. (cyclist)
→ ________________________________________________________________________

A
5. Mr. Cuong plays tennis very well. (good)
→ ________________________________________________________________________

CI
6. Mrs. Chi is a quick typist. (quickly)
→ ________________________________________________________________________
7. Thoa sings smoothly. (smooth)

FI
→ ________________________________________________________________________
8. Miss. An is a fast runner. (fast)
→ ________________________________________________________________________

OF
9. Mr. Hung is a safe driver. (safely)
→ ________________________________________________________________________
10. Minh's sister dances marvellously. (marvellous)
→ ________________________________________________________________________

ƠN
Exercise 7. Phong is visiting a school in Germany. Read about the school and complete Phong’s email
A German school
7.30: lessons start
NH
7.30-1.30: six lessons, 45 minutes each
Compulsory subjects: German, maths, English, science
Optional subjects: art, music, history at home
Lunch: meat with vegetables / pasta
After-school clubs: drama, music, sports, etc
Y

I’m visiting a school in Germany for two weeks. Lessons (1) _________________ 7.30. There are six (2)
________________ of every day and the lessons (3) _________________. There are a lot (4)
QU

_________________ subjects, such as German and (5) _________________. You can choose other
subjects, for example (6) _________________. School finishes (7) ________________ and students eat (8)
___________________ at home. After school, there (9) ________________ such as (10)
___________________.
M

Exercise 8. Write the sentences about the activities of planting trees at your school. Use the prompts
below and make correct sentences with appropriate connectors and verb forms.
- time: last Sunday; event: take part in the campaign/ planting trees / after Tet holidays
KÈ

- gathering: at the school gate, 7 o’clock

- checking the attendance and the tools, go to the school backyard
- the class, divided, four groups- each group: plant a row of 20 plants
- dig the holes large enough / the basket of earth
Y

- spread out the roots carefully, cover with dirt to plant the tree
- water the young trees regularly, after they/ planted
DẠ

- keep the soil around the tree: slightly wet but not very
1. Last Sunday _______________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
2. We ______________________________________________________________________________

114
 _________________________________________________________________________________
3. After ____________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________

L
4. The class _________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________

A
5. We ______________________________________________________________________________

CI
_________________________________________________________________________________
6. After that, ________________________________________________________________________

FI
_________________________________________________________________________________
7. You _____________________________________________________________________________

OF
_________________________________________________________________________________
8. You _____________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________

ƠN
NH
Y
QU
M
KÈ
Y
DẠ

115
 UNIT 7. TRAFIC

PART I: THEORY
A. VOCABULARY

L
New words (Từ mới)

A
Words Type Pronunciation Meaning

traffic (n) /ˈtræfɪk/ giao thông

CI
traffic lights /ˈtræfɪk laɪts/ đèn giao thông

traffic sign/road sign /ˈtræfɪk saɪn/ /ˈrəʊd saɪn/ biển báo giao thông

FI
traffic rule /ˈtræfɪk ruːl/ luật giao thông

OF
traffic jam /ˈtræfɪk dʒæm/ sự tắc đường, kẹt xe

obey (n) /əˈbeɪ/ tuân theo

obey traffic rules /əˈbeɪ ˈtræfɪk ruːlz/ tuân theo luật giao thông

ƠN
cross (v) /krɒs/ đi qua, băng qua

cross the road /krɒs ðə ˈrəʊd/ băng qua đường

crossroad (n) /ˈkrɒsrəʊdz/ ngã tư

NH
crowded (adj) /ˈkraʊdɪd/ đông đúc

air (n) /eə(r)/ máy bay, hàng không

go by air /ɡəʊ baɪ eə(r)/ đi bằng máy bay

on foot / ɒn fʊt/ đi bộ
Y

fly (v) /flaɪ/ bay, lái

QU

fly a plane /flaɪ ə pleɪn/ lái máy bay

lane (n) /leɪn/ làn đường

Cycle lane /ˈsaɪkl leɪn/ Làn đường dành cho xe đạp

M

ahead (adv) /əˈhed/ về phía trước

KÈ

School ahead /ˈskuːl əˈhed/ Trường học ở phía trước

Hospital ahead /ˈhɒspɪtl əˈhed / Bệnh viện ở phía trước

pavement (n) /ˈpeɪvmənt/ vỉa hè

Y

pedestrian (n) /pəˈdestriən/ người đi bộ

cyclist (n) /ˈsaɪklɪst/ người đi xe đạp

DẠ

motorist (n) /ˈməʊtərɪst/ người đi xe mảy

zebra crossing /ˌzebrə ˈkrɒsɪŋ/ vạch kẻ cho người đi bộ sang đường

handlebars (n) /ˈhændlbɑː(r)z/ tay lái, ghi đông

116
 roof (n) /ruːf/ nóc xe, mái nhà

helmet (n) /ˈhelmɪt/ nón bảo hiểm

signal (n) /ˈsɪɡnəl/ dấu hiệu, tín hiệu

L
give a signal /ɡɪv ə ˈsɪɡnəl/ ra hiệu

A
fine (v) /faɪn/ phạt

CI
park (v) /pɑːk/ đỗ xe

carry (v) /ˈkæri chở, mang

FI
passenger (n) /ˈpæsɪndʒə(r)/ hành khách

fasten (v) /ˈfɑːsn/ buộc, thắt

OF
seatbelt (n) /ˈsiːt ˌbelt/ dây an toàn, đai an toàn

safety (n) /ˈseɪfti/ sự an toàn

vehicle (n) /ˈviːəkl/ xe cộ, phương tiện giao thông

ƠN
get on (v) /ɡet ɒn / lên xe

get off (v) / ɡet əv / xuống xe

narrow (adj) /ˈnærəʊ/ hẹp

NH
bumpy (adj) /ˈbʌmpi/ lồi lõm, nhiều ổ gà

distance (n) /ˈdɪstəns/ khoảng cách, quãng đường

rush hour /ˈrʌʃ aʊə(r)/ giờ cao điểm

Y

road user /rəʊd ˈjuːzə(r)/ người sử dụng đường bộ

QU

Word formation (Từ loại)

Words Meaning Related words

fly (v) bay, lái máy bay, đi trên fly (v) fly (adj)
M

máy bay
flight (n) flight (v)

flier (n)
KÈ

pedestrian (n) người đi bộ pedestrian (adj) pedestrian crossing (n)

safety (n) sự an toàn safe (adj) safe (n)

park (v) đỗ xe parking (n) park (n)

Y

fine (v) phạt fine (n) fine (adj)

DẠ

fine (adv)

bumpy (adj) gập ghềnh, mấp mô bump (n)

slippery (adj) trơn, khó đi slipper (n) slippered (adj)

117
 slip (v, n )

B. GRAMMAR

L
I. Dùng “It” để chỉ khoảng cách (“It” for distance)
Cấu trúc hỏi vể khoảng cách

A
Để hỏi về khoảng cách từ địa điểm A đến địa điểm B, chúng ta thường dùng cấu trúc sau:

CI
How far is it from + địa điểm A + to + địa điểm B?

E.g: How far is it from your house to the school?

FI
Structure/ Example
(Nhà bạn cách trường bao xa?)
How far is it from here to the bus stop?

OF
(Trạm xe buýt cách đây bao xa?)

ƠN
Dùng “It” để chỉ khoảng cách

It’s (about) + khoảng cách

NH
E.g: It’s about 300 metres. (Khoảng 300m.)
It’s 2 km from here to the bus stop. (Trạm xe buýt cách đây 2 km.)
Structure/ Example Lưu ý:

About có thể được lược bỏ và khoảng cách có thể được thay bằng một khoảng ước
Y

lượng.
QU

E.g: It’s very near. (Nó rất gần.)

It’s quite far. (Nó khá xa.)

II. Dùng “should/ shouldn’t” để đưa ra lời khuyên

- Chúng ta dùng Should hoặc Shouldn’t để khuyên ai đó nên hay không nên làm gì.
M

E.g: A: I have a toothache. (Tôi bị đau răng.)

B: You should go to the dentist. (Bạn nên tới nha sỉ.)
KÈ

Dạng thức Công thức/ Ví dụ

S + should + V(nguyên thể)

(+) Khẳng định
Y

E.g: You should go to bed early. (Bạn nên đi ngủ sớm.)

DẠ

We should help the old. (Chúng ta nên giúp đở người già.)

(-) Phủ định

S + shouldn’t + V(nguyên thể)

118
 E.g: You shouldn’t stay up late. (Bạn không nên thức khuya.)
She shouldn't eat lots of sweets. (Cô ấy không nên ăn nhiêu đồ ngọt.)

L
Should + S + V(nguyên thể)?

A
(?) Ghi vấn
E.g: Should I get there? (Tôi có nên đến đó không?)

CI
Should I take an aspirin? (Tôi có nên uống một viên aspirin không?)

FI
C. PHONETICS

Âm /ai/ là sự kết hợp của âm /a:/ và âm /ɪ/. Để phát âm âm này, ta mở miệng

OF
rộng, lưỡi hạ thấp đồng thời phá âm âm /a:/ sau đó từ từ nâng quai hàm lên
một chút và phát âm âm /ɪ/.
Lưu ý rằng âm /a:/ phải được phát âm dài hơn âm /ɪ/.

ƠN
Âm /eɪ/ được tạo thành bởi sự kết hợp của /e/ và /ɪ/. Vì vậy, để phát âm âm
NH
này, ta mở miệng tự nhiên, nâng lưỡi lên độ cao vừa phải đồng thời phát âm
âm /e/ sau đó từ từ nâng quai hàm lên một chút và phát âm /ɪ/.
Y
QU

PART II: LANGUAGE

A. Phonetic
Exercise 1. Put the words in the correct column depending on the pronunciation.

bike gate nation translation prey main steak lie

M

breaker guy date preparation train height inquire clay

KÈ

require obey kite eight dine grey side weight

like deign safe mine tape either die pie
guise they quite tie freight neither great
Y

site swine Asian twine tide rain tail

DẠ

/aɪ/ /eɪ/

__________________________________________ __________________________________________

__________________________________________ __________________________________________

119
__________________________________________ __________________________________________

__________________________________________ __________________________________________

__________________________________________ __________________________________________

A L
__________________________________________ __________________________________________

CI
__________________________________________ __________________________________________

Exercise 2. Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others.

FI
1. A. fine B. thin C. behind D. nice
2. A. king B. kick C. fit D. child

OF
3. A. land B. late C. safe D. way
4. A. band B. fan C. captain D. date
5. A. steak B. great C. head D. break
6. A. rain B. paint C. said D. tail
7. A. gate B. change C. hand D. danger

ƠN
8. A. train B. air C. pair D. stair
9. A. eight B. either C. height D. neither
10. A. pie B. lie C. tie D. thief
11. A. kite B. nine C. inquire D. dinner
NH
12. A. my B. style C. bicycle D. type
13. A. quite B. quit C. buy D. require
14. A. they B. freight C. sleight D. obey
15. A. nation B. mansion C. invasion D. translation
Y

Exercise 3. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. (Further practice)
1. A. traffic B. respect C. safety D. pavement
QU

2. A. illegal B. prohibitive C. noisy D. polluted

3. A. allow B. reverse C. protect D. limit
4. A. congestion B. vehicle C. helicopter D. tricycle
5. A. obey B. suffer C. allow D. promote
M

B. Vocabulary & Grammar

Exercise 1. Look at the photos and write the correct words under them
KÈ
Y

1. ______________ 2. ______________ 3. ______________ 4. ______________

DẠ

120
 A L
5. ______________ 6. ______________ 7. ______________ 8. ______________

CI
Exercise 2. Complete the words of traffic with the missing letters.
1. r _____ d 2. s___ reet 3. cr __ ssro__d 4. c__clis__
5. __ot__rist 6. p__des____ian 7. pa__ment 8. tra__ic s__gn

FI
9. t__affic li__ts 10. traff__ ru__es

OF
Exercise 3. Fill in each blank with a suitable verb.

go give fly fasten ride

obey sail drive cross wear

ƠN
1. _________________ a bike 2. _________________ a car
3. _________________ a plane 4. _________________ a boat
5. _________________ a signal 6. _________________ a helmet
NH
7. _________________ the seatbelt 8. _________________ by air
9. _________________ a bike 10. _________________ traffic rules

Exercise 4. Choose the correct meaning of the following words or phrases.

Y

1. pedestrian
QU

A. a person who flies a plane

B. a person who sails a boat
C. a person who goes on foot
2. cyclist
A. a person who rides a bike
B. a person who goes by air
M

C. a person who wears a helmet

3. motorist
KÈ

A. a person who give a signal

B. a person who cross the road
C. a person who drives a motorbike
4. crossroad
Y

A. a place where two people meet

B. a place where two bridges meet
DẠ

C. a place where two roads meet and cross each other

5. road user
A. anyone who uses a road
B. anyone who uses a car
C. anyone who uses a motorbike

121
6. rush hour
A. the time when people are travelling to or from work and the roads are crowded
B. the time when people meet each other
C. the time when the festival happens

L
Exercise 5. Complete the sentences with the words from the box.

A
safety sign crossroad pilot rush hour traffic jam

CI
1. We were stuck in a _________________for an hour this morning.
2. Go straight to the second _________________ and then turn left.
3. The roads and streets always become crowded in _________________.

FI
4. You mustn’t turn right when you see the _________________of No right turn.
5. For your _________________, we recommend you keep your seatbelt fastened during the flight.

OF
6. My brother is learning to fly the planes. He wants to become a _________________.

Exercise 6. Circle the correct word or phrase to complete the sentences.

1. Motorists aren’t allowed to drive their motorbikes on the road / pavement.
2. A traffic jam often happens in rush hour / at night.

ƠN
3. You can go when the traffic lights / road signs turn green.
4. A road user must obey school rules / traffic rules.
5. Cyclists must always keep both hands on the roof / handlebars.
6. You must fasten your seatbelt / helmet when you are in a car.
NH
Exercise 7. Choose the word or phrase (A, B, C or D) that best fits the blank space in each sentence.
1. You can go when the traffic lights turn _______.
A. red B. green C. pink D. yellow
2. A person who is driving a motorbike on the road is called _______.
Y

A. architect B. cyclist C. motorist D. pedestrian

3. You should _______ a helmet when you ride a bike or motorbike.
QU

A. go B. ride C. cross D. wear

4. He was injured because he didn’t _______ the seat belt
A. give B. fasten C. drive D. sail
5. It is important for a road user to _______ traffic rules.
A. obey B. look C. write D. play
M

6. Cyclists must always keep both hands on the _______.

A. saddle B. pedal C. handlebars D. steering wheel
7. You don’t _______ the road when the traffic lights turn red.
KÈ

A. stop B. turn C. go D. cross

8. He is driving his car. She mustn’t go on the _______.
A. road B. street C. bridge D. pavement
9. Pedestrians are walking across the street at the _______ crossing.
Y

A. zebra B. tiger C. horse D. mouse

10. All _______ for flight VN124 please proceed to gate 5.
DẠ

A. signal B. rules C. passengers D. crossroads

11. He is driving so fast: he may endanger other_______.
A. means of transport B. road users
C. zebra crossing D. railway station
12. He forgot to give a _______ before he turned left and got a ticket.
122
 A. signal B. sign C. light D. hand
13. If people _______ the rules, there are no more accidents.
A. follow B. take care of C. obey D. remember
14. It is about 300 meters _______ my house to the bus stop.

L
A. in B. to C. at D. from
15. John often goes to school _______ with his friends.

A
A. with bicycle B. by foot C. in car D. by bus
16. _______ 500 metres from my house to the market.

CI
A. It is B. I am C. We are D. They are
17. _______ is it from the bus station to the hospital?
A. How much B. How long C. How far D. How often

FI
18. Is there a café _______ here?
A. far B. near C. ready D. about

OF
19. It’s not very far from their villa _______ the city center.
A. from B. to C . about D. near
20. It is raining. You _______ wear your rain coat.
A. have B. might C. would D. should
21. She _______ come home too late last night. Her parents were so worried about her.

ƠN
A. doesn’t B. isn’t C. shouldn’t D. didn’t
22. Most of my classmates go to school _______ bicycle
A. on B. in C. by D. up
23. He shouldn’t _______ so fast to avoid accidents.
NH
A. drives B. to drive C. driving D. drive
24. Hoa should exercise _______ to keep fit.
A. regular B. regularly C. regularity
25. How long does it take you to get there _______ foot?
A. by B. on C. to D. for
Y

26. _______ does your mother often go to work? - By bus.

A. How B. When C. What D. Which
QU

27. We must always obey traffic rules _______ our safety.

A. in B. on C. of D. for
28. You should look right and left when you go_______ the road.
A. along B. up C. down D. across
29. _______ is not very far from here to the city center.
M

A. That B. This C. It D. There

30. We should _______ the street at the zebra crossing.
A. walk B. walk on C. walk through D. walk across
KÈ

Exercise 8. Circle the correct option in brackets.

1. The post office is very (near/ far) my house.
2. She is ill. She (should/ shouldn’t) go to the beach.
Y

3. How far (it is/ is it) from the bus stop to your school?
4. (It is/ They are) 6 kilometres from here.
DẠ

5. Is her place is very far (to/ from) your place?

6. He (should/ shouldn’t) fasten the seatbelt when he is in car.
7. How (far/ long) does it take to get there by bike?
8. It takes (he/ him) 15 minutes to walk to school.
9. Nha Trang is (about/ very) 450 kilometres from Ho Chi Minh City,
123
10. It is not very far. It is only 300 (metre/ metres) from my house.

Exercise 9. Complete the sentences with should or shouldn’t.

1. You look tired. You _________________ go to bed early.

L
2. She is gaining weight fast. She _________________ eat less.
3. It’s a very dangerous area. You _________________ go there

A
4. If you drank, you _________________ drive your car.
5. The road is bumpy. You _________________ drive carefully.

CI
6. Students _________________ listen to their teacher.
7. He _________________ smoke a lot because it’s not good for his health.
8. You _________________ drive on the pavement. It’s for pedestrians.

FI
9. The film is very interesting. You _________________ watch it.
10. Her mother is in hospital. She _________________ visit her.

OF
11. You _________________ stay up too late because it’s not good for your health.
12. No one _________________ be late for school tomorrow because we will have an exam.
13. I think there _________________ be a garbage dump in front of the restaurant.
14. You _________________ go for a check-up regularly.
15. I think you _________________ be more tactful.

ƠN
16. _________________ you have any questions, please write me an email.
17. What _________________ I do to learn better?
18. My father thinks that I _________________ be so into computer games.
19. The candidates _________________ be here before 10 a.m, or they will be disqualified.
NH
20. You _________________ learn about some cultural features of the country you are going to visit.
21. Mary _________________ take ant pills before seeing the doctor.
22. _________________ James apply for the job at this company? – Yes, he should.
23. How much time _________________ I spend on this task?
24. Old people _________________ work too hard. They need time to relax.
Y

25. Parents _________________ let their children expose to smartphones at an early age.
QU

Exercise 10. Give the correct form of the word given to complete the sentence.
1. Young children are expected to show _________________ to their parents. (obey)
2. When cycling on the roads, remember: _________________ first. (safe)
3. Children should avoid _________________ foods such as hamburgers and chips. (health)
4. Most road accidents happen because the motorists drive _________________. (care)
M

5. It is unsafe and _________________ to pass another vehicle on the left. (legal)

6. My _________________ was delayed for over two hours due to bad weather. (fly)
KÈ

7. Everyone should _________________ obey traffic rules for their own safety. (strict)
8. The policeman _________________ the car to stop with a flashlight. (sign)
9. Signs with red circles are mostly _________________ – that means you can’t do something. (prohibit)
10. This _________________ sign indicates that traffic lights are ahead. (warn)
Y

Exercise 11. Complete the sentences using should and the verbs in the box.
DẠ

drive eat stay buy take

leave watch go say be

1. You _________________ away from us.

124
2. _________________ I _________________ the dress or the skirt?
3. If it’s rainy, you _________________ a raincoat.
4. People _________________ fast in the city centre.
5. You _________________ some fruit or vegetables every day.

L
6. We _________________ between meals and before bedtime.
7. There _________________ many people at the beach today.

A
8. We _________________ for Sa Pa. It’s very cold these days.
9. You _________________ to work on an empty stomach.

CI
10. Young children _________________ violent TV shows.

Exercise 12. Underline the mistake and rewrite the correct sentence. Write T if it’s correct.

FI
1. How far is from your house to the nearest restaurant? → _________________
2. It is at 2 kilometers from my house to La Villa French restaurant. → _________________

OF
3. How far is it from your university and my university? → _________________
4. It is not far from my university to yours. → _________________
5. How far is it from here to our destination. → _________________
6. How far it is from our school to the camp site? → _________________
7. Its not far from our school to the camp site? → _________________

ƠN
8. How far is it at the train station to the nearest drugstore? → _________________

PART III: SKILLS

A. Listening
NH
Exercise 1. Listen to the short talk twice and circle the correct answer to each of the following
questions.
1. Vietnam is a ______.
A. developing country B. alarming problem
C. Hanoi capital D. Ho Chi Minh city
Y

2. Traffic jams in Vietnam frequently take place in ______ during rush hour.
A. Hanoi B. Ho Chi Minh city
QU

C. Both A & B correct D. Both A & B not correct

3. Most vehicles in traffic jams in Vietnam are ______.
A. motorbikes and buses B. motorbikes and cars
C. bicycles and motorbikes D. buses and cars
4. The main cause of the problem is ______.
M

A. the very large number of road users B. the rapid increase in car use
C. The deterioration of roads D. lack of awareness about traffic rules
KÈ

Exercise 2. Listen to the conversation twice and decide whether the following sentences are True or
False.
No. Statements T F
1. Some motorbikes travel on the pavement.
Y

2. It always takes people hours to get out of the congestion.

Many roads in Vietnam are narrow.
DẠ

3.
According to this short talk, there are four reasons for traffic jams in
4.
Vietnam.

B. Speaking
125
Exercise 1. Choose the correct response. Then practise the short exchanges in pairs.
B: a/ Yes, we can ride a bike.
1. A: Can we travel this way of the street?
b/ No, it’s a one-way street.

L
B: a/ I used to go to school on foot.
2. A: How do you get to school every day?

A
b/ My father drives me to school.
B: a/ It’s a ten-minute walk.

CI
3. A: How far is it from here to your house?
b/ It takes me ten minutes.
B: a/ You’d better ride a bike to school.

FI
4. A: My house is far from the school.
b/ You’d better cycle in your free time.

OF
B: a/ It’s a great idea.
5. A: How about cycling around the park?
b/ It takes us about ten minutes to go there.
B: a/ You can’t turn right here.
6. A: Can you read that road sign?
b/ It’s at the corner.

ƠN
B: a/ To make it more beautiful.
7. A: Why do you put lights on your bike?
b/ To travel at night.
NH
B: a/ They can walk on the street.
8. A: Where can pedestrians walk?
b/ They can walk on the pavement.

B: a/ At the zebra crossing.

9. A: Where can we cross the streets?
b/ At the crossroads.
Y

B: a/ Drivers can park overnight.

QU

10. A: Why don’t we ride near parked cars?

b/ Drivers may open the doors.

Exercise 2. Recorder the sentences (A-J) to make a logical conversation.

1 A. Minh, what did you do last Saturday?
M

________ B. Really? How far is it from your house to your school?

KÈ

________ C. Well, it's very near my house, so I just walk.

________ D. About 1 km. It takes me just 10 minutes to cycle there. And how do you go to school?
E. Yes, I do. Sometimes the road is really crowded. But I always use the pavements and walk
________
across the street at the zebra crossing.
Y

________ F. Well, I rode my bike on the new cycling lane near my house.
DẠ

________ G. Yeah. We should be careful and obey the traffic rules, right?
________ H. Cycling is fun, isn't it? I cycle to my school every morning.
________ I. Oh, do you have to cross the road?

126
________ J. Of course, we should.

L
Exercise 3. Complete the conversation, using the sentences (a - e) to fill in the blanks (1 - 5).

A
a. Really? And how about the bus driver? Does he drive carefully?

CI
b. Hmm, I'm not in favour of travelling by bus. Most buses are old and hot.
c. How do you go to school, Mai?
d. Well, you're lucky then. Not all buses are as good as the Number 32

FI
bus.
e. Oh, buses are rather slow, so you must take the early trip, right?

OF
Kim: (1) ________
I catch the Number 32 bus. It's only 200 metres from my house to the bus station, so it's really
Mai:
convenient.

ƠN
Kim: (2) ________
Yeah, they could be extremely slow during rush hour, so I try to get on the bus before the traffic
Mai:
becomes heavy.
NH
Kim: (3) ________
Well, I don't know, but the Number 32 bus is clean. It has air conditioning, so it's quite cool on hot
Mai:
days.
Kim: (4) ________
Y

Yes, he does. He watches the road signs carefully and obeys the traffic rules. I've never seen him
QU

Mai:
crossing red lights.
Kim: (5) ________
C. Reading
Exercise 1. Read the following passage and circle the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct
M

answer to each of the questions.

Who are the best drivers? According to a recent survey, young and inexperienced drivers are the most
KÈ

likely to have an accident. Older drivers are more careful. Young men have the worst accident records of all.
They often choose faster cars with bigger engines. One of the most interesting facts in the survey is that
passengers have an effect on the driver. When young male drivers have their friends in car, their driving
becomes worse. When their wife or girlfriends is in the car, however, their driving is better. But this is not
true for women. Their driving is more dangerous when their husband or boyfriend is in the car. However, if
Y

their small children are riding in the car, they drive more slowly and safely.
1. According to the survey, who are the most likely to have an accident?
DẠ

A. Young and inexperienced drivers B. Old and inexperienced drivers

C. Young and old female drivers D. Old and inexperienced men
2. Who have an effect on the drivers?
A. Parents B. Policemen C. Families D. Passengers
3. When young male drivers have their wife or girlfriend in the car, they drive _______.
127
 A. worse B. slowly C. better D. fast
4. The word “they” in the last sentence refers to _______.
A. women B. husbands C. boyfriends D. small children

L
Exercise 2. Read the passage and circle the correct option to complete the sentences.
Traffic rules

A
Traffic rules are imposed by the government for the safety of people. Traffic rules are very important for
road safety.

CI
First, the traffic signals help a smooth movement of the vehicle. Breaking the rules is very harmful led to
traffic problems. Traffic signals are divided into three types: first as guidance, second as a warning and third
as regulatory.

FI
Second, a traffic light is the most important part of traffic rules. People should be aware of the traffic
lights. They are the signals which suggest people when to slow down, stop and drive vehicles. The colour

OF
Red means stop, Green means go and Yellow means slow down the vehicle.
Furthermore, the vehicles should maintain the speed limit mentioned in the speed limit board. The horn
sign on a board with a line drawn above it tells that people should not honk unless it is needed. One should
not use mobile phone while driving the vehicle. Drink and drive cause many accidents every year which led
to lives lost.

ƠN
Also, the capital P sign with a line drawn above it tells that people should not park their vehicles near
any important place like school. Vehicles should be parked where a capital P signboard is there. They should
be parked in the given space. The traffic police will charge an amount of money as fine.
Traffic rules help people to be safe while on the road. They help to drive in a disciplined manner. People
NH
should wear a helmet while riding a bike or motorbike. The seat belts should be used while driving a car.
The people and especially the children should be taught to cross the road on the zebra crossing only.
Following traffic rules would always be beneficial for people. It will reduce the rate of accidents
occurring on the road. Therefore, it is everyone’s duty to strictly follow the rules.
1. Traffic rules are imposed to _______.
Y

A. keep fit B. keep healthy C. keep people safe

2. There are _______ types of traffic signals.
QU

A. two B. three C. four

3. People should slow down the vehicle when the traffic lights turn _______.
A. Red B. Green C. Yellow
4. People should not use mobile phone while _______.
A. driving the vehicle B. increasing the speed C. drinking alcohol
M

5. People should park their vehicles _______.

A. in the given space B. on the pavement C. in any place on the street
KÈ

6. Following traffic rules help to reduce _______.

A. the rate of birth every year
B. the number of vehicles traveling on the road
C. the rate of accidents occurring on the road
Y

Exercise 3. Read the following passage and choose the option (A, B, C or D) that best answers each of
the questions below.
DẠ

Stuck in traffic
Richard Ryan is stuck in traffic. There must be an accident somewhere up ahead because he’s been
sitting in the same spot for the last few minutes. The cars aren’t moving at all. It looks like it’s going to be
another slow commute.

128
 Even though he left his house early to beat the traffic, if the cars don’t start to move soon, Richard will
be late for a very important meeting. He has to meet with some lawyers who advising his company on a
construction project. Richard is the president of a big company. It he’s late, he won’t get in trouble, but he
hates to be late for anything.

L
1. What is Richard’s problem now?
A. He is stuck in traffic. B. He has a car accident.

A
C. His car breaks down. D. When he was 14 years old.
2. In paragraph 1, the word “commute” is closest in meaning to _______.

CI
A. pace B. toad C. movement D. travel
3. In paragraph 2, what does it mean by “to beat the traffic”?
A. to avoid traffic jams B. to travel safety

FI
C. to drive on road D. to move slowly
4. In can be inferred from the second paragraph that _______.

OF
A. Richard is a lawyer
B. Richard has a high position in the company
C. Richard is hiring a groups of lawyer for his company
D. Richard has a trouble working with the lawyer
5. Richard hates _______.

ƠN
A. traffic jams B. working with the lawyers
C. being late for things D. driving his car
Exercise 4. Read the passage and then decide whether these sentences are True or False
Traffic jams
NH
For many years, Raze has been driving to work and back every weekday. Every morning, on his way to
work, especially during the rush hour, the highways are usually crowded causing massive traffic jams. The
situation is even worse in the evening when he drives home. All the traffic comes to halt whenever there is
an accident or a car has broken down and blocks an entire lane. In the winter, particularly when it snows,
multi-car accidents with injuries can take emergency paramedics and vehicles removers a number of hours
Y

to clear the road. When Raza is stuck in a heavy traffic jam, he listens to music on the radio to calm his
nerves. His boos and his wife know that if he is late, he is probably stuck a traffic.
QU

Statements True False

1. Raze has travelled to work by car.

2. There are many traffic jams at the highways during the rush hours.

3. There will be less traffic jams when he drives home.

M

4. Broken-down cars that block the entire lane is one reason for traffic jams.
KÈ

5. When Raze is stuck in a heavy traffic jam, he will be angry.

Exercise 5. Read the passage, and write T (True) or F (False) next to the sentences.
Key Points to Remember on Traffic Rules in England
Y

Below are some key points you need to remember when you travel in England.
The general rule of keeping left: When you are driving on a road which is a two-way road, you need to
DẠ

allow the traffic from the opposite direction to pass from your right side. Similarly, all the vehicles in your
lane also need to be given the right side to overtake.
When you turn: When you are taking a turn, always keep to your turning side, meaning when turning
right, get to the right side of the road and do the same when turning to the left.

129
 Do not park: Surely, you want to park your vehicle as fast as you can, but that doesn’t mean you leave
your car on the side of the road. Find the parking near your building and park it there. If parking is not
available, make sure you are not parking near the bus stand, school, or hospital entrance.
Do not drive: When you are going on a one-way road, you cannot reverse your vehicle.

L
Use indicators: When you are changing lanes, overtaking the other can or taking a turn, always use turn
signals or indicators to make follow drivers know about your man oeuvre

A
Do not cross the stop lines: As the traffic signal, when you get to stop your vehicle due to a red signal,
make sure you are not keeping your car on the stop line or on the pedestrian crossing.

CI
Statements True False

1. Allow the traffic from the opposite direction to pass from your left side.

FI
2. Always keep to your turning side when you are taking a turn.

3. Don’t park your car near the bus stand, school, or hospital entrance.

OF
4. You can reverse your vehicle when you are going on a one-way road.

5. Use indicators to make drivers know about your manoeuvre.

6. Keep your car on the stop line or on the pedestrian crossing.

ƠN
Exercise 6. Read the following passage and circle the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word
or phrase that best fits each of the numbers blanks.
NH
SAFETY TIPS FOR BUS PASSENGERS
Always maintain a queue while waiting for a bus.
Never stand on queue on the middle (1) _______ the road. At the time of boarding a bus do not try to run
or chasing the bus. Once you are inside the bus (2) _______ a seat and hold firmly on the handrail if you are
standing.
Never try to board an overcrowded bus. Avoid (3) _______ inside of a bus because your high-pitch noise
Y

may distract the attention of the driver and it could lead to a major
QU

(4) _______ accident.

1. A. of B. to C. on D. about
2. A. hold B. sit C. take D. find
3. A. shout B. shouting C. to shout D. shouts
4. A. road B. way C. path D. street
M

Exercise 7. Read and choose the correct word to complete the dialogue.
Nga: (1) _______ does your father work, Mai?
KÈ

Mai: He works in a factory (2) _______ Binh Duong

Nga: How (3) _______ is it from your house?
Mai: It’s (4) _______ 15 kilometers
Y

Nga: Oh, it’s very far. How (5) _______ he go to work?

DẠ

Mai: He goes (6) _______ motorbike.

Nga: How much time does it take (7) _______ to get there?
Mai: About one hour. Is your father’s company far (8) _______ your house?

130
Nga: Not very far. It takes him (9) _______ ten minutes to get there by car.
Mai: Oh, it’s very (10) _______ your house. Your father is so happy!
1. A. When B. Where C. Who D. What

L
2. A. in B. at C. on D. between
3. A. much B. often C. long D. far

A
4. A. about B. to C. near D. above
5. A. did B. do C. does D. doing

CI
6. A. across B. by C. in D. doing
7. A. her B. you C. me D. him
8. A. to B. for C. only D. any

FI
9. A little B. few C. only D. any
10. A. near B. next C. far D. long

OF
Exercise 8. Read the following text carefully and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each of
the gap.
When you are in Singapore, you can for about (1) _______ taxi, by bus, or by underground. I myself
prefer the underground (2) _______ it is fast, early and cheap. There are (3) _______ buses and taxis in

ƠN
Singapore and one cannot drive along the road (4) _______ and without many stops, especially on Monday
morning. The underground is therefore usually quicker (5) _______ Taxis or buses. If you do not know
Singapore very well, it is difficult (6) _______ the bus you want. You can take a taxi, but it is (7) _______
expensive than the underground or a bus. On the underground, you find good maps that (8) _______ you the
NH
names of stations and show you _______ to get to them, so (10) _______ it is easy to find your way.
1. A. buy B. in C. at D. on
2. A. but B. because C. when D. so
3. A. few B. a lot C. many D. some
4. A. quick B. quickly C. quicker D. quickest
Y

5. A. so B. like C. than D. as
6. A. find B. to find C. than D. found
QU

7. A. less B. more C. most D. much

8. A. tell B. told C. tells D. telling
9. A. who B. what C. when D. how
10. A. how B. told C. tells D. telling
M

Exercise 9. Complete the passage with the correct option.

C.
A. jam B. public D. big E. can F. banned G. slower
KÈ

accidents

Traffic congestion is when vehicles travel (1) _______________ because there is too much traffic on
roads. This makes trip times longer and increases queueing. This is also known as a traffic (2)
_______________. Congestion may result from a decrease in capacity, for example (3) _______________
Y

on the road or roads being closed. Bad road layouts can also restrict capacity. Increased traffic, for example,
by many cars leaving a sports stadium at the same time, (4) _______________ also cause congestion.
DẠ

Where congestion is common, for example because of commuting in (5) _______________ cities,
several methods are used to relieve it. Cars may be (6) _______________ in certain districts or certain
times, or made to carry passengers or pay a fee, or people may use (7) _______________ transport, such as
rapid transit, which travel independently of car traffic and are not affected by traffic jams.

131
Exercise 10. Read the passage and answer the following questions.
The streets are crowded with traffic. Taxis are bringing tired people from the airport and the train
stations to the hotels. They hope to sleep a few hours before their busy day in the big city. Trucks are
bringing fresh fruit and vegetables into the city. Ships are bringing food and fuel to the harbor.

L
By seven o’clock in the morning, the streets are filled again with people. Millions of people live in the
big city, and millions of people who work in the big city live in the suburbs, the commuters, are hurrying to

A
get to their offices. Everyone is in a hurry. Some stop only to drink a cup of coffee. Others stop to buy a
morning paper or to have breakfast. The noise of traffic gets louder. The policemen blow their whistles to

CI
stop the traffic or to hurry it alone.
Answer the questions
1. Where do taxis often take people from?

FI
→ ________________________________________________________________________
2. What are trucks bringing? And what about ships?
→ ________________________________________________________________________

OF
3. Who are commuters?
→ ________________________________________________________________________
4. What do people often do when they are in a hurry in the early morning?
→ ________________________________________________________________________

ƠN
5. What do the policemen do to control the traffic?
→ ________________________________________________________________________

D. Writing
NH
Exercise 1. Write complete sentences using the given words and phrases.
1. How far / your house / the school/?
→ ________________________________________________________________________
2. Quang Nam/ about 70 kilometres / Da Nang /.
→ ________________________________________________________________________
Y

3. Their house/ very near / the beach /.

→ ________________________________________________________________________
QU

4. Ha Noi/ very far / Ho Chi Minh City/?

→ ________________________________________________________________________
5. How long/ take / you/cycle / the club/?
→ ________________________________________________________________________
6. My father / always / go to work/car/.
M

→ ________________________________________________________________________
KÈ

Exercise 2. Rearrange the words or phrases to make sentences.

1. is / 3 km / It / about / from / my home / to the school
→ ________________________________________________________________________
2. not very far / is / It / from / your place / to the downtown
→ ________________________________________________________________________
Y

3. to the post office / about / is / It / 500m / from / the cinema

→ ________________________________________________________________________
DẠ

4. does / How long / it / you / cycle / to / to / take / school?

→ ________________________________________________________________________
5. has to / wear / A man / while driving / a shirt / in/ Thailand
→ ________________________________________________________________________
6. will / In Moscow, / police / fine you / you / drive / if / a dirty car
132
 → ________________________________________________________________________
7. be / should / careful, / especially when / You / you / the street / cross
→ ________________________________________________________________________
8. should / You / walk / the street / across / the / at / zebra crossing

L
→ ________________________________________________________________________
9. obey / should / You / traffic rules / you / when / use / the road.

A
→ ________________________________________________________________________
10. not / should / park / You / in front of / a / zebra crossing

CI
→ ________________________________________________________________________

Exercise 3. Use should or shouldn’t to write complete sentences basing on the given words.

FI
1. You/ go/ to/ see/ doctor/ regularly.
→ ________________________________________________________________________

OF
2. Which dress/ I/ wear/ today?
→ ________________________________________________________________________
3. The teacher/ think/ Jim/ study/ harder.
→ ________________________________________________________________________
4. The boys/ no/ climb up/ the wall.

ƠN
→ ________________________________________________________________________
5. I/ watch TV/ go out/ with/ friends/ now?
→ ________________________________________________________________________
6. If/ Jim/ be/ sick, he/ stay/ home.
NH
→ ________________________________________________________________________
7. How much/ water/ we/ drink/ everyday?
→ ________________________________________________________________________
8. What/ I/ not/ do/ at/ Chinese restaurant?
→ ________________________________________________________________________
Y

9. You/ inform/ your parents/ before/ you/ go.

→ ________________________________________________________________________
QU

10. Josh/ not/ devote/ all/ his free time/ to/ playing/ games.
→ ________________________________________________________________________

Exercise 4. Reorder the words and phrases to make meaningful sentences.

1. many / There are / in / traffic problems / my town /.
M

→ ________________________________________________________________________
2. traffic jams / First, / every day, / happen / especially / rush hour / during /.
→ ________________________________________________________________________
KÈ

3. because / It is / so many / there are / vehicles / are / and the roads / too narrow /.
→ ________________________________________________________________________
4. Second, / do not obey I many motor riders / and traffic rules / road signs /.
→ ________________________________________________________________________
Y

5. cross red lights, / They / their motorbikes / and do not / ride / on car lanes, / wear helmets/.
→ ________________________________________________________________________
DẠ

6. their carelessness, / Because of/ road accidents/ a lot of / happen / each year/.
→ ________________________________________________________________________

Exercise 5. Make question about distance.

1. ___________________________________________________________________________
133
 → It is about 300 meters from here to the nearest post office.
2. ___________________________________________________________________________
→ It is about 3,900 kilometers from New York to California.
3. ___________________________________________________________________________

L
→ It is about 200 meters from my house to my family store.
4. ___________________________________________________________________________

A
→ It is about 4576.89 miles from Beijing to Berlin.
5. ___________________________________________________________________________

CI
→ It is about 1 kilometer from my hotel to the beach.
6. ___________________________________________________________________________
→ It is about 500 meters from here to the place where I live.

FI
7. ___________________________________________________________________________
→ It is about 200 kilometers from his hometown to the place where he lives now.

OF
8. ___________________________________________________________________________
→ It is just 200 meters from the park to the parking lot.
9. ___________________________________________________________________________
→ It is approximately 4 kilometers from here to the airport.
10. ___________________________________________________________________________

ƠN
→ It is about 60 kilometers from my parent’s house to mine.

Exercise 6. Make sentences using the words and phrases given.

1. the traffic / a nightmare / visitors / Viet Nam / the first time
NH
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
2. there / transport rules / but / many people / not seem / really interested / follow/ them
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
Y

3. three or four people / one motorbike / a common sight / particularly / young people
QU

_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
4. the traffic / worst / rush hours / when / everyone / try / get to work / get home quickly
_________________________________________________________________________________
M

_________________________________________________________________________________
5. some people / ride / motorbikes / the pavements / rather than / waiting / a traffic jam
KÈ

_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
6. pedestrians / get injured / hit easily / when / they / walk / the pavements / cross the roads /
such times
Y

_________________________________________________________________________________
DẠ

_________________________________________________________________________________
7. road users / very impatient / quite aggressive / constantly using their homes / even shouting / others
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________

134
8. some people / install / air home / their motorbikes / this / really annoying / other people / Sometimes / it /
cause / accidents
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________

L
9. another problem / the increase / the number / cars / the road

A
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________

CI
10. more people / own / private cars / it/ make / the problem / the traffic jams / Worse
_________________________________________________________________________________

FI
_________________________________________________________________________________

OF
ƠN
NH
Y
QU
M
KÈ
Y
DẠ

135
 UNIT 8. FILM

PART I: THEORY
A. VOCABULARY

L
New words (Từ mới)

A
Words Type Pronunciation Meaning

film (n) /fɪlm/ phim, phim ảnh

CI
type of film /taɪp əv fɪlm/ thể loại phim

comedy (n) /ˈkɒmədi/ phim hài

FI
documentary (n) /ˌdɒkjuˈmentri/ phim tài liệu

OF
fantasy (n) /ˈfæntəsi/ phim giả tưởng

horror film /ˈhɒrə(r) fɪlm/ phim kinh dị

cartoon (n) /kɑːˈtuːn/ phim hoạt hình

ƠN
science fiction /ˌsaɪəns ˈfɪkʃn/ phim khoa học viễn tưởng

confusing (adj) /kənˈfjuːzɪŋ/ khó hiểu, gây bôi rối

dull (adj) /dʌl/ buồn tẻ, chán ngắt

NH
boring (adj) /ˈbɔːrɪŋ/ nhạt nhẽo, tẻ nhạt

funny (adj) /ˈfʌni/ buồn cười, khôi hài

enjoyable (adj) /ɪnˈdʒɔɪəbl/ thú vị, thích thú

interesting (adj) /ˈɪntrəstɪŋ/ thú vị, hấp dẫn

Y

frightening (adj) /ˈfraɪtnɪŋ/ sợ hãi, rùng rợn

QU

scary (adj) /ˈskeəri/ sợ hãi, rùng rợn

violent (adj) /ˈvaɪələnt/ có nhiều cảnh bạo lực

gripping (adj) /ˈɡrɪpɪŋ/ hấp dẫn, thú vị

M

moving (adj) /ˈmuːvɪŋ/ cảm động

KÈ

shocking (adj) /ˈʃɒkɪŋ/ gây sửng sốt

scene (n) /siːn/ cảnh (trong phim)

violent scenes of the film /ˈvaɪələnt siːn əv ðə fɪlm/ các cảnh bạo lực trong phim
Y

must-see (n) məst-siː phim hay nên xem

poster (n) /ˈpəʊstə(r)/ áp phích quảng cáo

DẠ

review (n) /rɪˈvjuː/ bài phê bình (phim)

content (n) /ˈkɒntent/ nội dung (phim)

survey (n) /ˈsɜːveɪ/ cuộc khảo sát

136
 audience (n) /ˈɔːdiəns/ khán giả

series (n) /ˈsɪəriːz/ loạt phim

wizard (n) /ˈwɪzəd/ phù thủy

L
director (n) /dəˈrektə(r)/ đạo diễn

A
actor (n) /ˈæktə(r)/ diễn viên nam

CI
actress (n) /ˈæktrəs/ diễn viên nữ

star (v) /stɑː(r)/ đóng vai chính

FI
amateur (adj) /ˈæmətə(r)/ nghiệp dư

role (n) /rəʊl/ vai diễn

OF
leading role /ˌliːdɪŋ rəʊl/ vai chính

acting (n) /ˈæktɪŋ/ diễn xuất

Ghi chú:

ƠN
- Để chấp nhận lời đề nghị, chúng ta thường dùng các cụm từ sau:
a great idea = một ý kiến rất hay
I’d love to = Tôi rất thích
Example: Let’s go swimming this weekend. (Cuối tuần này chúng ta đi bơi nhé.)
NH
That’s a great idea. (Đó là một ý kiến rất hay.)
- Để từ chối lời đề nghị, chúng ta thường dùng các cụm từ sau:
I’d love to, but... = tôi rất thích, nhưng...
I’m really sorry, but... = Tôi thật sự rất tiếc, nhưng...
Example: How about going to the concert tonight?
(Tối nay chúng ta hãy đi xem hoà nhạc nhé.)
Y

I’d love to, but I have to do my homework tonight.

QU

(Tôi rất thích, nhưng tối nay tôi phái làm bài tập rồi.)

Word formation (Từ loại)

Words Meaning Related words

acting (adj) act (v)

M

actor (n) actress (n)

acting (n) diễn xuất
KÈ

action (n) activity (n)

active (adj)

comedy (n) phim hài comic (adj) comedian (n)

Y

confuse (v) confusingly (adv)

confusing (adj) khó hiểu, gây bối rối
DẠ

confusion (n)

director (n) người đạo diễn (phim, kịch...) direct (v) directory (n)

documentary (n) phim tài liệu document (n) document (v)

137
 documentation (n)

enjoy (v) enjoyment (n)

enjoyable (adj) thú vị, thích thú
enjoyably (adv)

L
fantastic (adj) fantastically (adv)

A
fantasy (n) phim giả tưởng, tưởng tượng
fantasize (v)

CI
frightening (adj) frighteningly frightened (adj)
làm sự hãi, rùng rợn
frightener (n) frighten (v)

FI
moving (adj) cảm động movingly (adv)

review (n) bài phê bình (về một bộ phim) review (v) reviewer (n)

OF
scare (v) scare (n)
scary (adj) sợ hãi, rùng rợn
scarily (adv)

shockingly (adv) shock (v)

ƠN
shocking (adj) làm sửng sốt
shock(n)

star (v) đóng vai chính star (n)

survey (n) cuộc khảo sát survey (v) surveyor(n)

NH
violent (adj) hung bạo violence (n) violently (adv)

B. GRAMMAR
I. Although/ though (dù, mặc dù)
Y

- “Although/ though” được dùng để chỉ mối quan hệ đối lập hoặc tương phản giữa hai thông tin trong cùng
QU

một câu.

Even though/Although + clause 1, clause

Cấu trúc/ Ví dụ
E.g: Athough he has watched Zootopia two times, he still buys a DVD version of it.
M

(Mặc dù anh ấy đã xem Zootopia hai lần, anh ấy vẫn mua bản DVD của nó)
KÈ

Lưu ý
- Although có thể đứng ở đầu câu hoặc giữa hai mệnh đề. Khi đứng giữa câu thì ta bỏ dấu phẩy.
E.g: Although Macaulay Culkin is young, he performs well in Home Alone.
(Dù Macaulay Culkin còn trẻ, cậu ấy thể hiện rất tốt trong phim Home Alone.)
I didn’t watch the film although it was very interesting.
Y

(Tôi đã không xem bộ phim mặc dù nó rất thú vị.)

- Đôi khi dùng though thay cho although, và cấu trúc câu vẫn không thay đổi.
DẠ

E.g: Stacy didn’t get a ticket though she came to the cinema early.
(Stacy không có được vé dù cô ấy đến rạp phim sớm.)
- Một khi đã dùng alhough/ though thì không dùng but (dù được hiểu ngầm).

II. However (tuy nhiên, tuy vậy)

138
- “However” chỉ mối quan hê đối lập giữa hai câu chứ không phải giữa hai mệnh đề. Hai câu này có thể
ngăn cách nhau bởi dấu chấm phẩy (;).

Sentence 1. However, sentence 2.

L
Sentence 1; however, sentence 2.

A
Cấu trúc/ Ví dụ E.g: Fantastic Four was a blockbuster. However, it wasn’t successful.

CI
(Fantastic Four là một phim bom tấn. Tuy nhiên nó đã không thành công.)
I don’t like this film; however, I love the theme song.

FI
(Tôi không thích bộ phim này tuy nhiên tôi thích nhạc phim.)

Lưu ý

OF
Sau however là dấu phẩy. Trường hợp sau however không có dấu phẩy là khi nó làm bổ ngữ cho tính từ
hoặc trạng từ theo sau nó.
E.g: However small the budget is, up brings huge profit.
(Dù có kinh phí thấp, phim Up mang về lợi nhuận khổng lồ.)

ƠN
C. PHONETICS

Nguyên âm đôi /ɪə/ được tạo thành bởi sự kết hợp giữa 2 nguyên âm là /i/ và
/ə/. Khi phát âm âm này, ta để khóe miệng hơi kéo sang hai bên, nâng lưỡi cao
NH
để phát âm âm /i/, sau đó thu hai khóe miệng lại, hạ lưỡi về vị trí thư giãn.
Đổng thời phát âm âm /ə/. Như vậy ta đã phát âm được âm /ɪə/.
Y

Nguyên âm đôi /eə/ là sự kết hợp giữa /e/ và /ə/. Để phát âm âm này, ta để hai
khóe miệng hơi kéo sang hai bên, lưỡi đặt ở độ cao trung bình đề phát âm âm
QU

/e/, sau đó thu hai khóe miệng lại, lưỡi hơi kéo về phía sau để phát âm âm /ə/.
Như vậy, chúng ta đã phát âm được âm /eə/

PART II: LANGUAGE

M

A. Phonetic
Exercise 1. Put the words in the correct column depending on the pronunciation.
KÈ

deer chair fearful fairy where engineer

fear care dare smear fare hair
pair weary chair bearish leer wear
Y
DẠ

/ɪə/ /eə/

__________________________________________ __________________________________________

__________________________________________ __________________________________________

139
__________________________________________ __________________________________________

__________________________________________ __________________________________________

__________________________________________ __________________________________________

A L
__________________________________________ __________________________________________

CI
Exercise 2. Underline the words with the sound /ɪə/. Double underline the words with the sound /eə/.
Then say the sentences aloud.

FI
1. We're here.
2. Where are the spare pairs Stan and Dan wear?
3. I have these ears a hundred years.

OF
4. The fair hair man ran in the sand.
5. They are cramming for their exam over there.
6. Have a beer, cheer!
7. Up there, in the air, of course.
8. Is there a bank near here?

ƠN
9. Their meaning isn't really clear.
10. Look at that airplane.

Exercise 3. Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others.
NH
1. A. care B. bare C. are D. share
2. A. their B. heir C. there D. here
3. A. cheer B. wheel C. keen D. knee
4. A. hear B. seat C. beach D. peach
5. A. peer B. year C. rare D. seer
Y

6. A. bear B. wear C. swear D. fear

7. A. hair B. fair C. chain D. chair
QU

8. A. bee B. been C. seen D. deer

9. A. idea B. pea C. near D. gear
10. A. tear B. appear C. theater D. shear
11. A. earth B. learn C. clear D. search
12. A. declare B. airport C. where D. engineer
M

13. A. ear B. dear C. pear D. clear

14. A. see B. seer C. leer D. beer
KÈ

15. A. area B. arena C. parent D. various

Exercise 4. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. (Further practice)
1. A. boring B. entertaining C. awful D. moving
2. A. gripping B. delicious C. amusing D. fantastic
Y

3. A. wonderful B. excellent C. interesting D. predictable

4. A. cinema B. cartoon C. comedy D. action
DẠ

5. A. satisfactory B. violent C. terrible D. scary

B. Vocabulary & Grammar

Exercise 1. Circle the odd one out.
1. A. actor B. producer C. horror D. director
140
2. A. comedy B. cartoon C. amateur D. fantasy
3. A. plot B. content C. review D. audience
4. A. enjoyable B. boring C. sad D. dull
5. A. interesting B. exciting C. frightening D. gripping

L
6. A. romance B. scene C. documentary D. mystery

A
Exercise 2. Complete the sentences with the words from the box.

CI
actress director comedy dull confusing violent

1. The film was so __________________. I went home before it ended.

2. My sister likes this __________________ because it makes her laugh a lot.

FI
3. He doesn’t like the fights in the film. It’s too __________________.
4. The problem is so __________________. I can’t understand.

OF
5. Christ Columbus is the __________________ of Harry Potter and the Sorcerer’s Stone.
6. Thuy Ngan is a main __________________ of the "Gạo Nếp, Gạo Tẻ” film.

Exercise 3. Circle the correct word to complete the sentences.

1. Brad Pitt is an American actor / actress and film producer.

ƠN
2. I like science fiction films because they’re gripping/ boring.
3. The end of the film was so interesting / moving. I cried a lot.
4. We saw a poster/wizard of Marilyn Monroe on his wall.
5. She dislikes horror / romantic films. They are frightening.
NH
6. Kate Winslet is a famous actress. She stars / reviews in the film“Titanic”.
7. The film attracted millions of viewers / scenes every week.
8. She lectures to thousands of audiences / cartoons all over the world.
9. It is a content/ must-see film. I have seen it many times.
10. James Cameron is the director / leading role of the famous film “Titanic”.
Y

Exercise 4. Give the correct form of the given word to complete the sentences.
QU

1. It's bad for young kids to see on __________________ TV. (violent)

2. This is a __________________ story, you shouldn't read it alone. (frighten)
3. Titanic is a __________________ movie. It has a sad ending and everyone cries watching it. (move)
4. Paul Walker has won Oscar for the best _________________. (act)
5. This girl sings __________________ although she is a __________________. (bad/sing)
M

6. This film made a strong __________________ on me. (impress)

7. Have you ever seen this comedy? It's really __________________. (fun)
KÈ

8. The film was __________________ though they spent millions of dollars making it. (succeed)
9. I love action films. They're very __________________. (excite)
10. Big Ben Down is about a group of __________________ who take control of Big Ben. (terror)
11. We were __________________ with the service at the cinema. Everything was terrible. (satisfy)
12. The film is a big __________________. It is boring from beginning to end. (disappoint)
Y

Exercise 5. Match the two clauses to make a complete sentence. (Nối hai mệnh đề thành câu hoàn
DẠ

chỉnh.)
1. Despite the restaurant’s good service, A. in spite of the fact that our house is near the school.

2. The neighborhood was very noisy, B. he doesn’t think he can pass this exam.

141
 3. Although he has studied very hard, C. but she decided to buy the house there.

4. My brother always goes to school late D. I don’t think it’s the best restaurant in town.

5. It was raining heavily; however, E. though she has worked very hard.

L
6. She is not paid high salary, F. all of my co-workers went to work.

A
CI
Exercise 6. Choose the word or phrase (A, B, C or D) that best fits the blank space in each sentence.
1. The ending of the film is_________. All audiences are very sad.
A. disappointed B. satisfying C. disappointing D. satisfied
2. This is a _________ film and it makes me cry a lot.

FI
A. funny B. moving C. comedy D. excited
3. _________ he is a CEO and earns a lot of money, he is very mean.

OF
A. Because B. Although C. Despite D. Because of
4. This is a (n) _________ on real life during wars in Vietnam in 1945.
A. horror film B. sci-fi C. comedy D. documentary
5. She _________ the Oscar Prize as the best actress this year.
A. wins B. acts C. performs D. directs

ƠN
6. She is hard-working. _________ she isn't lucky in examinations.
A. Therefore B. But C. However D. So
7. Before you go to the cinema, you can watch the trailer and read _________ of the film.
A. reviews B. disaster C. critic D. character
NH
8. The film was so _______ However my father saw it from beginning to end
A. interesting B. exciting C. boring D. fascinating
9. The end of the film was so _______ that many people cried.
A. boring B. shocking C. exciting D. moving
10. They are making this film based _______ a true story.
Y

A. to B. after C. on D. for
11.___________ she has lots of money, she is very modest.
QU

A. Although B. Because C. However D. Despite

12. My younger sister didn’t choose that job________________ the salary was high.
A. so B. in spite of C. though D. Despite
13. ____________having a broken leg, she took part in the competition.
A. However B. Although C. In spite of D. Because
M

14. We didn’t go camping that day_________ the nice weather.

A. but B. despite C. although D. though
KÈ

15. Jimmy had done his homework; ____________, his mother didn’t let him go out.
A. though B. in spite of C. because D. however
16. _____________ working very hard, he lost his job.
A. Despite B. However C. But D. because
17. ___________he is an honest man, lots of people trust him
Y

A. Because B. So C. However D. Although

18. He never hangs out with his friends _______ the fact that he was has lots of free time.
DẠ

A. although B. because C. though D. in spite of

19. He doesn’t enjoy playing sports, ____________ he play basketball twice a week.
A. despite B. but C. because D. so
20. _____________her father is very strict, she loves him a lot.
A. In spite of B. Despite C. Although D. However
142
Exercise 7. Complete the dialogue with the words from the box.
through Why theaters movie funny It’s watch together

L
Thomas: What’s your favorite (1) __________________ Brian?

A
Brian: (2) __________________ super bad.

CI
Thomas: Why?
Brian: It’s very (3) __________________. Have you watched it?

FI
Thomas: Not yet.
Brian: You should (4) __________________ it. I’ m sure that you will laugh (5)

OF
__________________ the whole movie.
Thomas: Really?
Brian: Yes. I watched that movie the first day it came out in (6) __________________ and now I
want to watch it again.

ƠN
Thomas: I want to watch it too. (7) __________________ don’t we watch it together?
Brian: Good idea! I’d love to.
Thomas: Well, let’s meet (8) __________________ at the cinema tonight.
NH
Brian: Ok, see you then.

Exercise 8. Choose the correct option

1. I haven’t gone to a movie yet. (However/ Although), I don’t feel sad
Y

2. Happy ending is an old trend. (But/ However), people enjoy it.

QU

3. I really like the film (and/ though) most critics say it’s not worth seeing.
4. I feel as badly as you do, (though/ but) we don’t have time for this.
5. Linh can’t get tickets (although/ or) she has queued for hours.
6. He knows Chinese. (and / so) he can watch the film without the subtitles.
7. Please be quiet, (however/ or) you will wake the baby up.
8. Leonardo was nominated for six films. (Though/ However), he only won one.
M

9. The film is based on a story in the 19th century (so / though) it is set in modern time.
10. He can’t hear, (and/ because) he can hardly speak either.
KÈ

Exercise 9. Fill in the gaps with although or however.

1. They went on holiday _________________ they didn’t have much money.
2. He left on time; _________________, heavy traffic caused him to be late.
Y

3. _________________ he is a good personal trainer, they don’t like him very much.
4. She feels extremely tired _________________ she went to bed early last night.
DẠ

5. They’re still going camping _________________ it will be raining all weekend.

6. Kha Ly speaks English well _________________ first language is Vietnamese.
7. Jolie speaks Vietnamese well; her first language, _________________, is French.
8. My mother loves Bollywood movies _________________ she doesn’t speak Hindi.
9. They will have dinner outside; _________________, they will move inside in case of rain.

143
10. It’s a little late with the homework; _________________, I manage to finish it
by 5. 30 pm.

Exercise 10. Fill in the gaps with although, because, but, or so.

L
1. Everyone played well _________________ we lost the game.
2. Our bus won’t start _________________ the battery is flat.

A
3. The new camera is expensive, _________________ it is very good.
4. I love fast food a lot _________________ it is not very healthy.

CI
5. I’d like to go with you, _________________ I'm too busy right now.
6. _________________ it was very cold, she wasn’t wearing a coat.
7. I invited her to the party, _________________ she didn’t want to come.

FI
8. There are no buses this hour, _________________ we need to catch a taxi.
9. She bought a new laptop _________________ she needs it for her job.

OF
10. It is warm and sunny today, _________________ they are going to the beach.

Exercise 11. Find and correct one spelling error in each following sentence.
1. Rose loves Peter; howevver, he doesn’t love her. →_________________
2. Althouugh Jack drove carefully, he couldn’t avoid the accident. →_________________

ƠN
3. I want to go swimming, buut Mike wants to jog. →_________________
4. She wants to buy some grapes, soo she goes to Co-op Food. →_________________
5. He couldn’t get the trophy thhough he tried hard. →_________________
6. Jane can’t go to Nam’s party tomorrow beccause she’s busy. →_________________
NH
Exercise 12. Complete these sentences using Although + a sentence from the table.
I didn't speak the language it rained a lot
he had promised to be on time he has a very responsible job
I had never seen him before I had all the necessary qualifications
Y

she smokes 40 cigarettes a day we don't like her very much

It was quite cold the traffic was bad
QU

1. ____________________________________, he isn't particularly well-paid.

2. ____________________________________, I recognised him from a photograph.
3. I didn't wear a coat ____________________________________.
4. We thought we'd better invite her to the party ____________________________________.
5. ____________________________________, I managed to make myself understood.
M

6. He was late ____________________________________.

7. ____________________________________, she is quite fit.
KÈ

8. ____________________________________, we enjoyed our holiday.

9. I didn't get the job ____________________________________.
10. ____________________________________, I arrived on time.
Y

PART III: SKILLS

DẠ

A. Listening
Exercise 1. Listen to the short talk twice and circle the correct answer to each of the following
questions.
1. What movie is Kate going to watch?
A. Stars B. Good bye C. See you D. Bye Bye.

144
2. What time will Anne arrive?
A. at 7.30 B. at 7. 45 C.at 6: 30 D. at 10:30
3. What kind of movie does Daisy love?
A. Cartoon B. Horror C. Romance D. Action

L
4. How many people are going to see the new movie?
A. 2 B. 3 C. 4 D. 5

A
Exercise 2. Listen to the conversation twice and decide whether the following sentences are True or

CI
False.
No. Statements T F
1. Batman is comic books and movies.

FI
2. The Harry Potter books won many awards.
3. The Hunger games were written by Bill Finger.

OF
4. Sherlock Holmes is in books, TV shows, and movies.

B. Speaking
Exercise 1. Choose the correct response.
1. What type of films do you like best?

ƠN
A. I love Tom and Jerry.
B. I love Brad Pitt.
C. I love romantic films.
2. How about going to the cinema tonight?
NH
A. That’s a great idea. I’d love to.
B. That’s an interesting film. I like it.
C. It’s a must-see film. You should watch it.
3. Why don’t we go swimming at the weekend?
A. I’d love to but I have to visit my grandmother.
Y

B. I like swimming very much.

C. We have gone to that pool.
QU

4. What do you think of the film?

A. It is an action film.
B. It has lots of violent scenes.
C. He is the main actor of the film.
5. Does Billy like documentaries?
M

A. Yes, he is a cameraman.
B. Yes, he likes them very much.
KÈ

C. Yes, he is my brother.
6. Who is the director of the film “Spiderman”?
A. Jon Watts is the director of the film.
B. The film is very interesting.
C. It is my favorite film.
Y
DẠ

Exercise 2. Reorder the sentences (A - J) to make a logical conversation.

________ A. What is your favourite film, Ken?
B. Well, the film tells the story of Harry Potter. Harry lost his parents when he was very small.
________ He grows up learning about the secret of himself, his family, and the bad things happening
around him.

145
 C. Yes, he has an excellent magical ability. When he is 11 years old, he becomes a student at
________
Hogwarts Wizard School...
D. Not really. Hermione is the top student. He has another close friend, Ron. They study
________
together at Hogwarts and become brave and brilliant wizards. Together, they save the world.

L
________ E. I like the Harry Potter film series. Have you watched any part of it?

A
________ F. I couldn’t believe there’s someone who doesn't know about Harry Potter.

CI
________ G. Not yet. I’ve never read the Harry Potter book series either.
________ H. Harry is a wizard, isn't he?

FI
________ I. Yeah. That's me. So, what is the film series about?
________ J. Is Harry the best student at school?

OF
Exercise 3. Complete the conversation, using the sentences (a - e) to fill in the blanks (1 - 5).

a. I don't like thrillers. Is there any comedy?

ƠN
b. Kim, are there any interesting films on Netflix
tonight?
c. Oh, don’t say that then they fall in love with each
other. The motif is so old and boring.
NH
d. Sounds interesting. Is there a summary of its
plot?
e. And what does the review say about this film?
Y

Daisy: (1) ________

QU

Kim: Let me see... How about watching The Fallen Bridge? It's a thriller.
Daisy: (2) ________
Kim: Yes, The Long Lost Friend.
M

Daisy: (3) ________

Kim: Yes. The film is about two childhood friends. The boy moves to another city, and they lose
KÈ

contact. Then, they happen to work in the same company.

Daisy: (4) ________
Kim: No, not that motif. Although they hate each other at first, they soon recognize that they have so
many things in common. The boy helps the girl to win the heart of his brother, and he travels
Y

around the world.

DẠ

Daisy: (5) ________

Kim: Well, although a few people say it's a bit unrealistic, most say it's funny and has a serious
message.

146
Daisy: Hmm, let's go for it.

C. Reading
Exercise 1. Read the passage and then decide whether the sentences are True or False.
How many types of films do you know?

L
There are several kinds of movies in nowadays, how much do you know about it? And which type do you

A
prefer?
Action – These types of movies are big budget movies that show many physical stunts. If there is

CI
heroism, fights involving guns, swords or karate moves, horseback action or any destructive forces of
nature, your keyword is Action. In these movies, it’s usually a fight between the good guys and bad guys.
Comedies – They are loved by young and old for the feel good content. A comedy can be based on innocent

FI
humor, exaggerations, facial expressions or downright crude jokes.
Horror – You either love them or hate them. These films expose our fears and give rise to nightmares. For
some, horror films provide catharsis but other can barely sit through a movie, due to the violence and gory

OF
scenes.
Statements True or
False

1. There are a lot of physical moves in action film.

ƠN
2. In action movies, the good guys often help the bad guys.

3. Comedies are only loved by the young.

4. Horror movies can make you have a nightmare.

NH
5. There are violent scenes in horror movies.

Exercise 2. Read the passage, and write T (True) or F (False) next to the sentences.
The movie Hidden Figures (2016) not only serves as an item of good entertainment, but is also
Y

admirable in depicting the scientific changes in the USA in the 1960s, the social life issues of that era, and
QU

differences that existed in the country, especially among African-Americans. The movie centers around the
lives of three women: Katherine Johnson, who is recreated by movie star Taraji P. Henson; Mary Jackson,
who is played by Janelle Monáe; and finally, Dorothy Vaughan, as the mathematician portrayed by Octavia
Spencer. Essentially, all three women of African-American backgrounds play vital roles in society through
their contributions while working at NASA towards the successful launch of a spaceship into orbit.
M

Statements True or False

1. “Hidden Figures” is the movie of good entertainment.

KÈ

2. The movie depicted the scientific changes in the USA in the 16908.

3. The movie centers around the lives of three women.

4. Katherine Johnson is recreated by movie star Taraji P. Henson.

Y

5. Mary Jackson is a mathematician portrayed by Octavia Spencer.

DẠ

6. All three women play vital roles in society through their contributions.

Exercise 3. Read and decide T (true)/ F (false) for each statement.

147
 Watching television is an interesting and funny activity. The word television is often shortened to TV.
On TV you can watch many different programs about a wide range of things. Some examples of TV
programs are news, cartoons, reality shows, sports, documentaries and soap operas.
There are several channels which show different TV programs. In Vietnam, the main channels are called

L
"VTV1" "VTV2" and "VTV3". TV guides tell us what programs are showing on which channel, and at what
time on a particular day.

A
Most programs on TV are episodes that are part of a series. These episodes usually last for about 30
minutes or full hour. At the weekend, there are lots of interesting movies on TV. Now you don't need to go

CI
to the cinema. You can watch films at home. It's so comfortable. You can learn a lot from watching TV but
you should not watch too much or you will hurt your eyes.
Statements True or False

FI
1. Watching television is an interesting and fun activity.

OF
2. You can watch only some programs about a wide range of things.

3. "VTV1","VTV2", and"VTV3"arethe main channels in Vietnam.

4. We know the time and the name of programs thanks to TV guides.

ƠN
5. There are lots of interesting movies on TV on weekdays.

6. TV doesn't bring US any benefits. It damages our eyes.

Exercise 4. Read the film review, and decide whether the statements are true (T), or false (F), and tick
NH
the correct box.
Have you ever read Alice In Wonderland, by Lewis Carol? I did
and I really like it. It’s an adventure story full of magic and danger.
Yesterday I saw Tim Burton’s version of the film at the cinema.
This story is about Alice, who is now a teenager. A man wants to
marry her, but she runs away and falls down a rabbit hole. She travels
Y

to Wonderland, which she has visited before as a child, and meets a lot
QU

of amazing characters on her adventures.

There are a lot of good special effects in the film. The Red Queen, played by Helena Bonham Carter, is
very scary, and Johnny Depp is brilliant as the Mad Hatter. He has acted in a lot of films before but this is
my favourite one. Mia Waslkowska is good as Alice; this is her first big film and I think she’s going to
become a big star!
M

Overall, I think this is a good film for teenagers, but it’s a bit long. You should see it if you like fantasy
and adventure, but don’t go if you like romances: it’s not a love story.
Charlie, Manchester, UK
KÈ

Statements True False

1. Wonderland was directed by Lewis Carol.  
2. The film is both an adventure story and a love story.  
Y

3. Alice is still in her childhood.  

DẠ

4. Alice has never been to Wonderland before.  

5. She meets a lot of amazing people in Wonderland.  
6. The special effects in the films are good.  

148
 7. The Red Queen is very friendly.  

8. The Mad Hatter is played by Johnny Depp  

9. Johnny Depp played his first role in this film.  

L
10. The writer of the report thinks that the film is a good film for teenagers.  

A
CI
Exercise 5. Read the text carefully, then do the tasks.
In the UK, the cinema is very popular and a lot of young people go there. But, I what types of film do
they watch?
Jack, 14

FI
I love going to the cinema because there are always eight films on at our local cinema complex, and it’s
really modern. The ice cream is fantastic and there’s great popcorn and other snacks. I go with my friends

OF
every Friday. We all like science fiction films with action and suspense. We are also great fans of special
effects, so we love films like Avatar and Transformers.
Katie, 13
I don’t like horror films or science fiction films but I love romantic comedies. One of my favorite films is
The Proposal. It’s about a woman who decides to marry her assistant, but they’re not really in love. His

ƠN
family, in Alaska, try to organize a traditional wedding ... it’s very funny. In the end, they fall in love, of
course. I don’t go to the cinema much, because there isn’t a cinema near me. I watch films on DVD a few
months later
A. Decide if the following statements are true (T) or false (F).
NH
1. There isn’t any movie theatre near Jack’s house. ________
2. Katie’s favorite film is a love story. ________
3. They sell good ice cream and popcorn in the local cinema complex. ________
4. Jack and Katie enjoy the same types of film. ________
5. Jack and his friends like to see movies with special effects. ________
Y

6. Katie doesn’t go to the cinema a lot because she prefers watching films on DVD. ________
B. Answer the questions.
QU

1. Do young people in the UK like going to the cinema?

→_________________________________________________________________________
2. What kind of movies does Jack like?
→_________________________________________________________________________
3. How often does Jack go to the cinema?
M

→_________________________________________________________________________
4. Does Jack like his local cinema?
KÈ

→_________________________________________________________________________
5. What kind of film is The Proposal?
→_________________________________________________________________________
6. Why doesn’t Katie go to the cinema a lot?
→_________________________________________________________________________
Y

Exercise 6. Read the conversation, and then answer the questions.

DẠ

Susan: Sorry, guys, the Batman film’s sold out. Which film will we see instead?
Linda: How about this? It’s called Girl of my Dreams. It’s about a young man who dreamt about a perfect
girl. The next day he went to the bookshop where he met a girl called Nina.
Nick: That’s a love story. No, thank you!
Paul: What about Journey into Space? It’s about some spacemen who go to Mars.
149
Linda: Mm. It doesn’t sound very exciting. Is there anything else on?
Susan: How about The Pyramid? It’s a horror film about a monster in an Egyptian pyramid which comes
alive.
Paul: OK, that’s better. Shall I get the tickets?

L
Susan: Yes, but let’s hurry. It’s half past five. The next performance starts in five minutes.
1. Which film do they want to see at first?

A

________________________________________________________________________
2. Why can’t they see it?

CI
→_________________________________________________________________________
3. Which films do Linda, Paul, and Susan suggest that they see?
→_________________________________________________________________________

FI
4. What types of film are they?
→_________________________________________________________________________

OF
5. Which film do they agree to see?
→_________________________________________________________________________

Exercise 7. Read the passage, and then answer the questions.

Pirates of the Caribbean

ƠN
Captain Jack Sparrow is a pirate. He has a ship called the Black Pearl. One day, he goes to Jamaica,
where he sees a beautiful woman, Elizabeth. Then Jack meets Will, who loves Elizabeth too. Jack, Will, and
Elizabeth look for pirate treasure. The treasure is on the island Isla de Muerta. They must fight the pirate
Captain Barbarossa, who has the treasure. Captain Jack wins and they all go back to Jamaica. There,
NH
Elizabeth tells Will that she loves him.
1. Is Captain Jack sparrow a pirate? What is the name of his ship
→_________________________________________________________________________
2. Who loves Elizabeth?
→_________________________________________________________________________
Y

3. Who has the treasure?

→_________________________________________________________________________
QU

4. Who wins the treasure?

→_________________________________________________________________________
5. Who does Elizabeth love?
→_________________________________________________________________________
M

Exercise 8. Read the passage and answer the questions.

My favorite film
Hi, I’m Henry. My favorite film is Doraemon. It is a cartoon film that I like best of all the films I have
KÈ

seen. It is about a robotic cat named Doraemon, who travels back in time from the 22nd century to help a
schoolboy, Nobita Nobi. The film is made in Japan. The main characters are Doraemon and Nobita.
Doraemon is an intelligent robotic cat. However, Nobita is a clumsy student. Shizuka, Gian and Sueno are
aslo the characters in the film. Shizuka is a pretty girl, Sueno is a rich kid and Gian is selfish and violent.
Y

The film is funny and interesting. I like it very much.

1. What is Henry’s favorite film?
DẠ

→_________________________________________________________________________
2. What type of film is it?
→_________________________________________________________________________
3. Who is Doraemon?
→_________________________________________________________________________
150
4. Where is the film made?
→_________________________________________________________________________
5. Is Nobita intelligent?
→_________________________________________________________________________

L
6. How is the film?
→_________________________________________________________________________

A
CI
Exercise 9. Read the passage, and then answer the questions.
My favourite actors
I like a lot of different actors, but my real favourites are Daniel Craig and Halle
Berry.

FI
Daniel Craig is British and he’s a really talented actor. He’s been in a lot of
different kinds of films including action adventure, science fiction, and romantic

OF
drama, but he always gives an excellent performance. He was brilliant in Tomb
Raider as Alex West, but my favourite film is Casino Royale. I think Daniel Craig is a
fantastic James Bond.
Halle Berry is American. She was a model, but then decided to become an actress. I like her because
she’s beautiful. She’s a good actress and I think she has a great sense of humour. I’m not keen on some of

ƠN
her films, such as Catwoman, but her other films are excellent. My favourite is X-Men which is a science
fiction film. She plays the main character Storm, who has the ability to change the weather.
Daniel Craig and Halle Berry are both entertaining and talented actors. I love watching their films.
Nick, London, UK
NH
1. What are Nick’s favourite actors?
→_________________________________________________________________________
2. Where does Daniel Craig come from?
→_________________________________________________________________________
3. What kinds of films has he played?
Y

→_________________________________________________________________________
4. What is his role in Tomb Raider?
QU

→_________________________________________________________________________
5. What Daniel Craig’s film does Nick like best? Why?
→_________________________________________________________________________
6. Where does Halle Berry come from?
→_________________________________________________________________________
M

7. What was her job before she became an actress?

→_________________________________________________________________________
KÈ

8. Why does Nick like Halle Berry?

→_________________________________________________________________________
9. What Halle Berry’s film does Nick like best?
→_________________________________________________________________________
10. What is her role in that film?
Y

→_________________________________________________________________________
DẠ

Exercise 10. Read these following passages and choose the best answer:
Charlie Chaplin was an English actor, director, producer, and composer. He is known as the most
creative person of the silent-film era. Charlie Chaplin's portrayal of the tramp won the hearts of people all
over the world.

151
 Chaplin was born in London on the 16th of April, 1889. He spent his childhood in poverty and
hardship. In 1910 he began to perform pantomime in the United States. He first appeared on screen in 1914.
He created his world-famous character, the Tramp, and he played this classic role in more than 70 films
during his career. He also composed background music for most of his films. In 1972 Chaplin received an

L
Honorary Academy Award for 'the incalculable effect he has had in making motion pictures the art form of
this century'. Chaplin died on the 25th of December, 1977, at his home in Switzerland.

A
1. When did he start appearing in films?
A. In 1910 B. In 1914 C. In 1972 D. In 1941

CI
2. In about how many films did he play the Tramp?
A. over seventy B. Seventeen C. Twenty-five
D. less Seventy

FI
3. What is Charlie Chaplin’s job?
A. actor B. director C. producer and compose D. All are correct

OF
4. Which of the following is NOT true?
A. Charlie Chaplin was an English artist.
B. He received an award in 1972.
C. He played classical music.
D. Chaplin died on the 25th of December, 1977.

ƠN
Exercise 11. Read the following passage and choose the option (A, B, C or D) that best answers each of
the questions below.
The Silver Glove
NH
#The Silver Bore
Daniel Jones
If you’ve ever seen a pirate film in the past, you can save your money. This is one of the most predictable
films I have seen this year. The plot is totally unbelievable and the script is something amateurish out of
filmmaker college. There is some nice cinematography but the Hawaiian scenery is not enough to save this
Y

film. Great support acting from the Frenchman Thierry Montpasse as the evil Captain Scar.
#Pirates At the Speed Of Light
QU

Angela Moore
I just love this fast-moving pirate thriller. The story moves at dizzying speed from one terrifying battle
scene to the next and you really feel as if you are on the ships with these evil thieves and smugglers. Chief
pirate, British actor Colin Williams, is given all the best, wittiest lines and the film has its share of laughs as
well as scary moments. The storm scene at the beginning leaves you both exhausted and terrified.
M

1. What is the main purpose of the thread?

A. To explain the plots of the film. B. To introduce the main characters of the film.
KÈ

C. To give review of the film. D. To encourage people to see the film.

2. Who are the target audiences of the thread?
A. Film-lovers B. Movie critics C. Pirate movie fans D. All are correct.
3. The word “amateurish” means
A. good B. unskilful C. professional D. qualified
Y

4. The word “dizzying” means

A. confusing B. unsteady C. slow D. amazing
DẠ

5. Angela Moore complimented Colin Williams for his

A. Acting skills B. Movie lines C. Costumes D. All is correct

Exercise 12. Read the following passage and circle the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word
or phrase that best fits each of the numbers blanks.
152
 Today, you can find restaurants in almost every big city. In some places, you can (1) _______ in a line
and get a hamburger or a hot dog in a paper box; in others you can pick up a tray of fish, chicken, pizza or
even Mexico and Chinese food; and in some fast food places you can even park your car up to a window
and place your order. A (2) _______ minutes later, a worker passes you your food through the window and

L
you can drive away and eat (3) _______ in your car.
In New York, Paris, Tokyo, Singapore and thousands of big cities around the world, new fast food

A
restaurants (4) _______ every day. But why do people prefer fast food restaurants to move comfortable
restaurants where they can sit quietly at a table and watch the world go by?

CI
1. A. to stand B. stand C. to sit D. sits
2. A. lot B. some C. few D. little
3. A. it B. them C. many D. much

FI
4. A. open B. close C. opens D. closes

OF
Exercise 13. Choose the word which best fits each gap.
We all know Katniss Everdeen in The Hunger Games, but (1) _________ is the actress who plays her,
Jennifer Lawrence?
Jennifer Lawrence was (2) ________ on August 15, 1990 in Kentucky, U.S. When she saw a child,
Lawrence knew that she wanted to act, and she began performing in school plays and local theatre. (3)

ƠN
_______ the age of 14, hoping to break into acting and modeling, she went with her mother to New York
city to look for work. She (4) _________ in advertisements for MTV and the fashion company H&M and
got work as an actress on TV. Her family moved to Los Angeles to allow her to further her career.
In 2010, Lawrence played the (5) _________ in the film Winter’s Bone and she was nominated for many
NH
awards including an Oscar. In 2012, she starred in the film The Hunger Games (6) ________ Katniss
Everdeen. Lawrence also starred in another (7) ________ film in 2012, director David O. Russell’s Silver
Lining Playbook and at the age of 22 she became the second (8) ____________ woman to win the Academy
Award for Best Actress for her performance in Silver Lining Playbook.
1. A. what B. who C. which D. whom
Y

2. A. bear B. beared C. born D. bore

3. A. of B. in C. By D. At
QU

4. A. appeared B. attended C. starred D. made

5. A. acting B. lead C. performance D. scenery
6. A. as B. for C. with D. of
7. A. complicated B. ordinary C. delicious D. notable
8. A. young B. younger C. youngest D. youth
M

Exercise 14. Choose the word from the box that best fits the blank space in the following passage.
KÈ

consisted been which would many

way explain recent fewer their

The world's first film was shown in 1895 by two French brothers, Louis and Auguste Lumiere. Although
Y

it only (1) ______________ of short, simple scenes, people loved it and films have (2) ______________
popular ever since. The first films were silent, with titles on the screen to (3) ______________ the story.
DẠ

Soon the public had (4) ______________ favorite actors and actresses and, in this (5) ______________ ,
the first film stars appeared. In the 1927, the first "talkie", a film with sound, was shown and from then on,
the public (6) ______________ only accept this kind of film.
Further improvements continued, particularly in America, (7) ______________ produced 95% of all
films. With the arrival of television in 1950s, (8) ______________ people went to see films, but in (9)
153
______________ years audiences have grown again. More countries have started to produce films that
influences film-making and there are currently (10) ______________ national film industries.

D. Writing

L
Exercise 1. Reorder the words to make meaningful sentences.
1. is / horror / “A Nightmare” /film/a/.

A
→_________________________________________________________________________
2. don’t/I/like/film/ the / because / too / it’s / violent /.

CI
→_________________________________________________________________________
3. tonight/ Let’s / cinema/ go / to /the
→_________________________________________________________________________

FI
4. film/ What/ your/ is favorite?
→_________________________________________________________________________

OF
5. and producer / He/ the /is/ main actor / the / of /film/.
→_________________________________________________________________________
6. main actress / Although the / is / beautiful, / very / we/ her / don’t / acting style / like /.
→_________________________________________________________________________
7. want / I / to / a / watch / film, / but / don’t /I / want / go / the / to / cinema /.

ƠN
→_________________________________________________________________________
8. This / one / is / solution / the / to / problem; / however, / there / others are/.
→_________________________________________________________________________
9. I / felt / Although / was / he / wrong, / I /say / didn’t / the / so / at / time/.
NH
→_________________________________________________________________________
10. is / house / The / comfortable / it’s / though / small / quite /.
→_________________________________________________________________________
11. journey / was / The / quick / quite / because / the / was / road / clear /.
→_________________________________________________________________________
Y

12. It’s / cold, / very / so / wear / heavy / a / coat /.

→_________________________________________________________________________
QU

Exercise 2. Reorder the words and phrases to make meaningful sentences.

1. is / a comedy / Mean Girls / and / her / high school friends / about Cady Heron /.
→_________________________________________________________________________
2. a public school / is 16 years old, / she/When Cady/ goes to/ for the first time/.
M

→_________________________________________________________________________
3. At school, / and gets/ with a group of/ she/ makes friends/ popular girls/ into trouble/.
KÈ

→_________________________________________________________________________
4. befriends /the boy Aaron, / Regina, the group leader / When Cady / does / to her/ bad things/.
→_________________________________________________________________________
5. Although / is / the film / peer pressure / it sends / a comedy, / a serious message / about teenagers'/.
→_________________________________________________________________________
Y

6. It is / and the music /a must-see film /are excellent, / because / the actresses / is amazing/.
→_________________________________________________________________________
DẠ

Exercise 3. Write the second sentence so that it has the same meaning as the original one. Use the
given words.
1. She watched the documentary three times, but she couldn’t understand it. (UNDERSTAND)
→ Although ________________________________________________________________
154
2. Although they said that the film was a tragedy, it didn't have a sad ending. (BUT)
→ They said _______________________________________________________________
3. The leading actor was famous. However, his performance in the film was poor. (HIS)
→ Though _________________________________________________________________

L
4. I tried my best, but I couldn't win the leading role in the play. (ALTHOUGH)
→ I couldn't _______________________________________________________________

A
5. The price increased three times. However, I managed to buy two tickets for the film. (BUT)
→ The price _______________________________________________________________

CI
6. The film failed because they invested too little money into it. (SO)
→ They invested ____________________________________________________________

FI
Exercise 4. Combine the pairs of sentences, using the words in the brackets.
1. Ben prepared carefully for the casting. He wasn’t chosen. (however)

OF
→ Ben prepared ____________________________________________________________
2. You may hold your opinion. You have to obey orders. (but)
→ You may ________________________________________________________________
3. I enjoyed the film. The story was silly. (although)
→ I enjoyed ________________________________________________________________

ƠN
4. He is a vegetarian. Sometimes he eats fish. (however)
→ He is ___________________________________________________________________
5. Loan said her English is terrible. She got an 8 on writing test. (however)
→ Loan said _______________________________________________________________
NH
6. Mr. Dorothy is good at table tennis. He can play tennis well. (and)
→ Mr. Dorothy is ___________________________________________________________
7. I’m having difficulties with the exercises. I’ll finish on time. (however)
→ I’m having ______________________________________________________________
8. You said this film is boring. I find it interesting. (though)
Y

→ Though you said _________________________________________________________

9. James Bond was a difficult role. Daniel Craig performed excellently. (although)
QU

→ Although James Bond _____________________________________________________

10. They turned us away at the entrance. We didn’t have tickets. (because)
→ They turned _____________________________________________________________
11. We don’t enjoy eating at that restaurant. The servers are nice. (though)
→ We don’t enjoy eating _____________________________________________________
M

12. Everybody likes him. He is unfriendly. (although)

→ Everybody likes __________________________________________________________
13. Jack speaks Vietnamese fluently. The first language that he learned is German. (however)
KÈ

→ Jack speaks _____________________________________________________________

14. She isn’t good at Maths. She got a 9 on the final test. (although)
→ Although she isn’t ________________________________________________________
15. He is a vegetarian. He sometimes eats meat. (but)
Y

→ He is ___________________________________________________________________
16. He doesn’t know how to cook, he tries to cook every day. (despite)
DẠ

→ Despite not knowing ______________________________________________________

17. They didn’t buy that car. Its design was old-fashioned. (because)
→ They didn’t buy __________________________________________________________
18. She didn’t get the job. She had all the necessary qualifications. (although)
→ She didn’t get ____________________________________________________________
155
19. Hoa is beautiful. Her sister is much more beautiful than her. (however)
→ Hoa is __________________________________________________________________
20. He behaved badly. She loved him. (even though)
→ Even though he behaved ___________________________________________________

L
Exercise 5. Write the film review of Yellow Flowers on the Green Grass, using the notes given below.

A
Paragraph 1:
- I/ recently/ watched/ a film/ Yellow Flowers on the Green Grass.

CI
- it/ based on/ Nguyen Nhat Anh’s best – seller/ the same title.
Paragraph 2:
- the main characters/ the two brothers/ Thieu, a 12 – year – old boy/ and/ his little brother/ Tuong, a 7 -

FI
year – old boy.
- the plot/ the memories/ the poor childhood.

OF
- the brothers/ do everything together/ playing in rice paddles/ playing games …
- their days/ filled/ curious adventures
- then one day, Man, Thieu’s classmate/ come/ stay/ their house for a whilte/ because/ her house is on
fire.
- because of jealousy/ Thieu/ do physical harm/ Tuong/ Tuong can’t stand up.

ƠN
- in order to meet his classmate, Nhi/ Tuong/ try to walk again/ one day/ he run/ find Nhi.
Paragraph 3
- particularly enjoy/ characters/ theme of friendship
- many of the scences/ memorable/ because/ they filmed/ the beautiful countryside/ Phu Yen Province.
NH
Paragraph 4
- All in all, I/ really enjoy/ the film
- I’d like/ recommend this film/ everyone/ because/ I think/ all of us/ to recall our childhood.

I have recently watched a film called ____________________________________________________

Y

_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
QU

_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
M

_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
KÈ

_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
Y

_________________________________________________________________________________
DẠ

Exercise 6. Write the film, using the following cues.

A Film Review
• What kind the film is: a Disney cartoon film
• What the title of the film is: Atlantis: The Lost Empire
• Who the film is directed by: Gary Trousdale and Kirk Wise
156
 • Who the main character is: a scientist named Milo Thatch
• Who the characters are played by: Milo’s voice is played by Micheal J. Fox
• A short description of the plot (the story): A rich man gives Milo a submarine and a team of
people to help him find the Lost Empire of Atlantis. After some exciting adventures, Milo and his

L
team find Atlantis. But Atlantis is in trouble. Milo has to save it.
Details of special effects/ costumes/ music, etc: The music in this film is amazing.

A
•
• What we think is good or bad about the film: The film is sometimes scary, but it is very exciting.

CI
• A recommendation (advice about whether your classmates should watch this film and who will
enjoy it): If you like action films and cartoons, you will love Atlantis: The Lost Empire.

FI
Atlantis: The Lost Empire ______________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________

OF
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________

ƠN
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
NH
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
Y
QU
M
KÈ
Y
DẠ

157
 UNIT 9: FESTIVALS AROUND THE

PART I: THEORY
A. VOCABULARY

L
New words (Từ mới)

A
Words Type Pronunciation Meaning

festival (n) /ˈfestɪvl/ liên hoan, lễ hội

CI
Tulip festival /ˈtjuːlɪp ˈfestɪvl/ Lễ hội hoa tulip

Cannes Film Festival /kænds fɪlm ˈfestɪvl/ Liên hoan phim Cannes

FI
Mid-Autumn Festival /mɪd- ˈɔːtəm ˈfestɪvl/ Tết Trung thu

OF
Easter (n) /ˈiːstə(r)/ Lễ Phục sinh

Christmas (n) /ˈkrɪsməs/ Lễ Nô-en, Giáng sinh

Halloween (n) /ˌhæləʊˈiːn/ Lễ hội Halloween

ƠN
Thanksgiving (n) /ˌθæŋksˈɡɪvɪŋ/ Lễ Tạ ơn

feast (n) /fiːst/ bữa tiệc

costume (n) /ˈkɒstjuːm/ trang phục

NH
float (n) /fləʊt/ xe diễu hành

parade (n) /pəˈreɪd/ cuộc diễu hành

folk (n) /fəʊk/ dân gian

folk dance /ˈfəʊk dɑːns/ điệu múa dân gian

Y

Dutch (adj) /dʌtʃ/ thuộc về Hà Lan

QU

Netherlands/Holland (n) /ˈneðələndz/ /ˈhɒl.ənd/ nước Hà Lan

fireworks (n) /ˈfaɪəwɜːks/ pháo hoa

fireworks display /ˈfaɪəwɜːks dɪˈspleɪ/ trình diễn pháo hoa

M

celebrate (v) /ˈselɪbreɪt/ kỉ niệm, làm lễ kỉ niệm

KÈ

decorate (v) /ˈdekəreɪt/ trang trí

decoration (n) /ˌdekəˈreɪʃn/ sự trang trí, đồ trang trí

pine tree /paɪn triː/ cây thông

Y

throw (v) /θrəʊ/ ném

throw tomatoes /θrəʊ təˈmɑːtəʊɪz/ ném cà chua

DẠ

gift (n) /ɡɪft/ quà

give each other gifts /ɡɪft iːtʃ ˈʌðə(r) ɡɪfts/ tặng quà cho nhau

turkey (n) /ˈtɜːki/ gà tây

158
moon (n) /muːn/ mặt trăng

moon cake /muːn keɪk/ bánh trung thu

chocolate egg /ˈtʃɒklət eɡ/ trứng sô cô la

L
candy apple /ˈkændi æpl/ kẹo táo

A
carve (v) /kɑːv/ chạm, khắc

CI
carving pumpkin /ˈkɑːvɪŋ ˈpʌmpkɪn/ chạm khắc bí ngô

lion dance /ˈlaɪən dɑːns/ múa lân

FI
perform (v) /pəˈfɔːm/ biểu diễn

performance (n) /pəˈfɔːməns/ sự biểu diễn

OF
chase (v) /tʃeɪs/ đuổi, săn đuổi

chase after a wheel of cheese /tʃeɪsˈɑːftə(r) ə wiːl tʃiːz/ đuổi theo bánh xe pho mai

cozy (adj) /ˈkəʊzi/ ấm cúng

ƠN
symbol (n) /ˈsɪmbl/ biểu tượng

prosperity (n) /prɒˈsperəti/ sự thịnh vượng

reunion (n) /ˌriːˈjuːniən/ sự đoàn tụ

NH
Ghi chú:
Để diễn tả sự thất vọng, chúng ta thường dùng các từ sau
disappointing = đáng thất vọng
disappointment = sự thất vọng
Y

Example: How was the festival yesterday? (Lễ hội hôm qua thế nào?)
It was disappointing! (Thật đáng thất vọng!)
QU

Word formation (Từ loại)

Words Meaning Related words

celebration (n) celebrated (adj)

M

celebrate (v) kỉ niệm, tổ chức celebratory (adj) celebrant (n)

celebrity (n)
KÈ

disappointment(n) sự thất vọng disappoint (v) disappointing (adj)

disappointed (adj) disappointedly (adv)

decoration (n) decorative (adj)

Y

decorate (v) trang trí

decorator (n)
DẠ

feature (v) chiếu (phim) feature (n)

parade (n) cuộc diễu hành parade (v)

perform (v) biểu diễn performance (n) performer (n)

159
 symbolize (v) symbolic (adj)
symbol (n) biểu tượng
symbolically (adv) symbolist (n)

L
B. GRAMMAR
I. Yes/ No questions (Câu hỏi có/ không)

A
- Câu hỏi Yes/ No là loại câu hỏi mà câu trả lời có hai sự lựa chọn là Yes (có, đúng) hoặc No (không, sai)

CI
thay vì có sự lựa chọn đa dạng như các loại câu hỏi khác.
- Câu hỏi Yes/ No được thành lập bằng cách đưa trợ động từ ra trước chủ ngữ.
E.g: Do you like fishing?

FI
(Bạn có thích câu cá không?)
- Nếu “be” là động từ chính thì đưa “be” ra trước chủ ngữ.

OF
1. Câu hỏi yes/ no với động từ to be (thì hiện tại)

Am + I …?
Are + we/ they/ you …?
Question
Is + he/ she/ it …?

ƠN
- Yes, I + am.
NH
or No, I + am not. (am not = ‘m not)
- Yes, we/ they/ you + are.
or No, we/ they/ you + aren’t
Answer - Yes, he/ she/ it + is.
or No, he/ she/ it + isn’t
Y
QU

E.g: Are they freshman? (Họ là sinh viên năm thứ nhất phải không?)
Example
M

Yes, they are. (Đúng, đúng vậy)

KÈ

2. Câu hỏi yes/ no với động từ thường (thì hiện tại)

Do + I/ we/ you/ they + verb …?

Question Does + he/ she/ it + verb…?
Y
DẠ

Yes, I/ we/ you/ they + do.

or No, I/ we/ you/ they + don’t
Answer
Yes, he/ she/ it + does.
or No, he/ she/ it + doesn’t

160
 E.g: Do you get this prize? (Bạn có nhận giải thưởng này không?)
Example
Yes, I do (Có, tôi có)

A L
C. PHONETICS
Stress in two syllable words (Trọng âm của từ có 2 âm tiết)

CI
1. Danh từ, tính từ có 2 âm tiết
Với các danh từ hoặc tính từ có 2 âm tiết, thường trong âm nhấn vào âm đầu.
Words Pronunciation Type Meaning

FI
answer /'ænsər/ n câu trả lời

chapter /'tfæptər/ n chương (sách)

OF
summer /'sʌmər/ n mùa hè

question /'kwestʃən/ n câu hỏi

ƠN
music /'mjuʼzik/ n âm nhạc

ticket /'tikit/ n vé

traffic /'træfik/ n giao thông

NH
better /'betər/ adj | tốt hơn

happy /'hæpi/ adj vui vẻ

active /'æktiv/ adj năng động

Y

easy /'i:zi/ adj dễ dàng

Ngoại lệ: Nếu danh từ 2 âm tiết mà âm thứ 2 có chứa nguyên âm đôi hoặc nguyên âm dài thì trọng âm sẽ rơi
QU

vào âm thứ 2.
Words Pronunciation Type Meaning

machine /mə'ʃi:n/ n máy móc

M

design /di'zain/ n bản phác hoạ

mistake /mi'steik/ n lỗi

KÈ

balloon /bə'lu:n/ n khí cầu, quả bóng

advice /əd'vais/ n lời khuyên

estate /i'steit/ n tài sản, ruộng đất

Y

today /tə'dei/ n hôm nay

DẠ

asleep /ə'sli:p / adj ngủ, đang ngủ

alone ə'ləʊn/ adj một mình

alive /ə'laiv/ adj còn sống

161
2. Động từ 2 âm tiết
Với các động từ có 2 âm tiết, trọng âm thường nhấn vào âm tiết số 2.
Words Pronunciation Type Meaning

L
adapt / a'dæpt/ v tra (lắp) vào, thích nghi với

A
invest /in'vest/ v đầu tư

CI
believe Bi’lli:v v tin tưởng

decide /di'said/ v quyết định

FI
detect / di'tekt/ v dò ra, tìm ra

decrease /di'kri:s/ v giảm xuống

OF
Ngoại lệ: Âm thứ hai là nguyên âm ngắn và kết thúc bởi 1 phụ âm (hoặc không Có phụ âm) có dạng er, en,
ish, age ở cuối thường nhấn trong âm ở âm tiết thứ nhất.
Words Pronunciation Type Meaning

ƠN
enter /'entər/ v vào

open /'əʊpən/ v mở

manage /'mænıdʒ/ v điều hành, quản lý

NH
happen /'hæpən/ v xảy ra

visit /'vizit/ v tới thăm

listen /'lisn/ v nghe

Y

finish /'finiʃ/ v hoàn thành

offer /'ɔ:fər/ v đề xuất

QU

study /'stʌdi/ v hoc

damage /dæmidʒ/ v gây thiệt hại

M

PART II: LANGUAGE

KÈ

A. Phonetic
Exercise 1. Mark the stress of the words in the box then read them aloud.
1. decrease 9. estate 17. happen 25. chapter
2. question 10. today 18. visit 26. finish
Y

3.’music 11. design 19. listen 27. offer

DẠ

4. ticket 12. mistake 20. believe 28. study

5. traffic 13. balloon 21. decide 29. damage
6. asleep 14. alive 22. detect 30. summer

162
 7. alone 15. happy 23. answer 31. adapt

8. better 16. active 24. easy 32. invest

A L
CI
Exercise 2. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. (Further practice)
1. A. enjoy B. seldom C. money D. member
2. A. people B. costume C. invite D. country

FI
3. A. prepare B. listen C. receive D. begin
4. A. machine B. nation C. cloudy D. mommy
5. A. protect B. person C. village D. actual

OF
6. A. never B. happen C. quiet D. attend
7. A. morning B. forget C. England D. maybe
8. A. award B. lovely C. sunny D. pronoun
9. A. complete B. because C. parent D. describe

ƠN
10. A. perhaps B. decide C. cheerful D. relax
11. A. famous B. meeting C. alone D. purple
12. A. thousand B. Easter C. turkey D. neglect
13. A. balloon B. forget C. review D. comment
14. A. camping B. discuss C. Direct D. remake
NH
15. A. symbol B. control C. greasy D. access
16. A. listen B. travel C. borrow D. obey
17. A. traffic B. agree C. noisy D. student
18. A. pavement B. review C. samba D. concert
19. A. manner B. tourist C. machine D. action
Y

20. A. window B. tourist C. story D. Japan

QU

21. A. couching B. sneezing C. disease D. illness

22. A. enough B. affect C. narrow D. require
23. A. peaceful B. labour C. diverse D. wealthy
24. A. physician B. criminal C. average D. skyscraper
25. A. homeless B. violence C. skyscraper D. describe
M

B. Vocabulary & Grammar

Exercise 1. Complete the sentences with the words from the box.
KÈ

Film talent lunar exciting cook pray

1. People _________________ banh chung for Tet holidays.
2. The _________________ show featured singing, dancing, comedy and other things.
Y

3. This is one of the most _________________ festivals that I've been to.
4. The Mid-Autumn Festival is on the 15th of _________________ August.
DẠ

5. Hoi Mua Festival is held to thank the Rice God and _________________ for a better new crop.
6. She was the best actress at the Cannes _________________ Festival last year.

Exercise 2. Complete the sentences with the words from the box.
painting films costumes Christmas display cheese
163
1. We always have a big feast on _________________ Day.
2. He loves _________________ eggs at Easter.
3. People chase after a wheel of _________________ at Cheese Rolling festival.

L
4. There are many interesting _________________ at Cannes Film Festival.
5. You can watch fireworks _________________ with my family on New Year’s Eve.

A
6. Do you like wearing Dutch traditional _________________?

CI
Exercise 3. Circle the correct word to complete the sentences.
1. Christmas / Thanksgiving is celebrated to remember the birth of Jesus Christ.
2. Holi is a dance / festival that spreads love and harmony among people.

FI
3. People chase after a wheel of cheese / potatoes at Cheese Rolling festival.
4. We eat / throw tomatoes at each other at La Tomatina.

OF
5. The dancers are trained to wear / perform folk dances.
6. The Easter Bunny / Black Cat is a folkloric figure and symbol of Easter.
7. Thousands of flowers / twins come from different countries to attend the Twins Day Festival.
8. We always plant/ decorate pine trees and give gifts to each other at Christmas.
9. Halloween is celebrated on the 31st of October / November every year.

ƠN
10. She loves wearing traditional / modern costumes such as "Áo dài" and “Áo bà ba”.

Exercise 4. Choose the word or phrase (A, B, C or D) that best fits the blank space in each sentence.
1. A__________ is a round cake traditionally eaten during the Mid-Autumn Festival.
NH
A. hamburger B. mooncake C. cookie D. sandwich
2. La Tomatina Festival is held in___________.
A. England B. German C. Spain D. Turkey
3. Santa Claus often brings children presents at_________________.
A. Easter B. Christmas C. Tet D. Halloween
Y

4. Diwali is the festival of____________.

A. harvests B. tomatoes C. dances D. lights
QU

5. The Golden_______________ is the symbol of Cannes Film Festival.

A. Palm B. Pigeon C. Coin D. Pig
6. We saw beautiful____________ floats at a parade at the Tulip Festival.
A. tulip B. rose C. daisy D. lily
7. She wore a beautiful traditional__________.
M

A. firework B. parade C. display D. costume

8. Children love____________ eggs at Easter.
KÈ

A. cooking B. eating C. painting D. making

9. Most families have a big feast with roast __________on Thanksgiving Day.
A. potatoes B. beef C. turkey D. sheep
10. Everybody wore a_________ at Halloween night, so no one knew who was really at the party.
A. mask B. towel C. dress D. shirt
Y

11. The figure of Santa Claus has a long history in ___________ traditions.
A. Christmas B. Easter C. Thanksgiving D. Halloween
DẠ

12. The beauty of traditional ao dai and ___________ dances are the highlight of Vietnamese cultural
festivals.
A. dragon B. folk C. lion D. modern
13. La Tomatina is___________ in a small town in Spain.
A. holds B. hold C. holding D. held
164
14. Rio Carnival is famous for samba music and amazing ___________.
A. twins B. gifts C. wheels of cheese D. costumes
15. Cannes ___________ Festival is held in Cannes, France every year.
A. Film B. Music C. Arts D. Drama

L
16. On Thanksgiving Day, we ___________ and play and talk.
A. have a feast B. perform a lion dance C. carve pumpkins D. throw tomatoes

A
17. ___________ Egg Hunt is fun holiday activity for kids of all ages.
A. Tulip Festival B. Easter C. Tet Holiday D. New Year

CI
18. The greatest flower event in Vietnam, ___________ is a show to remember.
A. Twins Day Festival B. Rio Carnival
C. Hoi Mua Festival D. Da Lat Flower Festival

FI
19. ___________is the top prize at the Cannes Film Festival in France.
A. Easter Bunny B. The Golden Palm C. Moon Cake D. Candy Apple

OF
20. At Tet, celebrations begin with the family___________ dinner in the last evening of a lunar year.
A. dancing B. rolling C. floating D. gathering
21.__________ you always get up late on the weekends?
A. Is B. Are C. Do D. Does
22. _________ the girl in the fitting room?

ƠN
A. Do B. Does C. Are D. Is
23. _________ the boys perform lion dances at the festival tomorrow?
A. Are B. Will C. Did D. Do
24. _________ they watch fireworks display last night?
NH
A. Will B. Did C. Can D. Are
25. __________she like reading romantic love stories?
A. Does B. Do C. Was D. Did
26. _________her children painting eggs now?
A. Are B. Is C. Were D. Was
Y

27.___________ she so happy at her birthday's party yesterday?

A. Is B. Was C. Does D. Did
QU

28. I have sore throat. __________ I drink cold water?

A. Were B. Did C. Will D. Should
29. ___________Mary and Ann your students 7 years ago?
A. Did B. Are C. Were D. Will
30. ____________you make apple cakes? - Yes, I can.
M

A. Can B. Should C. Will D. Are

31. ___________ 12 years old? – No, I’m not.
A. You are B. Are you C. Do you D. Am I
KÈ

32. Is your mother a teacher? – Yes, ___________.

A. he isn’t B. he is C. she isn’t D. she is
33. ___________ your best friend? – Yes, you are.
A. I am B. You are C. Am I D. Are you
Y

34. ___________they play all sorts of music in the festival?

A. Does B. Is C. Are D. Do
DẠ

35. ___________ the cats in the garden? – Yes, _____________.

A. Is – it is B. Are – the cats are C. Are – they are D. Do – they do
36. ___________ your school near your home? – Yes, ______________.
A. Is – it is B. Is – I am C. Are – they are D. Are – I am
37. ___________ the girls have the tickets? – No, ____________.
165
 A. Do – she isn’t B. Do – they don’t C. Is – she is D. Are – they aren’t
38. ___________ Nga and Loan like the festival? – Yes, _____________.
A. Do – they do B. Did – they do C. Does – she does D. Are – she is
39. ___________Henry have a TV in his room? – No, ______________.

L
A. Does – he does B. Is – he isn’t C. Does – he doesn’t D. Do – he doesn’t
40. ___________ your parents from Vietnam? – No, _____________.

A
A. Were – they aren’t B. Was – they weren’t C. Are – they are D. Are – they aren’t

CI
Exercise 5. Give the correct form of the given word to complete the sentences.
1. Streets are decorated with _________________ lights and red banners. (colour)
2. It is _________________ in America to eat turkey on Thanksgiving Day. (tradition)

FI
3. Vietnam's New Year is _________________ according to the Lunar calendar. (celebrate)
4. What forms of _________________ do you participate in during the festival? (entertain)

OF
5. Her eyes were wide with _________________. When she heard the news. (excite)
6. A masquerade is a _________________ gathering of people wearing masks. (festival)
7. The Rio Carnival Samba _________________ are known as the greatest show on Earth!
(parade)
8. A music festival includes live _________________ of singing and musical instrument playing.(perform)

ƠN
9. Hue Festival is a _________________ event that is held every two years. (culture)
10. New Year's Eve is one of the largest global _________________ because it marks the last day of the
year. (celebrate)
11. I saw so many _________________ flowers when I attended the festival last year. (beauty)
NH
12. The Christmas season is also called the _________________ season. (festival)
13. I loved the _________________ this night. (perform)
rd
14. There is a great _________________ for girls on March 3 every year. (celebrate)
15. What I like about festivals is that they show the _________________ Values of different communities.
(culture)
Y

Exercise 6. Fill each blank with a word from the box.

QU

religious celebrate parade went attend

decorate lunar festival performers music

1. Carnival is a popular _________________ in many countries in South America.

M

2. South American people _________________ Carnival in different ways.

3. At Carnival, people wear costumes and _________________ through the streets, playing samba music
and dancing.
KÈ

4. She is going to Rio Carnival to watch _________________ dance.

5. A lot of dancers go to Rio de Janeiro to _________________ the Rio Carnival.
6. I think nobody is at home now because they have gone to the _________________ festival.
7. We _________________ to the Flower Festival in Da Lat last year.
Y

8. During Tet, the Vietnamese _________________ their houses with many beautiful flowers.
9. Thanksgiving is a _________________ festival only held in the USA.
DẠ

10. The Lantern Festival is celebrated on the 15th day of the first _________________ month?

Exercise 7. Complete the answers for the following Yes/ No questions

1. Do you want to build a dollhouse? - Yes, _________________.
2. Do we need two eggs to make pancake? - No, _________________.
166
3. Was she so sad yesterday? - Yes, _________________.
4. Did Nam have breakfast with his grandfather? - Yes, _________________.
5. Are you and your friends in the hall? - No, _________________.
6. Is he your English teacher? - Yes, _________________.

L
7. Were they going to the festival at that time? - No, _________________.
8. Did you and your sister visit the museum last Saturday? - No, _________________.

A
9. Should I go out at midnight? - No, _________________.
10. Can I borrow your pen? - Yes, _________________.

CI
Exercise 8. Fill in the blanks with an auxiliary verb: Am, Is, Are, Do, or Does.
1. _________you have a brother? 9. _________this your watch?

FI
2. _________you a teacher? 10. _________she in this class?

3. _________your sister live with you?
4. _________she your friend?
5. _________Mary work on Friday?
6. _________you like pizza?
OF
11. _________we need a computer?
12. _________the chair broken?
13. _________it work without the cable?
14. _________the pasta have salt in it?

ƠN
7. _________you tired today? 15. _________your sister at your house?
8. _________your parents from Egypt?
NH
Exercise 9. Match the questions in column A with its response in column B.
A B
1. Where did you take the photos? A. It was disappointing!
Y

2. What did you do at the festival? B. Yes, they do.

QU

3. Do people prepare candy apples for Halloween? C. No, he can't.

4. How was the concert last night? D. It's on the 25th of December.
5. When is Christmas? E. I took them at the Tulip Festival last month.
M

6. Can your brother join the festival with us? F. We ate mooncakes and watched lion dances.
KÈ

PART III: SKILLS

A. Listening
Exercise 1. Listen to the short talk twice and circle the correct answer to each of the following
Y

questions.
1. Where are they?
DẠ

→ They are in a/an______.

A. contest B. festival C. meeting D. race
2. How many competitions are there?
A. two B. three C. four D. five
3. What’s special about the fire-making contest?

167
 A. The fire is made by matches. B. The fire is made by lighters.
C. The fire is made in the traditional way. D. Two team members use candles to make fire.
4. Who tastes the rice in the final contest?
A. The judges B. The visitors

L
C. The team members D. The leader of Thon Trieu team

A
Exercise 2. Listen to the conversation twice and decide whether the following sentences are True or
False.

CI
No. Statements T F
1. Thanksgiving is a seasonal festival only held in the USA.
2. It is held on the third Monday of October.

FI
3. Cornbread is one of the traditional dishes.
4. After the feast, some people like to go for a walk or take a naps.

OF
B. Speaking
Exercise 1. Reorder the sentences (A - L) to make a logical conversation.
1 A. These photos are beautiful. Did you take them yourself?

ƠN
B. I saw beautiful flowers and nice strange trees. I also watched performances of flower fashion,
_____
flower carnival, and street parades, too.
_____ C. Yes. I took them in the Flower Festival. I was there last week.
D. Well, yes, but the movie was a bit disappointing. Its color was dull. Therefore, the flowers in
NH
_____
the movie were not as fresh as they are in real life.
_____ E. Did you see any play or movie at the festival?
F. No. Food and drink were not allowed in the street. But visitors could try delicious food at the
_____
night market.
Y

_____ G. Yes, very much because I’m a flower lover, and there was a lot to see at the festival.
QU

_____ H. I see. So, in general, did you like the festival?

_____ I. Well, they held the festival to encourage the flower industry and tourism in my province.
_____ J. The flowers must be beautiful. And what did you see there?
M

_____ K. It’s a pity, isn’t it? And was there good food at the festival?
_____ L. A flower festival? I can’t imagine it! Why did they hold this festival?
KÈ

Exercise 2. Complete the conversation, using the sentences (a - e) to fill in the blanks (1- 5).
a. That’s great. What did you see and do at the festival?
Y

b. Sounds interesting. Was there any special event in Bac Giang?

c. And did you like the festival?
DẠ

d. I guess it was exciting. Did your family do any home activities

then?
e. Did you go anywhere last weekend, Trang?

Mark: (1) ____________________________

168
 Trang: Yes. I went to my uncle’s house in Bac Giang Province.
Mark: (2) ____________________________
Trang: Yes, there was a festival going on in the village where my uncle is living.

L
Mark: (3) ____________________________

A
Well, I saw people sing traditional songs and dance. I watched a play about the history of the
Trang:
village, too.

CI
Mark: (4) ____________________________
Yes, of course. My extended family gathered and had a big feast. My cousins and I played

FI
Trang:
traditional games with one another.
Mark: (5) ____________________________

OF
Trang: Yes, very much because it was a lot of fun.

C. Reading

ƠN
Exercise 1. Read the text and choose the correct answer (A, B, C or D) for each space.
Songkran
Songkran is a water festival to mark the beginning of the New Year in Thai Buddhist calendar. Although
the festival (1) _____on April 13 and usually lasts three days, festivities can start earlier than that.
Water plays a major (2) ______in the festival. Water is the symbol of power because it washes away the
NH
(3) ____year and get people ready for the new year. People use water to clean homes. They also pour water
on Buddha statues and the hands of elders. In the street, there is a giant (4) ______water fight with people
throwing buckets of water at each other.
Songkran is also a time for family reunion. Many Thai people travel home for the holiday, (5) _______
with their family, and enjoy water events in their home town.
Y

1. A. ends B. finishes C. begins D. is

2. A. act B. repair C. half D. role
QU

3. A. previous B. annoy C. current D. next

4. A. friendly B. frightening C. soldier D. huge
5. A. depart B. gather C. study D. fight

Exercise 2. Read the following passage and circle the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word
M

or phrase that best fits each of the numbers blanks.

Two of the most important holidays in the United State are Independence Day and Thanksgiving
KÈ

Day. The fourth of July marks the American declaration of independence from Britain. Most towns, big or
small, celebrate the fourth of July with parades and fireworks. Families (1) _______with barbecues or
picnics. Thanksgiving Day is celebrated in Fall, on the fourth Thursday in November. It is a day (2)
_______people give thanks to the harvest. Most families (3) _______a large dinner with roast turkey. (4)
_______Independence Day and Thanksgiving are national (5) _______.
Y

1. A. celebrating B. celebration C. celebrate D. celebrated

DẠ

2. A. where B. when C. which D. what

3. A. have B. buy C. help D. take
4. A. Besides B. Both C. Either D. Nor
5. A. chances B. months C. holidays D. times

Exercise 3. Choose the correct word A, B or C for each gap to complete the following passage.
169
 Yesterday, Carlos went (1) _______ La Tomatina. The festival is held on the last Wednesday of August
every year in Buñol, Spain. (2) _______ were thousands of people there. In the morning, many people tried
(3) _______ up the pole to get the ham. At 11 a.m., they (4) _______ a jet from the water cannons and the
chaos began. Bags of tomatoes from trucks were (5) _______ to the crowds, and they began throwing

L
tomatoes at one another. They all had to wear goggles (6) _______ their eyes.
After one hour, they saw another jet and stopped (7) _______. The whole town square (8) _______ red

A
with rivers of tomato juice. Finally, they tried tomato Paella, (9) _______ Spanish rice dish. Together with
local people and tourists, they enjoyed the (10) ___________ food and drink.

CI
1. A. at B. in C. to D. from
2. A. There B. They C. That D. This
3. A. climb B. climbed C. climbing D. to climb

FI
4. A. saw B. see C. seen D. seeing
5. A. thrown B. threw C. throw D. thrown

OF
6. A. protecting B. to protect C. protected D. throwing
7. A. to throw B. throw C. throwing D. protect
8. A. were B. are C. was D. is
9. A. tradition B. traditional C. traditionally D. traditionalize
10. A. badly B. better C. well D. good

ƠN
Exercise 4. Read the text and then answer the questions.
Day of the Dead- Mexico
Day of the Dead is celebrated on November 1 in Mexico, Ecuador, Guatemala, and other parts of
NH
Central and South America. Families gather to pray to the souls of dead relatives, asking them to return for
just one night. People decorate altars in their homes and graveyards with food, candles, candy skulls and
marigolds to welcome the souls back to Earth. Skeletons are displayed throughout cities, and people dressed
as skeletons parade through the streets. Pan de los muertos (bread of the dead) is baked in the shape of
skulls and crossbones, and a toy is hidden inside each loaf. The person who bites into the toy is said to have
Y

good luck. Day of the Dead is a time to celebrate and remember the lives of dead family members.
1. Where and When is Day of the Dead celebrated?
QU

→ ______________________________________________________________________________
2. What do families gather to pray for?
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
3. What do people do to welcome the souls back to Earth?
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
M

4. What is the custom with Pan de los muertos (bread of the dead)?
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
5. What is the purpose of the Day of the Dead?
KÈ

→ ______________________________________________________________________________

Exercise 5. Read the text and then answer the questions.

A Hindu Festival: Diwali
Y

The festival of Diwali is one of the most important religious festivals in India. It lasts for five days
around the end of October. It is the festival of Lakshmi, the Goddess who, in the Hindu religion, brings
DẠ

peace and prosperity.

Preparations for the festival begin several weeks before the festival. People clean and decorate their
homes, prepare special food, and buy new clothes and jewelry to welcome the Goddess in their homes. All
over India, people light up their homes with oil lamps and colourful lights.

170
 The celebrations take place on the darkest night of the lunar month, Amavasya. In the evening, fireworks
fill the sky to make Diwali a true “Festival of Light”
1. In which country is Diwali celebrated?
→ ______________________________________________________________________________

L
2. How long is the festival of Diwali?
→ ______________________________________________________________________________

A
3. Which Goddess is it the festival of?
→ ______________________________________________________________________________

CI
4. What do people do to prepare for the festival?
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
5. Why is Diwali called “Festival of Light”?

FI
→ ______________________________________________________________________________

OF
Exercise 6. Read the passage then answer the questions below.
Vietnam's New Year is celebrated according to the Lunar calendar. It is especially known as Tet Nguyen
Dan, or Tet. It begins between January twenty-first and February nineteen. The exact date changes from year
to year. Vietnamese people usually make preparations for the holiday several weeks beforehand. They tidy
their houses, cook special food, clean and make offerings on the family altars. On the New Year's Eve,

ƠN
people sit up to midnight to see New Year in, then they put on new clothes and give one another the
greetings of the season. Tet lasts ten days. The first three days are the most important. Vietnamese people
believe that how people act during those days will influence the whole year. As a result, they make every
effort to avoid arguments and smile as much as possible.
NH
1. What is Vietnam's New Year known as?
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
2. Is Tet celebrated according to the Lunar calendar?
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
3. When does the Lunar New Year begin?
Y

→ ______________________________________________________________________________
4. What do Vietnamese people usually do to prepare for Tet?
QU

→ ______________________________________________________________________________
5. Do people sit up to midnight on the New Year's Eve?
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
6. Does Tet last five days?
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
M

7. Why are the first three days the most important?

→ ______________________________________________________________________________
KÈ

Exercise 7. Read the passage and choose the correct option to complete the answers.
Halloween is a festival held on the 31st of October every year. The most common colors of the day are
orange and black. Halloween comes from the ancient Celtic festival Samhain. The ancient Celts believed
that at the night of October 31st, now known as Halloween, the boundary between the living and the
Y

deceased was not clear, and the dead became dangerous for the living by causing problems such as sickness
or damaged crops. On Halloween day, the ancient Celts would place a skeleton by their window to represent
DẠ

the dead. Believing that the head was the most powerful part of the body, containing the spirit and
knowledge, the Celts used the "head" of vegetable to decorate their houses. On this day people often wear
strange clothes as characters in horrible novels or movies to frighten others. People usually like to dress as
ghosts, skeletons, or witches. Now Halloween is an official holiday in almost
all European countries.
171
1. When is Halloween?
→ It's on ______________every year.
A. March 31st B. October 13th C. October 31st
2. What is the most common colors of the day?

L
→ They're_________________.
A. pink and black B. orange and black C. blue and black

A
3. Where does Halloween come from?
→ It comes from______________.

CI
A. the night of October 31st
B. the ancient Celtic festival Samhain
C. the boundary between the living and the deceased

FI
4. What did the Celts use to decorate their houses on Halloween day?
→ They used________________________.

OF
A. a skeleton B. their body C. the head of vegetable
5. What do people like to dress as?
→ They like to dress as______________.
A. ghosts, skeletons, or witches
B. ghosts, princesses or witches

ƠN
C. fairies, skeletons, or queens
6. Is Halloween an official holiday in almost all European countries nowadays?
→ Yes, ___________.
A. it is B. she is C. they are
NH
Exercise 8. Read and complete the text using the words or phrases in the box.
A. take part in B. successful C. celebrated
D. spend E. play F. take
Y

Thanksgiving (also called Turkey Day) is a seasonal holiday held annually to give thanks to God for (1)
QU

_______________ harvests. In the USA, the holiday is (2) _______________ on the fourth Thursday of
November. In Canada it is celebrated on the second Monday of October because harvest there generally
ends earlier.
Thanksgiving is traditionally celebrated with a feast among family and friends. Not only adults but
children (3) _______________ the food preparation. Traditional foods are turkey, stuffing, gravy, sweet
M

potatoes, cornbread, mashed potatoes, and cranberry sauce. After the feast people often do some other
activities. Some like to go for a walk. Some take naps. Others (4) _______________ board or card games
KÈ

together. A lot of people (5) _______________ this opportunity to helo the less fortunate. They volunteer to
cook and serve food to homeless people, (6) _______________ time with sick people in hospitals or help a
needy family.

Exercise 9. Read the text, and do the following tasks.

Y

National Children’ Day in Japan is on the fifth day of the fifth month every year- that’s May 5th. People
in Japan celebrate children and their happiness. It is also the start of the summer.
DẠ

People always put some fish outside their houses, and the number of fish is also the number of people in a
family.
The mother in every family often makes special food for National Children’ Day: rice cakes and
delicious sweets. People often eat at home, but some restaurants have got special Children’s Day menus- a

172
lot of families eat at restaurants, too. Children often wear traditional Japanese clothes and sing a special
National Children’ Day song, and the boys wear special paper hats.

A. Read the text, and mark the sentences T(true), F(false), or NM (not mentioned)

L
1. National Children’ Day in Japan is the biggest holiday in the year. _______________
2. It’s the start of the summer holiday. _______________

A
3. A family of three puts three fish outside their houses. _______________
4. People always eat special food at home. _______________

CI
5. People wear traditional Japanese clothes on that day. _______________
6. The boys put on their heads something special. _______________
B. Answers the questions:

FI
1. When is National Children’ Day in Japan?
→ ______________________________________________________________________________

OF
2. Why do people in Japan have that day?
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
3. What do mothers often make on that day?
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
4. What have restaurants got on that day?

ƠN
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
5. How many Japanese families eat at restaurants on that day?
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
6. What do Japanese children often do on National Children’ Day?
NH
→ ______________________________________________________________________________

D. Writing
Exercise 1. Choose the correct sentence from the given words and phrases.
1. The Twins Day Festival/ held/ the first weekend/ August.
Y

A. The Twins Day Festival held on the first weekend in August.

B. The Twins Day Festival is held on the first weekend in August.
QU

C. The Twins Day Festival is held in the first weekend in August.

D. The Twins Day Festival is held on the first weekend on August.
2. The festival/ celebrated/ Twinsburg, Ohio.
A. The festival celebrated Twinsburg, Ohio. B. The festival is celebrated at Twinsburg, Ohio.
C. The festival is celebrated in Twinsburg, Ohio. D. The festival are celebrated in Twinsburg, Ohio.
M

3. People here /hold /this festival / each year.

A. People here holds this festival each year. B. People here hold this festival each year.
KÈ

C. People here is hold this festival each year. D. People here are hold this festival each year.
4. Thousands of twins / come / different countries.
A. Thousands of twins come different countries.
B. Thousands of twins come from different countries.
C. Thousands of twins are come from different countries.
Y

D. Thousands of twins does come from different countries.

5. They / wear / tradition al costumes/ dance/ together.
DẠ

A. They wear traditional costumes dance together.

B. They wears traditional costumes and dance together.
C. They wears traditional costumes and dance with together.
D. They wear traditional costumes and dance together.
6. The Twins Day Festival/ the largest gathering/ for/ twins/ the world.
173
 A. The Twins Day Festival is the largest gathering for twins in the world.
B. The Twins Day Festival are the largest gathering for twins in the world.
C. The Twins Day Festival do the largest gathering for twins in the world.
D. The Twins Day Festival does the largest gathering for twins in the world.

L
7. La Tomatina / unusual festival/ Spain.
A. La Tomatina is unusual festival in Spain. B. La Tomatina is unusual festival in Spain.

A
C. La Tomatina is an unusual festival in Spain. D. La Tomatina is an unusual festival on Spain.
8. This festival/ held/ the last Wednesday/ every August.

CI
A. This festival held on the last Wednesday in every August.
B. This festival is held in the last Wednesday in every August.
C. This festival is held on the last Wednesday of every August.

FI
D. This festival is held in the last Wednesday at every August.
9. People/ throw/ bags of tomatoes/ the crowd.

A. People throw bags of tomatoes the crowd.
C. People throws bags of tomatoes at the crowd.
10. you I perform/ Dutch folk dances/?
A. Are you perform Dutch folk dances?
C. Can you perform Dutch folk dances?
OF
B. People throw bags of tomatoes on the crowd.
D. People throw bags of tomatoes at the crowd.
B. Does you perform Dutch folk dances?
D. Is you perform Dutch folk dances?

ƠN
Exercise 2. Reorder the following words or phrases to make meaningful sentences.
1. on/ is/ held/ last/ the/ of/ Wednesday/ August/ La Tomatina/ every year.
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
NH
2. last year/ 60,000/ attended/ About/people/ festival/ the
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
3. went/ the/ to/ Flower Festival/ We/ Da Lat/ last year/ in
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
4. decorate/ During/ the Vietnamese/ Tet, / with/ their/ houses/ peach blossoms
Y

→ ______________________________________________________________________________
5. tomatoes/ People/ at/ throw/ each other/ for/ one day/ at La Tomatina
QU

→ ______________________________________________________________________________
6. it/ celebrate/ with/ and/ People/ street fairs/ live music
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
7. hosts/ its/ Every year/ Cannes/ film/ international/ festival
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
M

8. it/ a/ celebrate/ People/ special/ in/ way

→ ______________________________________________________________________________
KÈ

9. costumes/ People/ wear/ parade/ and/ through/ the streets

→ ______________________________________________________________________________
10. is/ This/ festival/ two/ every/ held/ years
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
11. lunar month/Taiwanese people/ the lantern Festival / celebrate/ on the 15th / of the first /.
Y

→ ______________________________________________________________________________
12. The festival/ in the New Year/ aims to / prosperity, / wish for peace, / and joy /.
DẠ

→ ______________________________________________________________________________
13. Every year, / of people and / thousands / attend / visitors / the festival /.
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
14. fly to the sky /They write / these lanterns / on the lanterns, / and / their wishes /.
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
174
15. to the Gods / People / their wishes / the lanterns / believe that / will bring /.
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
16. on the lanterns / Family members / the quizzes / have a feast / gather to / and solve /.
→ ______________________________________________________________________________

L
17. folk dances / The dancers / perform / will / the / at / festival /.
→ ______________________________________________________________________________

A
18. in /The Rio Carnival / every year / takes place / Brazil/.
→ ______________________________________________________________________________

CI
19. do / need / you / How many / candy apples / the Halloween party / for /?
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
20. favorite / Lion dances / the Mid-Autumn Festival/ is / one / at / my / activities / of /.

FI
→ ______________________________________________________________________________

OF
Exercise 3. Make Yes/No Questions with the given words and phrases.
1. you/like/festivals
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
2. you/be/architect
→ ______________________________________________________________________________

ƠN
3. your father/work/ in the garden / now
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
4. Mary and her friends / go swimming / yesterday afternoon
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
NH
5. she/be/in Da Lat / her family / last summer
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
6. they/perform/ traditional dances / the festival / tomorrow
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
Y

Exercise 4. Make questions for the underlined words/ phrases.

1. Nam leaves home at 7 o'clock.
QU

→ ______________________________________________________________________________
2. He teaches English at the high school.
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
3. The lesson is very difficult.
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
M

4. She often does the housework after doing exercises.

→ ______________________________________________________________________________
5. They are planting some roses in the garden.
KÈ

→ ______________________________________________________________________________
6. They want to return to America.
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
7. Mrs. Robinson buys a poster.
Y

→ ______________________________________________________________________________
8. My father lives in Ha Noi.
DẠ

→ ______________________________________________________________________________
9. He travels to Nha Trang by coach.
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
10. She goes to the doctor because she is sick.
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
175
Exercise 5. Make questions for the underlined parts, using the question words in brackets.
1. La Tomatina in Buñol, near Valencia happens every year. (How often)
→ ______________________________________________________________________________

L
2. La Tomatina takes place on the last Wednesday in August. (When)
→ ______________________________________________________________________________

A
3. The highlight of the festival is the tomato flight. (What).
→ ______________________________________________________________________________

CI
4. La Tomatina dates backs to 1945 when an annual parade of enormous figures with big heads was passing
through the streets of Bunyol. (When)
→ ______________________________________________________________________________

FI
5. Some youngsters accidentally knocked over one of the giants. (What)
→ ______________________________________________________________________________

OF
6. Burning Man lasts one week. (How long).
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
7. The festival began in San Francisco's Baker Beach in 1986. (When; Where)
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
8. The event begins on the last Monday in August, and ends on the first Monday in September.

ƠN
(When)
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
9. It takes its name from the ritual burning of a large wooden model of a hated person. (What)
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
NH
10. In 2010, 51,515 people attended Burning Man. (How many)
→ ______________________________________________________________________________

Exercise 6. Write the sentences using the guided words and phrases. You may have to change the
words or add more.
Y

1. Mid-Autumn Festival / happen / middle / eighth lunar month.

→ ______________________________________________________________________________
QU

2. People / start / prepare / festival / long / advance.

→ ______________________________________________________________________________
3. the streets, / lion dancers / practise / their performance / shops / sell / moon cakes.
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
4. They / also / toys, star lanterns / colourful masks.
M

→ ______________________________________________________________________________
5. On / night / the full moon, / people offer / moon cakes / grapefruits / their ancestors.
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
KÈ

6. Then / children / parade around / star lanterns / moon cakes.

→ ______________________________________________________________________________

Exercise 7. Read the e- mail and fill in the missing sentences.

Y

A. Bye for now.

B. Greeting for Edingburgh
DẠ

C. In Edingburgh people celebrate it every year with a four- day festival.

Hi Hoa,
1. __________. It’s very cold here, and snowing, but we’re having a wonderful time. I’m spending New
Year’s Eve with my cousin. It’s a big celebration here. The Scottish people have their own name for it. They
call it Hogmanay.
176
2. __________. They have a torchlight parade and a street party. At the moment, I’m eating some
traditional food called stovies and people are dancing in the street. We’re all waiting to watch the fireworks
display at midnight.
3. __________. See you when I get home.

L
Linda

A
Exercise 8. Write an email to your English pen- friend about the Mid- Autumn Festival in Hoi An you
attended last weekend. Use the words and phrases given. Make sure that you use the correct verb

CI
forms.
Hi Linda,
I hope you’re well. Guess where I went last weekend.

FI
1. I/ go/ the Mid- Autumn Festival/ Hoi An/ my parents
→ ______________________________________________________________________________

OF
2. The weather/ sunny/ warm/ and/ there/ a lot/ foreign tourists here
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
3. Last Saturday the 15th day/ the eighth lunar month/ and/ there/ many activities/ celebrate the full moon
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
4. children/ carry/ colourful paper lanterns/ the streets/ and/ we/ see/ lots of them/ the Hoai River/ and/ the

ƠN
Japanese Covered Bridge.
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
5. there/ lion dances/ and/ food stalls with moon cakes, sticky rice, fruits, and sweets
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
NH
6. children also/ take part/ drawing contests
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
7. anyway/ we/ have/ a great time here
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
8. write/ me/ what you/ do/ last weekend
Y

→ ______________________________________________________________________________
Yours,
QU

Lan

Exercise 9. Write an email about the Rock Music Festival, using the prompts below. The first and last
paragraphs have been done for you.
- the festival/ held/ a stadium/ and/ everyone/ stand/ the field
M

- first performance/ jazz/ the band/ Thinh Fla Quartet

- everyone/ dancing/ when/ band/ on stage
- next performance/ for/ country band
KÈ

- I/ surprised/ I/ enjoyed/ it/ very much/ because/ I/ not/ fan/ country music
- highlight/ performances/ some famous rock bands/ “The Wall”, “Unlimited” and “MicroWave”
- I/ singing along loudly/ and/ I/ not/ speak/ the next day
Hi Mary,
Y

I want to tell you about the fantastic weekend at the Rock Music Festival
_________________________________________________________________________________
DẠ

_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
177
I had the time of my life, and I can’t wait to go back again next year.
Tom

Exercise 10. Write the description of Halloween, using prompts below.

L
1. Halloween/ a holiday/ October 31/ every year
→ ______________________________________________________________________________

A
2. children and adults/ wear/ different costumes/ their choice/ attend costume parties
→ ______________________________________________________________________________

CI
3. Big pumpkins/ carved into lanterns/ put on display/ houses
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
4. superstituous people/ light bonfires/ their yards/ keep their houses safe/ ghost and evil spirits

FI
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
5. Halloween/ a very special holiday/ children/ because/ they/ wear costumes/ their favourite characters/ and/

OF
they/ go/ trick and treat/ their neighbourhood/ collect sweets
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
6. according/ an old tale/ a drunken farmer named Jack Stingy/ not allowed/ enter/ both heaven/ hell after his
death
→ ______________________________________________________________________________

ƠN
7. His soul/ wandered/ the darkness/ and/ he/ carved out/ a lantern/ out/ turnip/ light his way
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
8. the Celtics / believed/ this story/ Jack Stingy/ so/ they/ put/ Jack o’ Lanterns outside their houses
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
NH
9. the purpose/ to guide/ lost souls home
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
10. the Jack o’ Lanterns / carved out/ potatoes/ and then/ people/ began/ use pumpkin
→ ______________________________________________________________________________
Y

Exercise 11. Write a paragraph about Da Lat Flower Festival, using the cues given below.
1. Name of Festival: Da Lat Flower Festival.
QU

2. What is the festival? The programs of Flower festival are a variety of content for every festival period.
These will make interests to tourists and participants as well.
3. How often is it held? Da Lat Flower Festival has been oragnized.
4. Where is it held? The Flower Garden of Da Lat
5. Why is it held? The local government has recently taken more measures to increase cultural activities in
M

the tourism industry.

6. What is the content of the festival? The shows have the participant of thousands of professional and un-
KÈ

professional artists. Besides the opening and closing ceremonies, the festival has also some other programs
such as flower exhibition fair, flower car march, trade fair, contest of Da Lat farmers.
Answer
Da Lat Flower Festival has been oragnized _______________________________________________
Y

____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
DẠ

____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
178
 UNIT 10. ENERGY RESOUCES

PART I: THEORY
A. VOCABULARY

L
New words (Từ mới)

A
Words Type Pronunciation Meaning

energy (n) /ˈenədʒi/ năng lượng

CI
source (n) /sɔːs/ nguồn

energy sources /ˈenədʒi sɔːsɪz/ các nguồn năng lượng

FI
power (n) /ˈpaʊə(r)/ công suất, năng lượng

OF
heat (n) /hiːt/ nhiệt

electricity (n) /ɪˌlekˈtrɪsəti/ điện

light (n) /laɪt/ ánh sáng

ƠN
light bulb /laɪt bʌlb/ bóng đèn

solar (adj) /ˈsəʊlə(r)/ liên quan đến mặt trời

solar energy /ˈsəʊlə(r) ˈenədʒi/ năng lượng mặt trời

NH
solar panel /ˈsəʊlə(r) ˈpænl/ tấm quang năng, tấm pin năng lượng mặt trời

nuclear (adj) /ˈnjuːkliə(r)/ thuộc về hạt nhân

nuclear energy /ˈnjuːkliə(r) ˈenədʒi/ năng lượng hạt nhân

wind (n) /wɪnd/ gió

Y

wind energy /wɪnd ˈenədʒi/ năng lượng gió

QU

hydro (adj) /ˈhaɪdrəʊ/ liên quan đến nước

hydro energy /ˈhaɪdrəʊ ˈenədʒi/ năng lượng nước

coal (n) /kəʊl/ than

M

oil (n) /ɔɪl/ dầu

KÈ

gas (n) /ɡæs/ khí

natural gas /ˈnætʃrəl ɡæs/ khí tự nhiên

produce (v) /prəˈdjuːs/ sản xuất

Y

recycle (v) /ˌriːˈsaɪkl/ tái chế

reduce (v) /rɪˈdjuːs/ giảm

DẠ

replace (v) /rɪˈpleɪs/ thay thế

reuse (v) /ˌriːˈjuːz/ sử dụng lại, tái sử dụng

renewable (adj) /rɪˈnjuːəbl/ có thế tái tạo

179
 non-renewable (adj) /ˌnɒn rɪˈnjuːəbl/ không thể tái tạo

available (adj) /əˈveɪləbl/ có sẵn

limited (adj) /ˈlɪmɪtɪd/ có giới hạn, bị hạn chế

L
overcool (adj) /ˈəʊvəkuːl/ quá mát

A
overheat (adj) /ˌəʊvəˈhiːt/ quá nóng, quá nhiệt

CI
warm (v) /wɔːm/ làm cho ấm lên

run out /rʌn aʊt/ hết, cạn kiệt

FI
cheap (adj) /tʃiːp/ rẻ

expensive (adj) /ɪkˈspensɪv/ đắt

OF
save (v) /seɪv/ tiết kiệm

protect (v) /prəˈtekt/ bảo vệ

ƠN
Word formation (Từ loại)
Words Meaning Related words

available (adj) sẵn có unavailability (n)

NH
electrician (n) electric (adj)
electricity (n) điện năng
electrical (adj) electric (n)

energize (v) energetic (adj)

energy (n) năng lượng
energetically (adv)
Y

limit (v) limitation (n)

QU

limited (adj) bị hạn chế, có giới hạn

unlimited (adj)

produce (n) producer (n)

produce (v) sản xuất
product (n)
M

reduce (v) giảm reduction (n) reductive (adj)

renewable (adj) có thể tái tạo renew (v) non-renewable (adj)

KÈ

replace (v) thay thế replaceable (adj) replacement (n)

warm (v) làm cho ấm lên, nóng lên warm (adj) warmth (n)
Y

B. GRAMMAR
DẠ

I. The present continuous tense (Thì hiện tại tiếp diễn)

Cách dùng
Dùng để diễn tả hành động, sự việc đang xảy ra tại thời điểm hiện tại.
Cách dùng
Ex 1: Where’s your mom?

180
 She’s having a bath.
Ex 2: What are you doing now?
I am cooking.

L
Dùng để diễn tả những sự việc xảy ra trong khoảng thời gian gần lúc nói nhưng không

A
nhất thiết là ngay tại thời điểm nói.
They are working hard to finish their new project.

CI
Ex 1:
(Họ đang làm việc chăm chỉ để hoàn thành dự án mới của họ
Ex 2: Scientists are looking for new medicine to cure lung cancer.

FI
(Các nhà khoa học đang tìm kiếm loại thuốc mới để chữa khỏi bệnh ung thư phổi.)

OF
Dùng để diễn tả những việc đã sắp xếp để thực hiện, có dự định trước (thường mang
tính cá nhân) và trong câu có phó từ chỉ thời gian đi kèm.
Ex 1: A: What are you doing on Saturday evening? (Cậu sẽ làm gì vào tối thứ
Bảy?)

ƠN
B: I am going to the cinema. (Tớ sẽ tới rạp chiếu phim.)

Dạng thức của thì hiện tiếp diễn

(+) S + is/ am/ are + V-ing
NH
(-) S + is/ am/ are + not + V-ing

Is/Am/Are + S + V-ing ?
Câu trả lời Yes, S + is/ am/ are.
(?) No, S + is/ am/ are + not
Y

Câu hỏi Wh/ H

QU

Wh/ H + is/ am/ are + S + V-ing ?

Dấu hiệu nhận biết

Thì hiện tại tiếp diễn thường dùng với các từ/cụm từ chỉ thời gian như:
- Now, right now, at the moment (lúc này) - At present (hiện nay)
M

- At this time - Listen! / Look!

- Keep silent! - Be quiet! - Don’t make noise! = Don’t talk in class!
KÈ

- Today/this day/this Monday ... - Dùng với "always" để diễn tả lời phàn nàn.
Ex: My son is always messing up the kitchen!
Cách thêm -ing vào sau động từ
Y

- Động từ kết thúc bằng “e” thì bỏ “e” thêm “-ing”

DẠ

give → giving argue → arguing

gaze → gazing observe → observing
Ngoại trừ

181
 dye → dyeing singe → singeing
- Động từ tận cùng là “ee” thì giữ nguyên “ee” rồi thêm “-ing”
agree → agreeing

L
- Động từ kết thúc bằng một phụ âm và trước đó là một nguyên âm duy nhất thì gấp đôi phụ âm cuối trước

A
khi thêm “-ing”
hit → hitting stop → stopping

CI
- Động từ có hai âm tiết mà âm tiết thứ hai kết thúc bằng một phụ âm và trước đó là một nguyên âm, và
trọng âm rơi vào âm tiết thứ hai thì gấp đôi phụ âm cuối trước khi thêm “-ing”

FI
admit → admitting
begi → beginning

OF
prefer → preferring
Ngoại trừ những từ có trọng âm không ở âm tiết cuối:
budget → budgeting

ƠN
enter → entering
signal → signalling
- Động từ kết thúc bằng “ie” thì đổi “ie” thành “y” rồi thêm “-ing”
NH
die → dying lie → lying

Ghi chú: Một số động từ không chia ở tiếp diễn

know wish expect
Y

understand wonder notice

QU

fall smell agree

keep seem love/like
be fell start /begin
M

want need look

see consider taste
KÈ

hear feel finish

have to prefer stop
hope sound enjoy
Y

C. PHONETICS
DẠ

Stress in three-syllable words (Trọng âm của từ có 3 âm tiết)

1. Trọng âm rơi vào âm tiết đầu
* Danh từ gồm 3 âm tiết nếu âm tiết cuối chứa:
- nguyên âm ngắn
- và âm tiết thứ 2 chứa nguyên âm ngắn và (hoặc) kết thúc không quá một phụ âm.

182
 Words Pronunciation Meaning

agency /ˈeɪ.dʒən.si/ đại lí

company /ˈkʌm.pə.ni/ công ty

L
conference /ˈkɒn.fər.əns/ hội thảo

A
Germany /ˈdʒɜː.mə.ni/ nước Đức

CI
family /ˈfæm.əl.i/ gia đình

industry /ˈɪn.də.stri/ ngành công nghiệp

FI
library /ˈlaɪ.brər.i/ thư viện

pregnancy /ˈpreɡ.nən.si/ sự mang thai

OF
resident /ˈrez.ɪ.dənt/ dân cư

restaurant /ˈres.tər.ɒnt/ nhà hàng

* Danh từ có 3 âm tiết nếu âm tiết cuối chứa:

ƠN
-1 nguyên âm dài
- hoặc 1 nguyên âm đôi
- hoặc kết thúc bằng hơn 1 phụ âm
Words Pronunciation Meaning
NH
architect /ˈɑː.kɪ.tekt/ kiến trúc sư

attitude /ˈæt.ɪ.tʃuːd/ thái độ

consonant /ˈkɒn.sə.nənt/ phụ âm

Y

exercise /ˈek.sə.saɪz/ bài tập

extrovert /ˈek.strə.vɜːt/ người hướng ngoại

QU

holiday /ˈhɒl.ə.deɪ/ kì nghỉ

interview /ˈɪn.tə.vjuː/ cuộc phỏng vấn

paradise /ˈpær.ə.daɪs/ thiên đường

M

photograph /ˈfəʊ.tə.ɡrɑːf/ ảnh

KÈ

radio /ˈreɪ.di.əʊ/ đài radio

2. Trọng âm rơi vào âm tiết thứ hai

* Động từ gồm 3 âm tiết nếu âm tiết cuối:
Y

- nguyên âm ngắn
- và kết thúc với không quá 1 phụ âm.
DẠ

Words Pronunciation Meaning

consider /kənˈsɪd.ər/ cân nhắc

deliver /dɪˈlɪv.ər/ giao hàng

183
 determine /dɪˈtɜː.mɪn/ xác định, quyết định

develop /dɪˈvel.əp/ phát triển

discover /dɪˈskʌv.ər/ khám phá

L
encounter /ɪnˈkaʊn.tər/ bắt gặp, chạm trán

A
examine ɪɡˈzæm.ɪn/ kiểm tra

CI
establish /ɪˈstæb.lɪʃ/ thiết lập

inhabit /ɪnˈhæb.ɪt/ sống, ở (nơi nào đó)

FI
remember /rɪˈmem.bər/ nhớ

* Danh từ gồm 3 âm tiết có

OF
- âm tiết cuối chứa 1 nguyên âm ngắn
- hoặc có âm tiết thứ 2 chứa nguyên âm dài/ nguyên âm đôi hay kết thúc bằng hơn 1 phụ âm
Words Pronunciation Meaning

advantage /ədˈvɑːn.tɪdʒ/ sự thuận lợi

ƠN
banana /bəˈnɑː.nə/ quả chuối

computer /kəmˈpjuː.tər/ máy vi tính

dioxide /daɪˈɒk.saɪd/ dioxit (hóa học)

NH
disaster /dɪˈzɑː.stər/ tai họa, thảm họa

museum /mjuːˈziː.əm/ bảo tàng

papyrus /pəˈpaɪ.rəs/ cây cói, giấy cói

Y

potato /pəˈteɪ.təʊ/ khoai tây

QU

tomato /təˈmɑː.təʊ/ cà chua

3. Đối với các hậu tố

- Các hậu tố không ảnh hưởng đến trọng âm của từ gốc: -able, -age, -al, -en, -ful, -ing, -ish, -like, -less, -
ness, -ly, -ment, -ous, -fỵ, -wise
M

Words Pronunciation Type Meaning

KÈ

amazing /əˈmeɪ.zɪŋ/ adj gây ngạc nhiên

beautiful /ˈbjuː.tɪ.fəl/ adj đẹp

childlike /ˈtʃaɪld.laɪk/ adj giống trẻ con

Y

comfortable /ˈkʌm.fə.tə.bəl/ adj thoải mái

DẠ

glorify /ˈɡlɔː.rɪ.faɪ/ v tuyên dương

happiness /ˈhæp.i.nəs/ n hạnh phúc

hurriedly /ˈhʌr.id.li/ adv một cách hối hả

184
 humorous /ˈhjuː.mə.rəs/ adj hài hước, vui tính

lengthen /ˈleŋ.θən/ v kéo dài ra

marriage /ˈmær.ɪdʒ/ n sự kết hôn

L
otherwise /ˈʌð.ə.waɪz/ adv nếu không thì

A
powerless /ˈpaʊə.ləs adj không có hiệu lực

CI
punishment /ˈpʌn.ɪʃ.mənt/ n sự trừng phạt

refusal /rɪˈfjuː.zəl/ n sự từ chối

FI
reliable /rɪˈlaɪ.ə.bəl/ adj đáng tin cậy

- Với các hậu tố: -ee, -eer, -ese, -nique khi các từ gốc kết hợp với các hậu tố này, trọng âm rơi vào chính các

OF
hậu tố đó
Words Pronunciation Type Meaning

Chinese /tʃaɪˈniːz/ n người Trung Quốc

Vietnamese /ˌvjet.nəˈmiːz/ n người Việt Nam

ƠN
Japanese /ˌdʒæp.ənˈiːz/ n người Nhật Bản

interviewee /ˌɪn.tə.vjuˈiː/ n người được phỏng vấn

NH
refugee /ˌref.juˈdʒiː/ n người tị nạn

engineer /ˌen.dʒɪˈnɪər/ n kĩ sư

pioneer /ˌpaɪəˈnɪər/ n người tiên phong

volunteer /ˌvɒl.ənˈtɪər/ n tình nguyện viên

Y

antique /ænˈtiːk adj cổ xưa

QU

unique /juːˈniːk adj độc đáo

technique /tekˈniːk/ n kĩ thuật

- Với các hậu tố: - ous, -ial, -al, -ic, -ion, -ity khi các từ gốc kết hợp với các hậu tố này, trọng âm rơi vào âm
M

liền trước hậu tố

Words Pronunciation Type Meaning
KÈ

accidental /ˌæk.sɪˈden.təl adj tình cờ, ngẫu nhiên

memorial /məˈmɔː.ri.əl/ adj (thuộc) kỉ niệm

/faɪˈnæn.ʃəl/
financial adj (thuộc) tài chính
Y

/fɪˈnæn.ʃəl/
DẠ

advantageous /ˌæd.vænˈteɪ.dʒəs/ adj có lợi, thuận lợi

courteous /ˈkɜː.ti.əs/ adj lịch sự

ambitious /æmˈbɪʃ.əs/ adj có nhiều tham vọng

185
 gracious /ˈɡreɪ.ʃəs/ adj duyên dáng

dramatic /drəˈmæt.ɪk/ adj sâu sắc

climatic /klaɪˈmæt.ɪk/ adj thuộc về khí hậu

L
energetic /ˌen.əˈdʒet.ɪk/ adj hăng hái

A
explosion /ɪkˈspləʊ.ʒən/ n sự nổ

CI
occasion /əˈkeɪ.ʒən/ n dịp

conclusion /kənˈkluː.ʒən/ n sự kết luận

FI
ability /əˈbɪl.ə.ti/ n khả năng

publicity /pʌbˈlɪs.ə.ti/ n sự công khai

OF
necessity /nəˈses.ə.ti/ n sự cần thiết

PART II: LANGUAGE

A. Phonetic

ƠN
Exercise 1. Put the words in the table in the correct column according to their stress pattern.

illegal celebrate available festival consumption electric

NH
performance performer generate effective imagine convenient
exhausted comfortable library improvement relative fortunate

Stress on 1st syllable Stress on 2nd syllable

Y

__________________________________________ __________________________________________
___ ___
QU

__________________________________________ __________________________________________
___ ___

__________________________________________ __________________________________________
M

___ ___
KÈ

__________________________________________ __________________________________________
___ ___

__________________________________________ __________________________________________
Y

___ ___
DẠ

__________________________________________ __________________________________________
___ ___

Exercise 2. Mark the stress of the words in the box then read them aloud.

186
 Number 1 has been done for you as an example: re’member
1. remember 7. marriage 13. refugee 19. dramatic
2. attitude 8. occasion 14. inhabit 20. library

L
3. refusal 9. beautiful 15. reliable 21. happiness

A
4. company 10. publicity 16. Germany 22. necessity
5. ambitious 11. childlike 17. Chinese 23. restaurant

CI
6. establish 12. consider 18. amazing 24. conclusion

FI
Exercise 3. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. (Further practice)
1. A. another B. energy C. example D. develop

OF
2. A. afternoon B. tomorrow C. consider D. pollution
3. A. quality B. suggestion C. natural D. yesterday
4. A. vacation B. abundant C. disaster D. traveling
5. A. easily B. Netherlands C. countryside D. convenient
6. A. basketball B. recycle C. invasion D. expensive

ƠN
7. A. holiday B. plentiful C. renewable D. atmosphere
8. A. happiness B. gathering C. violin D. everyone
9. A. family B. difference C. photograph D. interesting
10. A. opinion B. volunteer C. museum D. comparison
NH
11. A. activity B. biogas C. exciting D. conclusion
12. A. carnival B. powerful C. envelop D. waterfall
13. A. collection B. volleyball C. negative D. dangerous
14. A. excursion B. celebrate C. valuable D. motorbike
15. A. unfortunate B. advantage C. ambition D. limitation
Y

16. A. musician B. enormous C. natural D. improvement

17. A. effective B. plentiful C. dangerous D. limited
QU

18. A. population B. education C. consumption D. satisfaction

19. A. energy B. countryside C. changeable D. volunteer
20. A. renewable B. artificial C. unfortunate D. continuous
21. A. different B. serious C. effective D. regular
22. A. dangerous B. countryside C. energy D. volunteer
M

23. A. incapable B. sincere C. loyalty D. success

24. A. development B. satisfaction C. population D. education
25. A. attraction B. humorous C. acquaintance D. unselfish
KÈ

26. A. excellent B. marvelous C. familiar D. similar

27. A. musician B. scientist C. energy D. biogas
28. A. abundant B. wonderful C. convenient D. important
29. A. excellent B. dangerous C. plentiful D. polluting
Y

30. A. exercise B. calendar C. travelling D. convenience

DẠ

B. Vocabulary & Grammar

Exercise 1. Complete the sentences with the suitable word from the box.
generate invested avoid reduce converted

1. Solar power can be ______________________ into electricity.

187
2. Fossil fuels can be used to ______________________ electricity or drive a big machinery.
3. Use electricity economically so that we can ______________________ our electricity bills.
4. We should ______________________ using cars or motorbikes for short trips.
5. Businesses have ______________________ more money in renewable energy in recent years.

L
Exercise 2. Complete the sentences with the words from the box.

A
energy protect hydro renewable panels environment

CI
1. The energy that comes from water is called ______________________ energy.
2. We can use solar ______________________ to power the appliances in our house.
3. Burning coal is polluting our ______________________

FI
4. Scientists are developing new energy sources to the ______________________ environment.
5. We can't run out of ______________________ energy sources.

OF
6. The government is reducing the use of nuclear ______________________ nowadays.

Exercise 3. Fill in the blanks with the words in the box.

nuclear wind biogas oil

ƠN
solar carbon dioxide coal hydropower

1. ______________________ energy comes from the heat of the sun.

2. ______________________ is a gas breathed out by people and animals from the lungs.
NH
3. ______________________ is often found in the ground that is produced by dead plants and that can be
burned to produce heat, consisting mainly of methane. (CH4)
4. ______________________ is energy that comes from the force of moving water.
5. ______________________ is flammable black hard rock, used as a fossil fuel.
6. ______________________, commonly known as petroleum, is the largest source of energy in the US.
Y

7. To produce ______________________ energy, atoms are split apart, which releases energy.
8. ______________________ energy is produced from moving air with the help of large turbines.
QU

Exercise 4. Complete the sentences with the words given.

panels energy overheat non-renewable recycle

M

available hydro energy appliances fossil fuels recycle

KÈ

1. The wind energy is cheap and readily __________________ during summer in our region.
2. If the fan doesn’t work, the engine could __________________.
3. Solar __________________ are put on the roofs to produce electricity.
4. We __________________ all our cans and bottles.
5. The __________________ farm will provide enough energy for 100,000 homes.
Y

6. Batteries store __________________ from the solar panels.

7. All countries are asked to reduce their use of __________________ sources of energy.
DẠ

8. We would like people use more renewable energy sources instead of __________________.
9. We should use less gas, but increase the use of __________________ and nuclear energy.
10. His new job is to make sure lights and electrical __________________ are switched off when they are
not used.

188
Exercise 5. Choose the correct words.
1. We should rely much more on limited / expensive / alternative sources of energy.
2. The river provides a limited / plentiful/ polluting supply of clean water to nearby villages - they don’t
worry about water supply any more.

L
3. The problem with fossil fuels is that they are not non-renewable / renewable / dangerous.
4. The public have more concerns about water / nuclear / solar energy because of waste and accidents.

A
5. He seems not to run up / run away/ run out of energy, so he can work for hours without stopping.
6. Strawberries are plentiful / limited / renewable and cheap in summer.

CI
7. Our harmful / available / nuclear natural resources will run out soon.
8. Using green sources of energy can make the air cheap / unlimited / clean.
9. Solar energy seems to be limited / unlimited / harmful - we can rely on it for a very long time.

FI
10. The air becomes worse because of polluted / polluting/pollution gases from that factory.

OF
Exercise 6. Circle the correct word to complete the sentences.
1. Solar / Hydro energy is the energy that comes from the sun.
2. Some types of energy are cheap / expensive and hard to find.
3. We are doing/ running a project on energy sources.
4. Energy is the power that we use to provide us with light, heat, or food / electricity.

ƠN
5. Renewable / Non-renewable energy sources come from the sun, wind, and water.
6. Oil, natural gas and coal / water are called fossil fuels.
7. France produces / protects a great deal of wine for export.
8. They won't invest in any company that cleans / pollutes the environment.
NH
9. The engine is hotter and hotter. I think it is overheating / overcooling.
10. The wind / nuclear energy is produced when the nuclear of an atom is divided or joined to another
nuclear.

Exercise 7. Choose the word or phrase (A, B, C or D) that best fits the blank space in each sentence.
Y

1. _________ energy sources can be used to create energy, generate electricity, or drive big machinery but
they are harmful to the environment.
QU

A. Solar B. Non- renewable C. Wind D. Renewable

2. _________ energy is produced by collecting sunlight and converting it into electricity.
A. Solar B. Wind C. Hydro D. Nuclear
3. When energy comes from_________, we call it hydro energy.
A. nuclear B. wind C. sun D. water
M

4. The energy from the _________ is renewable because we can’t use it all up.
A. Sun B. Gas C. Oil D. Coal
KÈ

5. The sun and the wind are other _________ sources of energy.
A. alternative B. limited C. harmful D. polluted
6. Fossil fuels are _________energy sources.
A. solar B. renewable C. non- renewable D. wind
7. A non- renewable source of energy can be used to power machinery, but it also _________the
Y

environment.
A. cleans B. pollutes C. helps D. protects
DẠ

8. We will use _________energy sources like wind and solar energy to solve the problem of pollution.
A. non- renewable B. renewable C. limited D. expensive
9. Hydro power is_________ because dams cannot be built in certain areas.
A. limited B. unlimited C. abundant D. dangerous
10. Coal, natural gas and oil are called _________.
189
 A. solar energy B. fossil fuels C. biogas D. nuclear energy
11. The wind is a clean ______of energy.
A. root B. source C. origin D. strong
12. We are trying to replace _______ energy in our daily life.

L
A. renewable B. renew C. non-renew D. non-renewable
13. Nuclear energy is _____ but it can be very dangerous.

A
A. plentiful B. much C. large D. lots
14. Do not use more _____ than what we need.

CI
A. wind B. food C. sunlight D. energy
15. People can convert solar power into _________
A. food B. electricity C. heat D. warmth

FI
16. There are many ______ power plants in this area.
A. liquid B. land C. hydro D. water

OF
17. Look! The train___________
A. come B. is coming C. am coming D. are coming
18. Can you be quieter? I ___________to concentrate
A. am trying B. try C. is trying D. are trying
19. He __________a motorcycle to the centre now.

ƠN
A. rides B. ride C. is riding D. are riding
20. We ___________a project of science at present.
A. is doing B. are doing C. do D. does
21. Please don't make so much noise. The baby ___________in the room.
NH
A. sleep B. am sleeping C. is sleeping D. are sleeping
22. My classmates ___________football in the playground at the moment.
A. am playing B. is playing C. playing D. are playing
23. The festival ___________at 8:30 a.m.
A. starts B. is starting C. to start D. start
Y

24. It's 10 o'clock now and I___________ a book.

A. are reading B. reads C. am reading D. is reading
QU

25. Mary ___________to lose weight because she ___________very fat.

A. wants / is B. wants / is being C. want / are being D. want / be
26. When he ___________in, I___________ in the kitchen.
A. comes / am cooking B. come / am cooking
C. is coming / am D. comes / are
M

27. They ___________ research on new battery systems.

A. does B. are doing C. are do D. are
28. What ___________ Kelvin doing? – He ___________ at my desk.
KÈ

A. do - does B. is - sits C. does - sits D. is – is sitting

29. We___________ a plan to reduce the use of water for the toilet.
A. need B. are need C. are needing D. needs
30. Scientists ___________ a new vaccine against skin cancer.
Y

A. develops B. are develop C. are developing D. developing

31. Renewable energy sources ___________ in usage.
DẠ

A. increase rapidly B. rapidly increase

C. rapidly are increasing D. are rapidly increasing
32. We ___________ about how much our consumption of energy is.
A. talks B. talking C. are talking D. talked
33. Where ___________? – I ___________ my lessons in the study.
190
 A. are you - am preparing B. you are – am preparing
C. are you - prepares D. you are - prepare
34. On my way home, I ___________ to buy a bottle of fresh water.
A. stop usually B. usually stop C. am usually stopping D. am stopping usually

L
35. Why ___________the company ___________ for new sources of drinking water?
A. does - looking B. do - look C. is - looking D. is - looks

A
36. The changing lifestyle of modern man ___________ our environment.
A. polluting B. is polluting C. don’t pollute D. are polluting

CI
37. Now we _________ for a cheap, clean and efficient energy source.
A. look B. are looking C. looks D. is looking
38. Now scientists _________ new energy sources to protect the environment.

FI
A. develop B. develops C. is developing D. are developing
39. I _________ for a present but I can’t find anything good.

OF
A. am look B. am looking C. look D. are looking
40. Do you want to play football? - Not now. I am _________dinner.
A. having B. have C. to have D. has

Exercise 8. Circle the correct option in brackets.

ƠN
1. I (is / am) having breakfast with my family.
2. Hoa (is / are) going to the supermarket with her mother
3. We (am / are) playing football in the playground.
4. They are (visit / visiting) their grandmother.
NH
5. It is not (raining / rain) now.
6. (He / I / You) is making cakes in the kitchen.
7. (They/ She/ He) are studying English in the classroom.
8. My friends (are / is) flying kites in the park.
9. The dancers are (perform / performing) a folk dance.
Y

10. The children are (watches / watching) the music talent shows on TV.
QU

Exercise 9. Write down what the people in the pictures are doing.
M
KÈ

1. The teacher 2. Jim and Suzy 3. Anna _________________

_________________ on the board. _________________ to school about wind energy.
now.
Y
DẠ

191
 A L
4. They _________________ 5. The man _________________ a 6. Mai _________________ the

CI
football at the moment. solar panel on the roof lights.

FI
Exercise 10. Give the correct form of the given word to complete the sentences.
1. Tidal energy is renewable, _________________, and clean. (plenty)

OF
2. Wind will be used as an _________________ friendly source of energy. (environment)
3. There are many ways will be used to solve the problem of _________________. (pollute)
4. Solar power can be used to _________________ or cool our houses. (hot)
5. _________________, fossil fuels are harmful to the environment. (fortunate)
6. We should use them _________________ and try to find out alternative sources of power. (economy)

ƠN
7. Solar energy is _________________, plentiful and clean. (renew)
8. I think that solar energy can be an _________________ source of energy in the near future. (alter)
9. We should reduce the use of _________________ at home. (electrical)
10. It’s a clean source of energy. Sailboats couldn’t move without this _________________. (powerful)
NH
11. Waves will be used as an _________________ friendly source of energy. (environment)
12. Limit car trips by relying on biking, walking, public _________________. (transport)
13. Solar power can be used to _________________ or cool our houses. (hot)
14. Energy is used to _________________ a lot of electrical things. (product)
15. There will be a _________________ of energy in the near future. (short)
Y

Exercise 11. Fill in the blanks with the present continuous tense form of the verb.
QU

1. Tom _____________________ to his father on the phone. (talk)

2. Laura _____________________ an email to her cousin. (write)
3. My friends _____________________ on the Internet. (chat)
4. I _____________________ my homework on the computer. (not do)
5. Peter and Paul _____________________ at the moment. (swim)
M

6. They _____________________ that English dictionary. (not use)

7. We _____________________ an interesting programme on TV. (watch)
KÈ

8. You _____________________ to the radio. (not listen)

9. Lan _____________________ for her project on solar energy now. (prepare)
10. The supply of fossil fuels _____________________ out. (run)
11. Be careful! The car _____________________ so fast. (go)
12. Listen! Someone _____________________ in the next room. (cry)
Y

13. ______________ your brother ______________ next to the beautiful girl over there at present? (sit)
14. Now they _____________________ to pass the examination. (try)
DẠ

15. It’s 12 o’clock, and my parents _____________________ lunch in the kitchen. (cook)
16. Keep silent! You _____________________ so loudly. (talk)
17. I _____________________ at home at the moment. (not stay)
18. Now she _____________________ to her mother about her bad marks. (lie)
19. At present, they _____________________ to New York. (travel)
192
20. He _____________________ in his office now. (not work)

PART III: SKILLS

A. Listening

L
Exercise 1. Listen to the short talk twice and circle the correct answer to each of the following
questions.

A
1. What is pumped directly into the sea?
A. raw sewage B. water C. garbage D. oil

CI
2. What do ships drop into the sea?
A. raw sewage B. water C. garbage D. oil
3. Where do oil spills come from?

FI
A. boats B. ships C. planes D. factories
4. Where are waste materials from?

OF
A. rivers B. seas C. schools D. factories

Exercise 2. Listen to the conversation twice and decide whether the following sentences are True or
False.
No. Statements T F

ƠN
1. Non-renewable sources are being used up.
2. Many poor people in developing countries have little electricity.
3. Biogas is a new source of energy available for poor people.
4. Biogas creates a lot of smoke.
NH
5. The new energy source is not costly

B. Speaking
Exercise 1. Choose the correct response. Then practice the short exchanges in pairs.
1. A: Why didn’t You turn off TV when you were B: a) I’ll come back tomorrow.
Y

away? b) Sorry, I’ll do it next time

QU

2. A: Which source of energy will our homes rely
on in the future?
3. A: Do you think wind energy is good?
M
B: a) I think we use much solar energy.
b) We rely on non-renewable as usual.
B: a) I don’t think so. It’s clean.

b) It’s green energy, I think.

4. A: Are you practising anything to save energy? B: a) I ride to school every morning.
KÈ

b) I use a lot of electric appliances.

5. A: Why do we take showers instead of baths? B: a) It’s more comfortable.

b) It can save water.
Y

B: a) Good idea. Your carbon footprint will be

6. A: I have just changed to low energy light
DẠ

bigger.
bulbs.
b) Great idea. It saves a lot of energy.
B: a) Yes. It’s cheap and limited.
7. A: We should rely on fossil fuels.
b) But they run out soon.

193